\_

\
BAHAUDDIN ZAKARIYA U NIVERSITY, M ULTAN
*Hfr BZU Campus. Multan (60800) Pakistan
NOTIFICATION
No.Acad/BOS-Misc/ toqi2 Dated: to .12.2021

ln exercise of the powers vested in him under Section 16(3) & 16(3a) of the
Bahauddin Zaka ya University Act 1975 and amended Act LX of 2012, on behalf of the Academic
Council and Syndicate, the Vice Chancellor has been pleased to approve the Course
Outlines (Scheme of Studies) and Course Conlents (Syllabus) of ADA / ADS IBS Program
for Semester l& ll to be taught in the affiliated colleges of BZU, Multan w.e.f. Fall
semester 2021 and onwards.
Further, the Vice-Chancellor has been pleased to approve Course Outlines
(Scheme of Studies) and Course Contents (Syllabus) for ADP (Commerce) for affiliated
colleges and ADP (Accounting & Finance) for both affiliated colleges as well as for
Commerce Department BZU, Multan under section 16(3) & 16(3a) of the Bahauddin Zakariya
University Act 1975 and amended Act LX of 2012, on behalf of the Syndicate, as the Academic
Council has already recommended the same in its meeting dated 15.07.2021 under item
No. 12.
The above course material can be downloaded from University website
(www. bzu.edu.pk)
C.

SOHAIB
\u
SHID K AN

DISTRIBUTION: Pr,'ftffi,"n'"u"
Pro- Chancellor/Minister of Higher Educatron, through Secretary to Govt. of the Punjab,
Higher Education Department, Lahore
All Members of the Syndicate.
The Deans of all Faculties, BZU
The Director/Chairmen/Chairperson/Senior Most Teacher of Teaching
Departments/lnstitute/School/Centre, BZU
The Controller of Examination, BZU
The Principal of all concerned Affiliated Colleges
The Director (l-T) (with the request to upload Scheme of Studies/Syllabus of ADtuADP/ADS on
the University official website with the captioned blinking title "Flashing News")
The Deputy Director (l-T) (with the request to circulate the said Notilication via Email)
The Deputy Registrar (Regn) (with the request to communicate all affiliated colleges)
S.P.S to the Vice-Chancellor.
S.P.S. to the Registrar.
The Assistant Syndicate (for include/report in the forthcoming meeting of the Syndicate)
+
Scheme of Studies/Course Outlines of Associate
Degree (AD) 2-Year Program (4 semesters) w.e.f.
Session 2021 for all Affiliated Colleges of BZIJ
Year I't

Semester I
Course Coursc Title Credit
Codes Hours
ltwRT rot Expository Writing 3
NSCI 103 General Science I
I 3
SSCI IO5 Social Science-l J
REA IO7 Exploring Quantitative Skills 3
AHT]M I09 Literary C lassics 3

Semester 2
Course Coursc Title Credit
Codes Hours
EWRT IO2 Closs-Cultural Communication and Translation Skills 3
NSCI 104 Science of Clobal Challenges 3

SSCI 106 Social Scienoe-ll 3

QREA 108 Tools lor Quantitative I{easoning 3

AHI-INI II() History and Civilization 3

Year 2ntl

Semeste r3
Course Course Titles Crcdit
Codes Hours
EWRT 2OI Critical Reading and Academic Writing J
PAKS 203 Pakistan Studies 3
ISLS 205 lslarnic Studies or 3
ETltc 207 Ethics (Only for Non-Muslims) J
209 J
------ 2t1 3

Semester 4
Coul'se Course Titles Credit
Codes Hours
202 3
204 3
206 3
208 3
2r0 3

4/42
fl

!
 Note:
+ l. All the students attend a class of Holy Quran with translation of 1 Hour in a week and
will
have to qualify by securing 50 marks out of 100 in every semester.
.,
For Practical Learning Requirement, Every student shall take part in tutorial activities
(Sports club, dramatic societies, declamation societies, blood donor societies etc.) for
minimum ol'4 hours per week lor two semesters and completion of such activities will be
endorsed by the certifi cation l'rom the concerned Principal/HoD/Chairmar/Director.
Every student shall have to complete and qualily Internship ofat least 9 weeks before the
completion of Associate / BS degree.
4 There will be 50 marks for writing the Internship report and 50 marks will be reserved for
the Internship viva voce. Moreover, the qualifying marks for Non-credit Intemship will be
50 out of 100 marks.
A student admitted to the Associate Degree program after passing out first four semesters
with the qualifuing condition of Internship can get admission in the relevant/ other BS
Programs provided that if the student meets the admission criteria of the concerned
DepartmenVlnstitutei School/College.

Instructions/Guidelines:
l. The courses u,ith codes *EWRT 101", "EWRT 102" & "EWRT 201" can be taught by
the teachers having tenninal degree in the subject of English.
2. The courses with codes "QREA 107" & "QREA 108" can be taught by the teachers
having terminal degree in the subjects of Economics, Mathematios & Statistics.
3. The courses with codes "SSCI 105" & "SSCI I 06" can be taught by the teachers having
terminal degree in thc subjects olEconomics, Political Science, Intemational Relations,
Pakistan Studies & Sociology.
4. The course with code "AHUM l09" can be taught by the teachers having terminal degree
in the subject ofUrdu.
5. The course with code "AHUM 110" can be taught by the teachers having terminal degree
in the subject of History,

?
Scheme ol'Studies/Course Outlines of Associate Degree (AD)
2-Year Program (4 semesters) w.e.t. Session 2021fot all
Affiliated Colleges of BZU
Year 1't
Semester -I
EWRT 101 - Expository Writing

Course Description
This course includes lhemes and activities that develop 21st century skills, self-reflection,
and active community engagement in order to preparing undergraduates to become
successful writers and readers of English. The course helps students develop their
furrdanrental language skills with a focus on writing, so that they can gain the confidence
to communicate in oral and written English outside the classroom. The course is divided
into five units and takes a PBL (Project-based Learning) approach. Unit themes target the
development of 2'1st century skills and focus on self-reflection and active community
engagement. The students engage in group, pair and individual activities and complete
assignments, including reading and writing across various types and genres. The units in
this course prepare students to take the next course 'Expository Writing ll: Cross Cultural
Conrmunication and Translation Skills'. The course is. therefore, a prerequisite for taking
furlher advanced level courses in Expository Writing in English.

Course Goals
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
. Analyze basic communication skills and use them effectively in oral and written
English.
. Understand the grammatical structure of various texts (at both the sentence and
paragraph levels).
. ldentify specific challenges or issues within the local community.
. Develop analytical and problem-solving skills to address various community- specific
challenges,
. Differentiate among various organizing principles used in writing.
. Develop an understanding of the characteristics of expository writing.
r Critically evaluale and review various types of texts and summarize them.
. lntellectually engage with different stages of the writing process, such as
brainstorming, mind mapping, free writing, drafting and revision, etc.
. Develop skills as reflective and self-directed learners.

l1
 COURSE OUI'LINE
We ek L.rn i t C{}n ten t/Activities Learning Ohjectives Essential Readings

Wcck Unit I : Introduction to the By the cnd of this unjt, Organizing an Essay
I bosics ol the writiug you shouid be able to: Acccssed at:
Process
Scll'- l.discr.rss languagc lrlln\:r i (l0u rSCS.IUrr'10111
learning ex perienccs in L'ilfll ln cunl/'0n lishco
Rctlcction

tt
English: nlp I v2xmasteri chaDter
lnlroduction lo the
/OrganlZlng-an-CSSaY/'
steps of es.ra1, writing
2.produce a short cssay
I
describing language
I
Slutlett.s l)racli(c lcarn irtg and rvriting
prewriting adivities experiences:
like bruinstorming,
listing, clustering and
I Jreewriting 3.revise r.vriting bascd on
feedback l'rom pccrs

Students practice
outlining of lhc essu.t'

Wcck Unit 2: Sndenl.s rcflact on By the end of this unit, Lcaming Prcferences
2 lh ei r leat'ti ng pt"ocess you should be ablc to: and Strengths
I

Pcrsorra lize Lcollaborate rvith peers Accessed at:

tl Lcirr ning r.vrite a u,cll-
I C, n,,1, tliscus.;ion
to
organizcd and cor.rc ise
I abotn lcarning ,s},le.s
list of guidelincs thatare https itepe ntextbL-.qA'!
:

I based on the reading

grammatically parallel; tildcnts ucces s/cha pterr'
I marcriat prot'ided to
I
i I earnin q-Dreferences-
l.students 2.demonstrate fluency in
atrd:clralcIhsl
oral English in group

tl discussions and oral

prescntat iorl si
E.xanrine A pp cab L'

lnlroduclion lo 3.prcscnt idcas to Stratcgics

personalized learning the wliole class in
Accesscd at:
a team prcscntation
using English that
Students practice goal isconrprchcnsiblc
ll rtt)s:/'/()nentc.\tbc.cir.rs
settitry and cngaging
I
u,.i * i,i.. qivq hari',
t

I
I

)
 I
,4nd creule a lerutting eranrine-aoulicable-
plan strot!'gies/'

Wcek lntroduction to the Planning the

l .stnrcIure und Presenlation
significtutt:e of- oral
Accessed at:
pre:;enluli0tts

I https ://openlex tL'o.car's

Class discu.r.rion ahout
I
tuden tsucccsslchapter,/
I
I
content selection and
nlanning-the-
i
slicle prcpat crtion /br
I )
pl'eserltati(nr./
orct! pn:sentutions I

Peer review through a

gallen u,ulk
Week [_r II .l: Introrluce duthenlic Students u,ill be ablc to l.Oh, U. L. (May 26,
4 reading (DAWN 2020). Talking to
Critical 1. Rcvicrv various
kids about
newspaper und non-
Rcading documclrts lrooks- ar-ticlcs xcnophobia.
specialist ucademic
I Skills and rcports) criticaily National
bookt/texts
Geographic.
Retrieved frorn:
2.Apply I IOTS stratcgics https://$nvw.national
Ibr dcr,cloping their gcographic.corn/f an.r
C'orttlut:l t lo.,;s roont rcaditrg conrprehension ilyi 2020/05i talking-
rcading ut:l ivities
to-kids-about-
xenophobia-
:, (using strdtegies
coronavirus/ I

I
skimnting, sconning, 3. Apprcciatc critical )
SQW3R, rcading and thinking as httos:r'lwritinq
I
pret,iewing, important aspecls o1' study ccntcr. rrne.ctlu
I
I
annotati,tg, detailed skills ,/tl s-and-
reading und nota- torrls,'book-
taking) rsing rc\ rcl\ J,
.ttandord /esLs 4.ldcntify iurportant I

(TOEFL ut lELTS) reading tcchniqucs

(skimnring, scanning,
I

SQW3R. annotating and

As.sign prcvicrvirrg) and usc them
L h o o ks / u r t k' I <t.s I repo r fbr honing their vvriting

3
 their' skills ( preparing
honte assignn.rents)
dss ign tlrcn ls

Share model review

reports atld
unnotated
bibliogrutphies

Week Unir 4 Shov',ing s hort Upon strcccsslul Cornmunity

5 docum?nt0ries to completion of this unit, Engagement Toolkit
studenls on global each student will be able for Planning (2017)
Clornnrunity environmenlal is.sues to: Guiding principles Ipp
t: nslilgcrrent 1-241
I.Explore issues or
challenges specific to their
Stutlent-lcd
own colrllrlunity by using
hrainstorming on
Higher Order Thinking ]Developing L

locul versus global

Skills (HoTS) lCommunity I

t.ssles

I
r:-zor
I Engagement Plan [pp I

I
2.Draft community-based
Teacher-led
rcscarch qucstions
introdu<:tion to the ln*t-un,r,.sro,rd I

LItit ssigntnent ] leti0nir .uutr/L-xitruDlu

(using assignment
3.Analyzc problems and
I
l__-*-l
;ll;";,,d-b"d-' I

sheet) I escal chqucstions.htntl

I I
propose practical solutions

lleadings (or other

4.Work oollaboratively
inpttt sourt'es - video,
and coopcrirtively ori
social media) .f rom
group tasks
ktt:al nett s ott
po,rsible communiq,
issues, letters to
5.Engagc in interpcrsonal
edilor and op-eds
colrltl
Ll lt I catl oll

lclcntift, rescurth
(r.Writc c fl'cctivc
interview oI survcy
questions
I

Begin drafting
rc-tearth qtrcstions

Y
 hased on tlte
prohlem.s identified

Week Facilitating students

6 on developing
research queslions in

tlll groups

Drufi intet t'it'rt ot'

.s t r rv e.v q u e.r I i o n s .fb r
t: o ttt ttt tt tt i t1, r es ea rc h
(in Engli.rh or LI )

ln-cla.s.s roleltlal,s ol
inlerviey}s t "'it h
communitt' members
I

Engaging studenls in
crilical reading antl
reflection ott the
is.urcs .fbutd in
erent contmunities
cek ln-class u'ork on
1 atderstantling
inlervieA,
I

in/brmation, hov, to I

presenl interview or
survev inforntulion

I
Refining the research
I

I questions, designing
a detailed research
7.thn in groups,
dividing the tuslts and
det:iding tha timeline
.fbr the complerion of
the project

l. t
1
t, t.ttt t r' It ) i ttt (rvi (t
cl ttL''tl irtttt tttttl
I r
itttr'rrit,tt.in.q

5
I
 lechn i q ues' lo d ave htlt

an in-depth
Lmderstanding o.f the
i,r.raat'

Conlinued grrxtp
y,ork on reporl
or.ttline
I

Week In-class lecture and

8 group work on
analyzing
inJbrmotion

Disctrssion based on
I

translating the datu

Ji'om the source
language to the
larget longuage
(EnglLsh)

Sharing the
I
experience oJ'.field
x,ork in class orall.y

MID-TI]RM

Wcck Teachcr fbedhut;k on

9 oldlinc of repL)t l
(glohalll, to entirc
class und individually
to grot.qs as ueeded)

l
6

t q
 Revi.s iott.s lo orul
reporl in gxralt,s

Engagirtg stutlents i tt
i nel i v i d u al s t ructu re d

reflective wiling
ba.ted on their
e.rperienc'c of
v,orking on the
projett

Sharing their
re/lect i ve v! r it i ttg to
I
laurn ubrrut eoch
olher's points of vitu,

Wcck Thittkltuir-shure the

IO findings (group
similar issues)

I : riting
I nrl itt idua o l'
I
relleclion on lhe
commttnity
engdgement project
and their role in the
group

Brain,sbrm using
crealivitv for
dissemination -
cartoons,
advertisements .for
tr tt i v e rs i I )' nt ct gttz in a
or be-vond, creati g
posts ./br FB

Sumntarizing/
t:onverling Ihe report
b 0 lell(t' Io the
edilot' to highlight the

"l to
 problem,s explored I

und their po.ssi hle

.r o I trt io n s ( h o m e v't; rk

- t on netl ing uclivitl'

.for week ll - Unir 5)

\\teek Unit 5 Teacher-directed By the end of the unit. the https://www.ayoa.co

ll itlslruclion ofi student $,ill be able to: ntlourb I o g,/rvhat-i s-
genres (rype:;) ql n1ind-rnanping-an(l-
Lctter ro the w,riting .fbtu.ring on Ir orv -c an -you-use- i1,'

Editor letter-u,riting l.ldcntify Icaturcs ol the

"lcttcr to thc eclitor" gcnrc
Hall, Hellen (201 2)
Reversc Outlines

fulotlel-prttctite-
2.Work collaboratively Rcverse Outlincs:
reflet't: lntrrtdutc atid cooPerativcly on Take A
part Your
group tasks Paper to Put it Rack
l);pes oJ. lellers
c:omparing the use ol' 3.Read critically to
Together Right.
Accessed at:
.formal and inJbrmul identity strength and
wtcabulury and weaknesses of model
phrases in each 4,pe letters
lrttps ://wwrv. semantic
4. Provide meaninglul scholar.ors,'paper/ llev
pccr fcedback on outlincs cfsc- Outlinc-s-
Irroduce the Jbrnat
and drafts Rcvcrse-Or rtlines-
und purpose of the
l A-Tak A

tl letter-to-editor
e.rplaining with lhe
help ql an achrul
5.Draft a sol utior.r-lbcused
letter using
cvidence
suppol'ting
I-la I lic03 7 3 c426 I 63 95
ca9edf5d5bd5cbe6eb
I bb923e2
lcttar .fitm a lot al
6,[)ernonstlutc problcnr-
newsl)0pct'
solving skitls th rouch
letter rvritinu

Group reading of'

I
sample letters-lo-
editor selecting ones
that deal with issr.rcs
familiar to the
.s tuden t.s

Weck lnvite a guest

t2
I lecturer (local
neitspaper ediktr or
./itculty lrom
.lournalism) to talk

6 t\
 nhtntt wltut i.tsut.v
ur? (u n'(.nll-\ ruir'el
iIt Ie tt r.\ !o-i,.1iI0 t'.\
e -

tutd whul ut'?

editors' criteria kt
accept letters for
Ttr,rblication

ll/ork itt groups lo

{'o}t c ret, i t'tt, i rt f:
I in tt

letter sct mples,

analyzing the
struclure oJ leUers

Each group ident ifics

utt issua lhey v'uttt to
I

wrile about und givt:

I

u brieJ oral
I
presentation h the
c lass

Wcck Subnrit 1hc llrst drali

I
of lcttcrs (to thc
rl tcachcr and pccr-
I

review group)
1

l
I

In-class pet'r revieu'

of dralis usiug a I

I checklist lbcusing on I

contcnt and structnre

I

DU[: First draft f

tt lcttcr (to teaclrcL and
pccr lcvicu' group )

W,"-ck Crotps revise .fir.st

dra.f i ol letter
l:l
I

Dillbrctrtiatt, umong
t cvls ton.

g
I ?-,
 p,'odi eading Irrd
evultuttion (tts sult
I

I
stages oJ Jinu li:ing
I

documents)

I
Discuss criticall.y the
draJi-letter antl
implement the I
I

'revision ' phasc o/'

writing
l
I

Reading oJ'(DIWN)
ttewspaper und
sh0ring itnportdtlt
Ietters (to etlinr.t) on
local issues

Week Groups revise second

tlraJi o/ letter
l5
Explicit instruuli1n
(pa ragraph st r uclltre,
svntax, diction,
I
grammar, and
I
mechanics)

CIrt.r.sroom
tl iscus.t io n/dehrieJ of
activily

I Discuss criticull), and

./inalize the draft-
letter as tlrc ldst
phase ol writing
tl

l0

lo t3
 NSCI 103 - General Science
Course Description
Science and Technology have completely transformed the way we live. The development
we have seen in the past few decades is unprecedented but very few understand the
principles through which the scientific progress is achieved. This course, especially
designed for first year students introduces various fields of natural science, how scientists
operate within these fields, what methods they deploy to make new discoveries, and how
they communicate the advances in their fields to the world.
The course starts with an introduction to the development of the scientific approach. lt
discusses the modern use of the scientific method and the tools and resources that
scientists deploy to ensure that they produce authentic and reliable bodies of knowledge.
Students are then introduced to three main branches of science (Physics, Chemistry and
Biology), their core underlying principles, major developments in these fields and their
applications in modern life. Students will work on case studies and lab experiments to
understand how scientists discover various workings of nature and the missteps that they
can take while conducting any scientific inquiry. The final part of the course focusses on
the skills to separate valid science from fringe science. Students are also exposed to the
fundamentals of scientific communication and strategies to identify reliable bodies of
knowledge.
Course Outcomes
Through successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
. Clearly articulate the development of scientific thought through various parts of human
history and compare it to the modern scientific method.
. Describe various branches of Science, their underlying core ideas, and compare their
applications.
. Using case studies and demonstrations, practice application of the Scientific Method
in the natu ral sciences.
. Determine whether a given claim or belief is scientifically valid or not and provlde a
clear rationale for doing so.

il tq
 COU RSE OUTLINE/WEEKLY BREAKDOWN
I -I'irne
N'Ioduh: Nnmc Coal Topics
weeks
What is science?
What quali fies as science?
Overview oi' Introduce students to the Why does it rnatter?
Science and the course artd develop a basic
Who practices it?
r-rnderstand ing of sc icncc
I
Scientific
Method and thc scientilic process.
Introduction to important tcrminology:
F'act, h thesis, theo , law
Expose students to the Plchistory, Mesopotamia Egypt,&
cvolviug undcrstanding of Circcks, China, South Asia,
science across time in Arab/lslamic, European
Evolution of dittercnt civilizations. This
the Scientific nrodule emplrasizes to Exanrples of scientific contributions
Method across -) students that moclern fronr different regions are used to show
Civilizations science is a result of dittcrcnt tbrms of rcasoning that wcrc
I
contributions of d iff'erent used to determinc thc naturc of rcality
I people fronr ditferent and clevelop science as a process, c.g.
civilizatiorrs all over the inductive, deductive, abductive,
world h othetico-dcductivc thlsitication.
What does modern science took like
Establish what the current today'?
practice of scicncc looks
The Modern likc. Discuss thc role of' What arc thc advantagcs of using this
Scientific I scicncc in today's socicry nrcthod'l What arc thc linritationsl
I
Method and understand Iinr itations
of the urodcnr scicntitlc How did science become the dorninant
r11ethod. nrethod of understanding the natural
rvorld'?
I rveek (lntro to areasibranches ol
sc ience )

Develop student irlterest

and passion lirr natural
sciences. IIelp students in
Introduction to choice of rnajor bascd on
Areas/Branclies thcir intcrcst in thc dil'lbrcnt
of Science
1
scic:rccs. Providc an
opportunity lirl studcnts to
practicc thc scicntifi c
nrcthod usirrg various lab
scttings,
I ccks tPhysics) - Ma.ior theures il)
rr
I'hysics. Applications, Expcrimcnts
2 u,ccks (Chcmistry): Major thcmcs
('hcrnistry, Applications.
in
Expcrinrcnts
I wccks lBiology) = Major thcrnes in
Riology, Applications, Expcrirncnts
I'or cach of thc branchcs:
. Introductiorl to corc ideas and
ilnportant theories (e.g.
Physics: Gravity, Chemistry:
Atorr,ic theo Biolo

I'L
I
\
 I
Evolution by Natural
Sclcction).
Introcluction to possiblc
l
nrajors: How do they relate to
various prol'essions/fi elds.
Practical applications of ideas
from each field
Equip students to identity
l'lawcd and liaudulent Practices leading to
pseudosoienoe
Horv to spot
approaches to science, and
FAKE 2 Case-studies from popular discourse
rvhat to avoid when doing
SCIENCE!? (e.g. Cold Fusion. Telepathy, N-rays
scientiflc rcsearclt.
I etc.)

Students learn horv science

is conducted and
Introduction to the Peer Review
communicated in rlodern
(advantages and misuse)
times, horv to clilferentiate
Scientific
betrveen goocl and poor-
cornmunication lnrportance of controls and rcplication
cluality scicntific research, (lir:k
and best practices fbr scicnce)u.ith thc replication crisis in
conducting scientitic
research

t3 I
 SSC! 105 - Social Science - I

Course Description
This course will introduce students to the study of the modern society, state, law,
knowledge and selfhood. While retaining a focus on Pakistani state and society, students
will encounter theoretical concepts and methods from numerous social science
disciplines, including economics, politics, anthropology, psychology and sociology, and
learn to think theoretically by drawing on examples and case studies from our own social
context. Students will be introduced to the works of prominent social theorists from both
western and non-western contexts. lnstruction will include the use of written texts, audio-
visual aids and field visits.

Overall Student Learning Outcomes

Cultivation of criticalthinking, the ability to ask questions, engage in reasoned debate and
tolerance of opposing points of view Nurturing of oral and written skills, as well as creative
and innovative traits more generally.

t\ I 'i:l
 COURSE OUTLINE

N'l odu le l: Society Time: 3 rreel<s

INTENDED LEAR}.IING OUTCOME:
Students will be exposed to basic conccpts of social sciencc and learn the differcnce between

ob.jective idcntification of ernpirical facts, and subjective fonnulation of opinionated arguments.

Wrek : Social cience and Moderni

Compulsory Rendings:
L Ellion, A. (2009) Contcmporary Social Tlrcory. Ncw York: Routlcdgc,3-16.
2. Qadcer, M. (2006) Pakistan - Social and Cultural Transfbrrnation in a Muslim Nation.
Londonl Ncw York: Routledge, t-ltt (Chapter 1).
Supplementary Readings:
l. tlaudrillard, J., I9t17. Modelnity. CTheoqt,, II(3),pp.63-72.
2. Kaviraj, S., 2005. An outline of a revisiorrist theory o['rrrodcrnity.
Alchives F,uropdcnnes de
Sociologie/European Journal of Sociology/Europriisches Archiv fiir Soziologie, pp.497 -52.6
Audio Visual Aid:

I An Introduction to Social Sciences: https:,',',,r'n rv.ytrutul.lc.r:ortt'rvatch?r,:DSIdaTSC2Gg

2 Social Scierrcc Evolution and C'onccption:
htlp s:ti)Uuw, ) o!|"!u bc. c1q41g31c h'.'v 1)._rp d 1V c lKl

Week 2: Ma-ior social phenomcna in thc modcrn world that wc scck lo explain: class. gcnder.
cthnicitv. caste, and nation.

Compulsorl'Readings:
l. Systerns of Stratification I Boundless Sociology (no date). Available at:
https:i /r:otu'ses.lunren learn ing.com/boundlcss-soc ioJogy/chapter/systems-of-stratification/'
(Accessed: 29 May 2021).
2. Aazdar, H., 2007. Class, castc or race: vcils ovcr social oppression in Pakistan. Economic
and Political Weekly. pp.ii6-ltti.
Supplcmentary Readings:
I . Vclaskar, P., 20 I 6. Theorising the intcraction of caste, class and gcnder: A leminist
sociological approaclr. Contributiorrs to lndian Sociology,50(3), pp.389-414.
2. Wright, E.O.,2009. Understanding class: Torvards an integrated analytical approach. New
lcfl rcviov, 60( I ), pp. I 0l - I I 6.

r5 r$
 r\udio Visual Aid:
I Dal r ts i n Pak istan : Changin g ldentr ties: lUOs:L"ff itlrL: .:rltt,'rvalch?v NSnlfcXuDcs
",,yqLt
2 Pakistan's Claste Systcm - The untouchable's struggle:
lrtlps: wu \\ youtube.com,'r,vltcli\, \ti7[{ntYvknnl-.
3. Life as untouchable in India: t!L!psjli)_v! rrt yeUtutr-e,.c'onr.rrr rrlc;['.)v:aU_!:ilul u tlLt..
4. How Class Works: httns:,/i Www.yoLrtubc.cour/r.vatch?v-eul llfrA!t-uliq

Week 3: Ilou,do various social sciencei humanities exolain socictal structures (socialization) and
human behavior (choices & action)i)

Compulsory Readings:
I .
Barth, F., I 967, On the study of social changc. Amcrican anthropologist, 69(6), pp.66l -669.
2. Bharnbra, C.K,, 201 L Talking among themselves? Weberian arld Marxist historical
sociologics as dialogues without'others'. Millennium, 39(3), pp.667-681.
Supplemcntarl' Readings:
l. Sewcll Jr, W.H.. 1992. A theory of slructul'e: Duality, agcncy, anti transformation. American
journal ofsociology, 98( l), pp. I-29,

N'Iodule 2: State Time:3lvccks

INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOME:
Students will acquire the ability to undcrtakc rncaningful analytical comparison across distinct

historicaJ-geographical terrain, both within socictics and betu,cen nation-staLes.

Week I : The N4 odern Statc and Colonialism

Compulsory Reading:
). Jalal. A. (cd.) ( 1995) "l'he colonial legacy in India aud Pakistau', in Dcnrocracy and
Authoritarianism in South Asia: A Conrparative arld Hisrorical Pcrspct-tivc. Carnbridge:
Carnbridge Ur.riversity Prcss (Contemporary South Asia), pp. 9-2t1.
2. Govemment and the State | tsoundless Sociology (no date). Available at:
https://courses.lumenlcarning.com/boundlcss-sociology/chaptcr /govemment-and-thc-statel
(Accessed: 29 May 2021).

Supplcrne nta rl lleadings:

l. Blrattacharya. N. (20lti) Thc Crcat Agrarian Conquest: Thc ( okrnial Reshaping of a Rulal
World. Ranikhct: Thr-- Oricnt Blackswan.
2. Marndani, \4. (2018) Citizcn and Sub.jcct: Contcn.rporary Aliica and thc Lcgacy ol'Latc
Colon ialism. Princeton Univ.:rsitv Prcss,

t& tq
 Audio Visual r\id:
I l'hc Lnrpire of Dirt h1l .V(ll LIrrhc.crltn./rr,atc lr',rr x j( il' ttldQ
? IIBC: Chutchill's lcgaoy still painlirl lbr Indians:
https: 'i !v\\.'u' .1qr qt t {tg.g!1n.1_g1itc hly;h l{ Lrsll g r.r J\il

Wcek 2: Nalions as ('onstructecl }rntitics

Compulsory Reading:
l. Alavi, H. (1989)'Nationhood and the Nationalities in Pakistan', Economic and Political
Wcckly, 24(27), pp. 1527-1534.
2. Anderson. B. R. O. ( l99l) Imagincd Comrnunitics: Retlections on the Origin and Spread
of Nationalism, Vcrso. 37-46 (Chaptcr 3)

Supplernt'ntan Reatling:
I . Ashcroti, B., Griffiths. G. and Tiffin, H. (2013) Post-Colonial Studies: The Key
Cloncepts. Ror"rtledgc,
2. tlarkcy, K. ancl Parikh, S. ( 1991) 'Cornparative Perspectives on the State'. Annual
Re'view of Sociology, | 7( I ), pp. 523 549.

Audio Visual Aid:

l. New York Times: How Nations Make National ldentities: Nationalism
https:i,1wwu,.yr:utuLrc.col.n,ip:atch?r, .F9ttF'6FvrvlHl
2. 'l clcSur: Thc World Today lnragir.rccl (lomnrunitics
- On Brilish
',ilil:.: '',. \ ,l ,r,ililii. ::l \r,;lial -il , i I \ .: l

Week 3: The'orizins statc in Pakistan and beyond

Cornpulsory Reading:
l. Zaidi. S. A, (2015) lssues in Pakistan's Economy: A Political Economy Perspective.
Oxtbrd llniversity Prcss. Chaptcr 26
2. Scott, .1. C. (1999) Sccing like a Stale: IIow Ccrtain Schenrcs to Improve the Hurran
Condition llavc Failed. New Haven, Conn.: Yale Univcrsity Press. l-u (Chapter l).

Supplcmentarl' Rcading:
1, Akhtar, A. S. (2017) Thc Politics of Comrnon Scnsc: State, Socicty and Culturc in
Pakistan. Cambridgc: Canrblidgc University Prcss.
2. 'Slrarnra. A. and Gupta, A. (eds) (2006) The anthropology of lhe state: a rcader. Malden,
MA: Oxl'tx'd: Blackrl,cll PLrb (Blackrvcll rcadcrs in lnlhropology.9).

tq 2*1
 Ilodule 3: Econonrl" Time: 3 weeks
INTENDEI) LEARNI NG OUTCONIES:

By thc end ofthis module studsnts should be able to distinguish betwcen economic and
sociological approaches to studyillg the economy and evaluate the rrajor strengths and
weaknesses of each.

Be nrorc comfbrtable connectrng what they each know ofPakistan's economy with the
concept of informality and analyzing it as a part of tl.re contemporary global cconomy.

Week l: Dclinins 'thc ccor.rolnv'. What cxac tlv is thc n') odcrrr ccouolr.rv'l We exnlorc how
cconorfl5ts havc anlyqred this queslion.

Compulsory Readings:
l.
I'lunt, E.K.,2002, History of Econon.ric Thought: A Critical Perspectivc, M.E.Sharpe,
Ncw York. Clhapter l, pp. 3-t3 [Very brief section introducing modern economic thinking
on capita lisnrl.
2. Raworth, K., 20 I 7, Doughnut Economics: Seven Ways to Think Like a 2 l'r- Century
Economist, Pcnguin Random House, London, pp. I l-43. [This exccrpt introduces students
to the central place that GDP growth has in the disciplrne ofeconomics and provides an
inrpoftant critical perspective on thisl
Supplementary Readings:
l. Stanford Encyclopcdia ol'Philosophy, Philosophy of Economics, Section Ll 'What is
Econourics'/' and Scction 1.2 'Contemporary Econonrics and its Several Schools'
available at hf t11s: Ir'plr iti. stan lin (l.rl(il! cntr!q1r(,nrrnr i.:r. :'il rtrWir irr [;9'qq IA brief
cxplanation of how. why. and when econorlics as a discipline canre into being].
Audio Visual Aid:
l. Ilistory of Econonric thought: lrrtps:. out ube .con1i wrle h?v=x4Y"1DvpUllo

Week 2: Ecor.rouric Sociologv - rruttil.rg the social back into the ccorromic. We look at how
soqtplogists h41'e studied t[9 economl, ur](l cor)trast this with what we leamed fiom thc u,ee[
bc Ibre

Compulsorv Readings:
Srrclscr, N.J. and Swedburg, R.. The Ilandbook of [:conomrc Sociology, Chapter I
'lntroducing Econornic Sociology'. Princeton Linivcrsity Prcss, Princet<u. [Good
ovL'rvic\\, olsociological thousht on thc ccorronrl, rr ith blicf introdLrctions to nrajor
Wcstcrn classical thinkcrs lbllorvcd by contcnlporlrry scholarsl.

t3 Ll
 Supplementary Readings:
l. Wcber, M. (2019) Economy and Society: A Nerv Translation. Harvard University Press.

Week 3: The Inlirrmal Econon,v. The tenn 'infom.ra[' is oftcn used to describe much of
l)akistan's econol.nv. We discovcr *,hat scholars:nean b thc Iolnra liin lir:lr a l clistinctiorr . horv
inlbmral economies function. and how they might be expected to evolve over time

Compulsory Readings:
LBasile, E. and Harriss-White, B, 20 10, 'lntroduction', International Review of Sociology,
20:3, pp.463-470 [This reading tbcuses on thc lndian economy but the analysis is highly
relevant firr undcrstanding Pakistan].
Supplementary Readings:
l. Javed, U.,25 January 2021, 'lntbrrnality and State Policy', Dawn. Available at
brQs-,rwu-u:dlrl&lqurErv l6()r.5 I S
2. Meagher, K., 2013, Unlocking the Informal Economy: A Literature Review on Linkages
Between Forrnal and Informal Economies in Devcloping Countries, WIECO Working
l)aper No. 27.
Audio Visual Aid:
I Women in Infornral Economy: lrttDs:,','wwrv.vrrutu[rc'.conr,'rr aich' lv tiYrtUG'f2vHE
2 Intbmral Ecorlonry Explaincd: lLlps.t'tyry_*:]i.tt lltih{i. conr,'$'atoh'/v PyOKlitJhO:l7A

Nlodule 4: Selt' Time: 3 Weeks

INTENDF],D LEARNI NC OUTCOMES:
.l
lirough succcsslirl conrplcti()n o1'this motlulc. studcr.rts u,rll bc ablc tcr:

- Rellect on thc relationship between sellhood. structure and agency:

- Situate selthood in relation to intersecting ideologies and thus power;

- Articulate the linrits of liberal clairrrs to universality via a historicisation ofliberal selthood

Week l: Understanding Structure and Asencv

Compulsory Readings:

1.
Howarlh, David. (2013), P<iststructuralisnr and Aflter: Structure, Agcncy and Pou'cr,
Basingstokc: Palgravc, 201 3. Chapters 4 and 5.
2, lllainc M. Power (1999) An Intloduction to Picre Bourdieu's Kcy Theoretical Concepts,
Joumal for thc Study of Food and Society. 3: l, 48-52.
Supplementary Readings:
1. An Introduction to Botttdicu: httDs;/'./1r,lr'I\'.vour u ,r.tonul u rc h'.'r,--,$7ll I't-6211 vl Ll

t? t-
 Audio Visual Aid:
l. Would you fall for that elevator?: httns:lrlryuta:-Lqqllrtr,g.conriwatch?v=d DAbdMv 14ls

Week 2: ldeolouy and Sutriectrr,rty

Compulsory Readings:
l. Eagleton, Terry (1991), whut is ldeologtll London: Verso Books. Introduction and
Chapter I .
2. llowarth, David. (2013), Poststnrctttalism and After: Structure, Agency and Power,
Basingstoke: Palgrave. Introduction and Chapter 7.
Supplementary Readings:
| .
Zizek'l'or Twelve-Ycar-Olds: ldcology and Rebccca Black (no date). Availablc at:
http://www,critical-theory,com/slavoj -zizek-twelve-year-olds/ (Accessed: 30 May 202 I )
Audio Visual Aid:
l. SJavoj Zizet by Marcus Pound:
I ,:'.-; ,. .' . .:.,.,1i.1il,, .., :r )r \uatch'.'\ I !.,[t ! U(L!I]Y!I f t:rr Lrrc:crnb I r-rqo
2 Ith:olouy'u,itlt S urq l:tssr's lri I i. i4
-) l'he Perverts guide to Ideology: lrtrli:.: rr ri ir,,vor11Lr[-,e .ei.:tlr'rvatch iv TVrvK Cbz{rt)k

Week 3: Who Counts as a'Self-'l Liberalism and the Problcm of Non-Persons

Compulsory Readings:
l-Losurdo, Donrenico (201l\, Liberulism: A Counter- l lislor-y. London'Vcrso. CV.
Chapters 1,2 and 10.
2. O'Conne Davidson, i. (2013), Modern Slaver-y,: The Margins oJ Freedom, Basingstoke
Palgrave. Chapters I and 7.
Supplementary Readings:
l. O'( onncll l)avirlsort,.l. anrl Quilli. J. (2015). llacc, Erhttit it.t.'trrtl Belonging, Bcyontl
'l'r-l1fie kirtg
arrd Slaverr,Short C'r.rulsc: Volrrnrc 6. .l:i
r,lr,, rii I,,. !I.,\_,.rr('( .: jr.r i1,,. , ,:ll' iii:,.1 ,,..: i.. 1,,,.,;:i lll
'r.,,1
Audio Visual Aid:
1. 'l'ltc Bcyond 'l'rafficking and Slavcty Onlinc (loursc
htlprJuur,q crrdcttto iiltc n0licn..-b r"1'ond-tra ltjcLi!q-alld-slavcrv/ffi
ir n tl__p r',.: e rt r i or r s_[{r_0r-g [, tr rrl-ec n{)iil
-l'he
2. Nativc American Casualtics of US Immigration Policy
!ttLrs:i, rvrvr!.uppLdgutrrll.il_qyjll,'cni!c1,1rpi1-,11,,11ic_LuS.lqc t-s la l\ 19,:-A! !lq]l-q4!l:
"'c
casua ll ics-o I-rrs-rnr ltr i rirtt()n - r ljc r, ,'

9; otL
 llutluk, 5: H islorr,/Knou'lcdgc Time: 3 ryeeks
INTENDED I,EAITNING OUTCOMES:
Through successful conrpletion of this nlrdule, students rvill be able to:

- Speak to the relationship betu,een knor.vledge and porvcr

- Critically engage with claims of 'truth'

- Histolicisc scientitjc knowlcdge, in particular its relationship with colonial cxpansion

Week 1: On K nowledce/Powei'

Compulsory Readings:
L Foucault. Micltel. ( l9ti0), POWER/KNOWLE,DCE: Selected Litcrviews and Other
Writings 1972-1911 (Ed. Colin Cordon), New York: Pantheon. Chapters 6 and 10.
Supplementary Readings

l. Pollard, C. (no date) Explainer: the idcas ofFoucault, The Conversation. Available at:
http:/itheconversation.corr"Jexplainerthc-ideas-ot'-foucaul199758 (Accessed: 29 May
2021).
2. Kashtan, Miki. (2014). Spinning Threads of Radical Aliveness: Transcending thc Legacy
of Scparation in Our Individual Lives. Oakland: Fearlcss I teart Publications. Part Oue,
Section l,

Audio Visual Aids:

l. FoucaulI on Powcr: lr ttps:l'wlrl.-yoututre.conr;'rvatch /v-A Youb tnrtk5k
2. Michael Foucault on Power: !Itp..t.trlu:tr:v:,).oqtqbs,lsnri .,1taldl?y-kCLnI$1rr1W5S

Wce k2:C ol onial Ilistories ancl thcir Present

Compulsory' Rc:rdings:

l. Tuhiwai Srnith, L. ( 1999) Decotonizing Methodologics: Rescarch and [ndigenous

Pcoplcs. London: Zcd Books. lntroduction, Chapters I and 2.

Supplcrnt'ntarv Rerrlings :

l. Pcabod1,, Norbcrt (2013). 'Knowlcdgc Forniation in Colorrial luclia', in Pccrs. [),\4 and
Gooptu. N.. Indit ancl the Briti.sh [rr7;ile, Oxtbrd: Ol.lP.

2-\ Eh
 Audio Visual Aid:
,)
Dc - colorrial Theory: 11115:,irygri,.)i( )u tut-.c. cor) r,1\r'atch'.tr1 gz(iO(] Bs.lll sl l
l I)ostcolonial stLrclics antl clc- colorrial option:
IrtI;]s.f i.i r.i \,11rtLlILlrr.r)(,ill, \!q(]! .'r .,.,.i,,1r1il.'\.1 ;;

Week 3: Alternative Ways ol Knowing

Compulsory Readings:
I .
Tuhiwai Srnith, L. ( 1999) Decolonizing Methodologies: Research and Indigenous
Peoples, London: Zed tsooks. Chapters 7, li and 9.
Supplementary Readings:
I . Kashtan, Miki. (2014), Reweaving Our Human Fabric Working Togetlier to Create a
Nonviolent Future, Oakland: Fearless Heart Publications. Part Two,
2. Escobar, Arturo (2020), Pluriversal Politics: The Real and the Possible, Charlotte: Duke
Universit_v Prcss. Chapters 4 and 6.
Audio Visual Aid:
l. Decolonizing design, Imagining Alternative Futures:
l)ll s;i'i'u,r.r,v,,Vottlulr(].con]/'watchl)v .-9SqnrThtj [.]rn I ro
2. De Colonizing t)eve lopment Studies: httlls:,/i wwr'. votitube.d( )rrri !vatc:h'/v.=Pq W iRa-
trYik

2_2- r-f
 QREA 107 - Exploring Quantitative Skills

Course Description
Since ancient times, numbers, quantification, and mathematics has played a central role
in scientific and technological development. ln the 21st century Quantitative Reasoning
(QR) skills are essential for life as they help to better understand socio-economic, political,
health, education, and many other issues an individual now faces in daily life. The skills
acquired by taking this course will help the students to apply QR methods in their daily
life and professional activities. This course will also change student's atlitude about
mathematics. lt will not only polish their QR skills, but also enhance their abilities to apply
these skills.
Gourse Objectives
o Students will be introduced to the above concepts and they will be prepared to apply
these concepts to analyze and interpret information in different walks of life.
. Students will get familiarized with the importance of quantitative reasoning skills in the
modern age.
o This course will improve their ability to deal with scenarios involving numbers related
issues in a logical manner.
o It will provide students an opportunity to appreciate the intellectual beauty of
quantitative reasoning skills.
. lt will prepare students to apply the quantitative reasoning skills in solving quantitative
problems which they will experience in their practical lives.

Student Learning Outcomes

After completing this course successfully, students will be able to:
r Create and develop quantitative reasoning skills and apply to daily life challenges
involving social and economic issues.
. Apply the learned principles of quantitative reasoning skills in other disciplines.
. Acquire and use the quanlitative reasoning skills in different disciplines.
. Make decisions in a logical manner.
o Apply geometrical models to solve real life problems.
. Apply the quantitative reasoning skills in any real-world situation.

2_3
 WEEKLY BREAKDOWN
\l odule Namc 'l'imc (lonl Topics
(r,eeks)
Exploring lnlroducc studcnts to . What is tluantitativc rcasoning'l
importance of irrporllnce of c1r-rantilttive . O\L.r\ i\'\v ot hislory of mrthcnratics
quantitative lcason ing skills, history of and contribLrtions of Muslim scholars.
reasoning skills mathematics and numbcrs . Dif'f crcflt types of stand.ird numbers
in thc rcal Wot ld. and thcir role in practical life
1

Problcm 2.5 Inlroducc studcnls to
solving problcm solvrng skills
tcchniques using Inathcmatical
rnodclling and unit
analysis.
Nunrbcrs & the 2.5 Exposc studcnts to the
Univcrsc not ions of csl iuration.
scientiflc lotat ion.
absolutc & relative crrors,
and their applications.
Financial issues 3 students will be
introduced to an important
tool percentagc. and its usc
in different st-rcial,
scenarios.
. Understanding rclationship bctween
parts and rvholc
. Practical litt sccnarios involving
parls & u,hole
. Practical lil'c scenarios involving
units and rate
. Unit arralysis as a problem solving
tool.
. Understanding our World through
nur1ll)crs
. Dealirrg with very big and snrall
numbcrs & their applications
. Undclstanding uncertainty and ils
applications
. Stock exchange and economy
. Monev rrrarragenrent (profit. loss.
discourrt. zakat. sinrple interes(.
conrl'round interest and taxation )

economic. and . Murrcy ntanagcnrcnt in praclical lrfe

prolessional sccnarios. scenarios like investnrents and federal
budget
Exploring Studerrts will bc . Practical scenarios involving
cxpressiols introduced to the algebraic expressions
cxpr essiorrs.lincal anrl . liquatin-ll t\\,o cxprcssior]s in onc
quadlatic cquilt ions in onc variutrlc & using it to solve practical
variablc and thcil usc in problcnrs
practical problems . Social and economic problems
I involving expressions
Erploring 2 StudcnLs will leam about . Introduce geonetrical objects
beaut.v irr pcrir.netel and through archileoture and landscape

zq
 I Architecrure I atea of son.:c georlctrical I)ealirrg witli soc ial and
& lantlscape I
figules and their applications economic rssues involving
eornetrical ob ects
a Practical scenarios involving sets
Srudcnts .*,ill be introduced to
I
and Venn diagrams
Venn sets, Venn
I Ven diagrams and their
I diasrams diagraurs and their

t" applications
applications in different
disc i lincs

READING MATERIALS

Total no. of *'ecks=14. I lecture:l credit hour

NOTE: Therc elre seven rnodules in this course. In cach motlulc therc are some units denoted by Ma.b
where a is thc module nunrber and b is the unit nnmber e.g, M2.4 represents unit 4 of module 2,
Activities for both students and instructor are designed in each unit of a module. The activities are
dcnoted by Aa.b.c where a represents module number, b represents unit number and c represents
activity nunrbcr c.g, activity A3.2.4 is an activity in module threc unit2 and it is activity nurnber 4.

NTODULE-l (l WEEK)

TOPICS:
I . What is quantitativc reasoning?
2. Overvicrv of Contributions ol- Matl.rcrnat jcians cspccially Muslim scholars.
3. Different typcs of Standard numbcrs arid their role in practical lifb scenarios.

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCONIES:

After corupleting this module students will be able to:
. understand vital role played by quantitative reasoning skills in our daily life
o understand the role played by mathematicians tbr overall progress in the World.
. understarrd diflcrent types of nunrbers arrd their usc in daily lit-e activities.

TEXTBOOKS:
I . Bcnnctt, J. & Briggs, W. (201 5). Using and undcrstanding rnathcrnatics (6'r' Edition). Pcarson
Iducation. Limited.
tp;ix n-11qb*tlt:cu tior11!!!2.gurniw1.,--s-r11lcn!i qpio"ad"sllO l 9/09iJcfircy-Ben
lrt S:
Llrrller'!lantling-iVli lt!:Uf alif t*:,j!O_uantitativc-Rt'1q111i119-{ proueh-Pcarson-20 I 5.pd I

2. Blitzcr, R. (2014), Prccalculus. (5'r'Edition). Pcarson [ducation, Lirnitcd

h ltlts: 'lrr rr. u . i lr':r rrltt ltri ct]l ,. trei cd it ion 5f til'

-)

Li
 Unit NIl.t: (What is quantitative reasoning?) (l Lecture)
Essential readings and videos tbr this unit are as tbllows

Reading Resources:
Prologuc (Pagc no. l- page no.8 )

Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding nrathematics (6'h Edition). Pearson
Education, Lirnited.

ht lrr:i,xLr-,-r',,ebchqQtlon-dbb.conrr'\\,p-contcn1,'ul]l()a(ls/':0 I ()i ()qi.le lli e]/-[-]ennett-W illiam-Briqqs-Llsinq-

t.l n,.lcrstantiinq-l\4 athcrnatics -A-Ouantitat ivc-ltcasoniu u-Applouch-['earson-20 I 5.rrdI'

Visual Aids:
Matlr in da ily liti'

lrllps:, ,, orrlrr.brr .jrr lttbS i' I Il R r:

lr ttps_:;,;r rgl1$g'i ncjL x Ir,l l\1

o Activity A1.1.1: (In class and at home activities)

Studcnts arc advised to watch the above videos beforc coming to class. They will discuss the importance
ol trathenraticttl skills in daily li1'e. The instructor will supplenrent the discussion by giving sorne
cxarrrples involving use ol nrathenratical skills in daily lif'e e.g. tirle calculation to reach the univelsity
on tinlc, buying and selling things in daily lif'e antl money managcrncnt(investments) etc. (A usetul
rcsourcc is the related text from the indicatcd book)

o Activity Al.1 .2: (In class activity)

Attcr instrucbr's lecture. students wrll work in groups to discuss the importance of quantitative
rcasoning skills in daily lif'c activitics. Thcy will notc dor.vn thcir findings in thcir notcbooks. Instructor
u,ill lhcilitatc each group to complctc thc task. ( I0 nrinr(cs)

o Activity AI.l.3: (Take home activity)

As a take home activity, students arc advised to nrake a list of daily life activities occurring in thcir
environrncnts where mathematical skills are uscd. Thcy are advised to note down these observations in
their activity notebooks.

UnitNIl.2: (Contributions of Mathematicians especially Muslim scholars) (1 Lecture)

Esserrtial reatiings fbr this unit arc as follows.

Reading Resources:
Contributions ol' Mathernaticians:

h tt rrs: /i {lr.jhsn16rri.r.r,tqcl!-v.c!1!l!}1t!:1lljlllllltliq ilff::ltd:{U.t S{.gt!1rtt-q!l ons.lr trr r I

it_tlln ..,l rqU11ll lr C!r1it!qiir1r3.l rg:

\\ U,ihl coLrllir lr rour -rrrirtlrtrt ra t ieiitrtr.lrtnt i

r Activity A1.2.1:(In class and at home activities)

Studcnts arc irdvised to read the abovc indrcatcd tcxts bclbrc couring to class. They will discuss
contributions ol'nrathcrnaticians in ovcrall progrcss of thc Wolld. Thc instructor will supplernent thc

L( ,+
 drscussion by giving sornc cxaurples whcrc nrathematicians has playccl a vrtal rolc in ovelall progress
in dilferent fields of lif'e.

r Activity Al,2.2:, (In class activity)

Atier instructor's lecture, students will work iu groups to discuss the contributions of mathematicians.
'Ihey will notc clown tJrcir finclings ili their notebooks. InstrrLctol will lacilitate each group to cornplcte
the task. (10 minutes)

r Activity A1.2.3: (Take home activity)

As take home activity, students are advised to search about contrib ions ol'at least one malhematician
a
in 201h century who has played an important role in somc othcr disciplincs also, They are advised to
note dou,n the contributions of that mathen.ratician in their activity notebooks.

Unit M 1.3 (Dill'crent types of numbers and their role in practical lil'e scenarios). (l
Lecture)
Esscntial readings and videos tbl this r,rnit arc as firllorr s.

Reading Resources:
P l(Page no.2 & .i) (Precalculus by)

Derrana. F.. Waits.8.. Foley, D. & Kennedy, D. (201(r). Precalculus. (7th Edition). Addison Wesley

Visual Aids:
Types of numbers:

hftps:r, -voulu.bc,'Ksu I lo.1 I 2tli!l

. Activity A1,3.1: (ln class and at home activities)
Students arc adviscd to watch thc above video before conring to class. They witl discuss about different
types olnumbets like natural nutnbcrs, u,lrolc numbcrs. rational numbcrs, irralional numbers, and real
nurnbers. Tlrc instructor will supplement thc discussion by giving sontc cxanrples involving ditl'clcnt
typcs of numbers in daily lit'e activitics and money nranagcllrcr)t (invcstmcuts) ctc.'fhc instructor $,ill
bring a model showing difl-crcnt typcs olnunrbers on it.

o Activity A 1.3.2: (ln class activity)

Afler the lecture. instructor will ask the students about diflerent types of numbers and their use in
daily lil'e netivities. ( l0 rninutes)

o Activirl A1.2.3: (Take home activity)

As a take honrc aclivitv. students are aclviscd to crcatc a nroclcl slrowing dil'l'erent types ol'numbers on
it. Thcy arc adviscd to kcep thcir modcls tbl the wlrolc sct'llcslcl.

MODULE-2 (2.s WEEKS)

.I'OPICS:

l. Urrdcrstanding lclationship botwccn parts and wholc

2. Practical lif'c sccnarios involving units and ratc.

<l cI
?...
-.,:r:.,
 l. Unit analvsis as a ploblenr-solving tool

STUDI.]NT LEARNINC OUTCONTES:

Atter conrplcting this modulc students u'ill be ablc to:

r Lurtlcrslirntl fiactions and their usc in daily lil!

pnrblems.
r understantl ratc and its use in claily lifc activities.
. Lrsc unit analysis to solve practical lilc problcr.ns in drll'crcnt disciplines.
. deal more contidently with econonric and socral issr.rcs involving unit analysis.

.IT]X'I'I]OOKS:

l. .1.BennetandW. Briggs.(2015). Using and understanding rrathematics: A Quantitative

Reasoning Approach. 6th Edition.
http:lrx n--r.r'cbducatron-dbb.corr,'rvp-conlenti u )l,rlr(lsrl0 I').'09i.lt-t}'r'cy- Bcnn"-tt-William-
Briqss-t.isin q-Lhrderstancling-N'lathernq.!i!:r_ 4-(:l-qiltitl!r.!t-yC.&qa{It!llS_App]',r.)_r{I !earsilr-
;l)15,*i!

Unit M2.l (Practical life scenarios involving fractions, Principles to deal with fractions)
(l Lecture)
Essential readings and videos tbr this unit are given below.

Reading Resources:
l . Secrion 1 . 2 h ttps:,'r!.lr.'w s!.s.-olg5!rylpdqglc-nrn thJe \ i e r\: jtqli
2. Unit 2.A (page no.72, page no.75)
Bennctt, J. & Briggs, W. (20 I 5). Using and understanding mathematics (6'h Edition). Pearson
Education, Limited.
Visual Aids:
Fractions:

Jlt l l.r\:,"\ )lr!l ha L1.zo\i( rrrIl.r.'K.:

irtt ps., 1r,,,1,,.1,. .': lllXsl .it ll .l

lups.r._r..rt{u.bc,:()_\/!E!}'L_el:Ql!!t=ttpCMUC4il-Gbdw7vO 0b9q

lgp;11v1vu.{]1rtIri l'&:1]1iu.:elIri2.{) l ?il-l,r t-r rct!o,Uil}!l|]

o Activity A2.I.l : (ln class and at home activities)
Studcnts a|e adviscd to watch thc above videos bcforc coming to class. They rvill discuss thc tcrnr
fi'actions and their applications in daily lit'c activities. -l'hc instructor will supplcmcnt the discussion by
giving sonrc mole daily life cxamples involving liactions. Aftcr that instructor will cxplain the rules
tbr dcaling with fractions. (A useful rcsource is the relatcd text frorn the indicated book)

. Activity A2.1.2: (Group activity)

In class. students will work in groups to crcatc some rrorc cxarrplcs involving lractions from daily
lifc activitics. []rstnrctor will lacilitatc cach elorLlr in conrplcting thc task. 1 I0 nrinLrtcs)

2! 3\
 . Activity A 2.1.21 (Take horne activity)
As a take horne activity, studcnts are advised to search ibr use of tiactions in their daily life activities.
They arc adviserl to note down their obselvatiorrs ir.r their activity notcbooks. (10 minutes)

L.nit N12.2r (\lodclling praclical lil'e problems involving fractions) (1.5 lectures)
Essential lcadings and videos tbr this unit arc civen lrclorv.

Reading Resources:
lractions & problerns involvirrg tiactions

I!pr.' 111U-Cch!Liio_O/20 I 2i)f,iliactirys.htrnl

Lrttps:/1www-on tinern ath learn ing.com/f ractio n -\r./ord- roblenrs.html

ltilps:'t-r\\$.1[ir'1cL]t.orr,r:iiorrLir;r'tiilullr.l It:,rrrtr:-..rIitIiI;;-i(,_Iiii,,,i,r.rii lrr!-

Visual ;\ id s:

Prob Ienr s involving liactions:

lr:']t- r, L.llr 'J l,rr ,. 1,t.1lr\\
irttirt:,.i.,',ru.',,.rrrlrrlra.t'rrr1l:r.rr11(|ir),, iilrii.l-irrtll-'
Irtttrs;,..i1 1ixtu.f,,' r,\SZ ti1lltl\ r {

lttll.s:lllLrlUlS.l Il I Ir,s-:S 10,\

r Activity A2.2.1: (In class and at home activities)
Studcnls alc adviscd to watch thc abovc vidcos bcfbrc couring to class. Thcy will tliscuss the use of
liactions in daily lift activitics. Thc instructor willsupplcrncnt thc discussion by giving some exanlplcs
ri'hetc flrctions utc userl to srrlrc thr"- praetical dailv ljlc proLTlcrrrs lrsirru phvsical nrodcls. instructor
u ill cxplarn lrou to solt c a practiclrl ploirlcrr involvi:rg ll.actr.rns.

. Activity A2,2.2: (In class activity)

lrr class, students will work to mathematioally model and solve a practical problem involving fractions.
The instructor q,ill thcilitate thcm to corrplete the task. (10 minutes)

Unit VI2.3 (Practical life scenarios invoh,ing units and rate: unil conversions (2.5
lectures)
Essential rcadings and videos lor this unrt are as follows.

Reading Resources:
LJnit 2A

Rennctl. .t. & 13riggs, W. (20 l5). Using arrd undcrstanding urathcrnatics ((Jr'Edition). Pcarson
[,ducation. Linritcd.

>1 I
 Visual Aids:
[-r it conr,-'lsion:

trtlsrlyallu. be/wanqd- Fry\EP,a

Problcnrs invoh.'inu units:

irita::.'111i-[1=i4q!1.,jXl1:1g isi
lr t q',5; ,/:vou tLt. Lre./1-n.:(lKu hv-j 5k
. Activity A2.3.I : (ln class and at home activities)
Students are advised to watch the above vidcos bcforc coming to class. They will discuss the use of
ratc and units in daily life activities. The instructor will supplement the discussion by giving sorne
exarnplcs rnvolving rates and u:rits in daily litc activitics. Afler that instructor u,ill solve some problcms
rnvolving corrvcrsion of units and ratc. (A Lrscful rcsourcc is thc rclatcd text fiom thc indicatcd book)

. Activity A2j.2: (In class activity)

In cllss, studerrts rvill rvork to solvc somc ploblcrns relate<l to rate and unit conversions. lnstructot'will
ihcilitate them to conrplete the task. ( I 0 nriuutes)

Unit M2.4 (Unit analysis as a problem-solving tool: Problem solving with units)
Essential reading and videos fbr this unit arc as fbllows. (2,5 lectures)

Reading Resources:
Unit 28 (page no. 91-93,96-98)

Bcnnett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). [Jsing and undcrstanding mathcmatics (6'h Edition). Pearson
Educatiorr, Linrited.

Visual Aids:
Problerns involving unit analysis:

ht trrs:,. l outu.beinrt(rNq0rlzFj o

o Activit)' A2.4.1: (!n class and at home activities)

Students are adr.ised t() watch the above video bclirrc cunring to class. Thcy u,,ill discuss the use of rate
and units in daily lif'c activrtics. Thc instructol will supplcnrcnt thc cliscr.Lssion by giving sonrc cxamplcs
involvirrg ratcs and r,rnits in daily liIe. Aftcr that instrulctol'rvill solvc somc problcnrs involving ratcs
and u:rits. (A usctirl rcsourcc is thc rclatcd tcxt fionr thc rndicatcd book)
. Activity A2.4.2: (Group activity)
In class. stLrdcnts will work in groups to solve sorrc problcurs rclated to unit analysis assigncd by
instrlrctor. Instruclor *,ill assist thc groups in comp)eting tl)c task. ( l0 nrinutcs)

l.i

3p nq.
 r Activity A2.4,3t (Take home activity)
l'trr out of class activity, stlrdcnts arc advisecl to go tbr tiuits and vcgetables shoppirrg. They are
adviscd kr note down tlre ratcs of tiuit and vegetables purchased. Calculate the amount paid for each
itern and the total amount paid to shopkeepers. They are advised to note down their observations in
their activity notebooks.

MODULE-3 (2.s WEEKS)

TOPICS:
l. Understanding our World through numbers.
2. Dealing with very big and srnall numbers & their applications.
3. Undcrstancling uncertainty anrl its applications,

S'TUDENl LEARNING OU TCONII]S:

Alier cor.npleting this module students ri.ill be able to:

. apply cxpouent rules to simplify expressions involving exponents.

o Lrnderstantl scicutilic rlotirtiorl and its applications in Practical problems.
. un(lerstalrd cstinration und corlparisrrn and apply thcsc irr solving practicaI problcms.
o undcrstand ditfcrcnt types ol'r-rrr)rs (absolutc, rclativc antl llercer)t{ge ct'rors) that aftect thc
measurcd quantitics in plactical problems.

TEXTBOOKS:
Ilcnnctt, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and undcrstanding rnathematics (6'h Edition). Pearson
F.ducation. Lirnitccl.

.[ttp:,ti'xrr--rycbd Lreittrqg!]]t]qa 11 euiitcril,'il l lc irds ,111 ; t;,i1;9,.1gl:1j c.,,,l"l cn r1r:t r -_[j]Iqq L]riggs-[.]sing-
'

t-lndcrstantlil)c-ivl rllreuur ltcs ._.\-(,)ulnii r rlr i\ r:-l{..l,is(,trrr l )Iuilr lr.[]r:t.11591-2Q I 5-g!f

lllitzer. R. (20 l4). Precalculus. (5'r' Edition). Pcarson Lducation, Lirnited

l-ttq.t::ltlLtlr,t!-r.u!!it!!!urv.lc:tiuUlq,Ldrl94l'..1!12!a-llotccalcr.rl_U$ ldltjo11lf.pdf

Unit l!13.1(Exponents, Principles to deal rvith exponents) ( 1.5 lectu rcs)

Esscntial rcadings and videos lor this section arc as follorvs.

Reading Resou rces:

Section P2 (pagc no.20-24)

Blitzcr, R. (2014). Prccalculus. (5tl'Edition). Pearson Education, Limited

Visual Aids:
Exponcnts

hups.rrvoutu.br-'X.Z lt (lhls i i{llr0

3l lq
 l_rI_tp$:r'y!!,(u.-Llc, li l I .l(:glj 7.jSlr

o Activity .{3.l.l: (In class and at home activities)

Students arc advised to watch the above videos befbre coming to class. The instructor will ask about
exponents. Depcnding on thc I'eedback from class the instructor will explain the term exponent and
lules to work with cxponents. Atlcr that instructor will solve some problems involving exponents. (A
ruscill resourcc is tlre relatcd text liorn the indicated book)

o Activity A3.1.2: (In class activitl,')

In class, students will work to solve sorre problems assigned by instructor. The instructor will assist
str"rdents in completing the task. (10 minutes)

Unit M3.2 (Developing techniques to give perspective to very large and very small
numbers in daily lil'e) (2 Lectures)
Essential readings antl videos lbr this section are as lollorvs.

Reading Resources:
Unit 3B (page no. 135-137)
Berlnctt, J. & Briggs, W. (2015), Using and understanding mathematics (6'h Edition). Pearson
Educ:rtiorr. Linr ited.

Visual Aids:
Scientilic notation:

I)Lll)s:i, u'u u k lrrrrrlcaricrtrt,.orgint ath/ cc-(riglllh-grade-rr th,'cc-Etlr-llrrr,)rbcr s-operatio s/cc-8th-

sc icnri tic-notation/r,lscienti llc-notation

https:: tp,u, rv. k hil i1actt,-ltrttt .Q r-{r1q1t"l-!t-elqt!lg!]l-n!!Ic:a I gebrgg4pr2 nt'nts-ratlicals/pre-al.qebra-

scicntifi c-notatitrn:v;scie li fi c-nr)tali()lr-o ld

r Activitt' A3.2,1: (ln class and at home activitics)

Students are advisecl to watch the videos lreforc conring to class. Thcy rvill discuss thc need for scientitic
notation. The instructor will supplement the discussion by giving some examples involving Scientitic
notation. The instructor will explain the rules for writing very big and very small numbers in Scientific
notatiotl and vice versa. (A useful resource is the related text frolr the indicated book)

e Activity A3.1.2: (ln class activitv)

ltt class. studcnts ,'vill work to solvc sornc problcnrs irssigncd by instructor. Thc instnlctor,,vill assist
students in corrplcti:rg the tash. ( l0 rrinutcs)

Unit M33 (Giving perspective to numbers through estimation and comparison)

(2 Lectures)
Essential rcadings lbr this scction arc as tbllorvs.

Reading Resourccs:

Unit 3B (pagc no. 137-141)

l0

3L r-f
 Bennett, J, & tsriggs, W. (2015). Using and undcrstanding rnatlrematics (6'h Ldition), Pearson
Education, Lirnited.

e Activity A3.3.1: (In class and at home activities)

Students are advised to rcad indicated text belore coming to class- Based upon the readrngs, instructor
will discuss about estiutation and comparison with str:dents. Depending on the f'eedback from class the
irrstructor r,r.,ill cxplain the ideas rvith thc help of cxan.rples. Afier that instructor rvill solve sotne
problems involving estimation and compalson. (A useful resource is the related text fronr the indicated
book)

c
Activity A3.3.2: (In class activity)
In class, students will work in groups to solve somc problems related to estimation and comparison
assignecl by instructor. The instructor rvill assist studerlts in complcting the task. ( l0 rninutes)

Unit M3,4 (Understanding uncertainty and its applications) (2 lectu rcs)

Essential readings and videos for this section are as follorvs.

Reading Resources:
Unir 3C

Benllett. .1. & tlriggs, W (201 5 ). Using aud understanding rnathenratics 16'r' Edition). Pearson
Iiducatio:t^ Linritecl,

Visual Aids:
Signilicant digits or ligures:

l:qu,s, orLILr.l ;ci (-i n 97ltr':l--k'l iM

htr outu. be,'cC.l76hz7 illN4'? lisr.l( D(.'l\i I JC4 Lr-Gbtlr,7r'Oacr:l In L-oJ()b9 rr

. Activity A3.4.1: (ln class and at homc activities)

Studcuts lre ach isecl to watch the vidcos befble corning to class. l hcy rvill discuss the need fbr
signiticant digits or tigurcs. The instructor rvill supplement the discussion by giving some examples
involving signilicant digits, 'fhe instructor will explain the rulcs lbr counting signiticant digits and their
use in practical problenrs. (A uscf'ul resource is the relatcd text fronl the indicated book)

Visual Aids:
Absolutc, rclativc and pclccntagc ctror

111tpr ,.,i r1.lr- \t ,I r, i (li.l;

Irt tps:llr. outu J.41r 'tKYI)r,N'l6EL)c

. Activity A3.4.2: (ln class and at home activities)

Studcnts arc adviscd to $,atch lhc abovc vidcos bctbrc corning to class. Tlrcy will discuss thc nccd for
absolutc, r'clative and pcrccntagc erlor. The instructor r.r,ill supplenrcnt the cliscussion and solve sonre
problcnts involving absolLrtc. rclativc arcl pcrccntirgrl crrol by tirking practical cxanrplcs lionr dillclcnt

lt

s3 c l\
 disciplines. '1hc instluctor rvill solve sourc probler.ns involving aLrsolutc, relativc aud percerltage crrol'
(A useful resource is the lelatetl text firrn the indicated hook)

. Activity 43.4.3: (ln class activity)

lu class, students will work to solve some problems assigned by instructor. The instructor will assist
stutlents in conrpleting the task. ( l0 rninutcs)

MODULE-4 (3WEEKS)

TOPICS:
l. Money rnanagement (profit, loss, discount, taxation. and other scenarios involving
percentage)
2. Money rnanagernent in practical litb scenarios like investrncnts and fbdcral budget, simple and
compound interest, Saving plans and economy
STUDEn.T LEARNING O U TCOMES:
After cornpleting this module students will be able to:
. irpply profil. loss, discount. and tax calculations in daily life practical problems.
r rlake logical decisions rclatrng to tinancial rratter,
. hclter ur)derslarld thc social and econontic issues involving nroncy rranagerncnt e.g. federal &
provincial budgets and intlation rate in the coLllltry c.
o deal more confidently with econonric and social issues involving money management.

TEXTBOOKS:
Bennett, J. & Briggs. W. (2015). Using and understanding mathcmatics (6rr'Edition). Pearson
Education. Lirnited.

!r1q1;1111-- ivcbd ue a tion -d bb. i:tr rr r.,1yp5g11191rti u tr loirtls, l 01 9r()9, llicv -llennctt-W i IIianr-Llri,.rss-Usinc-
!t nd,"'rstu rrd i ng;\{ ath emat i c:s -A- !j!!IL!1!!iIq-llcasorli ng-AI,Frolch- Pcrrrson-10 I 5.nd1'

Unit N,l4.1: (Moncy management (prolit, loss, discount, taxation, and other scenarios
involving percentage)) (3.5 lectures)
l:sscutial readings ancl videos lbr this section are as follorvs.

Reading Resources:
L SeetiOn 1.7i]il P,' .\1 .\'.\ -.ri.i.i,i!::,rii j)\ii'!rrr.--ir,rri;._ r,.r, i...',. r,r.1l)
l. [,nit i,\
Bcnnctt, .1. & tlriggs, W. (2015). Using and unclcrstanclinq rnathernatics (6'h Edition). Pearson
Ilclucatiorr. l-irnitcd.
Visual Aids:
Pcrccnlagc:

;i:lt)\ \!r Lri.hc I r; '\'s.1( i]j]rr

l,:r1'. 1, ,'..i..' .,'ti ir I\l\\'t.
L:,,- . ,rlrll,i' .l!.:L l)1..-it l,
t2

3q NC
 . A!:tivity A4.l.l:(ln class and at home activities)
Studcnts are advised to watch thc videos lrefbre corning to class. They rvrlldiscuss the use ofpercentage
in dit'f'erent daily lit'e scenarios. Thc instructor rviJl supplement thc discussion by giving examples. The
instr-uctor rvill display thc live data at https:i /www.worldouretcrs.info/world-population/pakistan-
populationr' shor.ving characteristics ofpopulation in Pakistan. He will cxplain how percentage is used
in this data. Aftcr that he will solvc soure problems involving pcrcentage. (A useful resource is the
rL'latc(l text tiorr the intlicated book)
o Activit)' A4.l.2t (Take home activity)
As a take homc activity, students are adviscd kr study their horne electricity bills and find out the use
ofpercentage in thcir bills. They are advisetl to note dorvn the terms where percentage is used in their
activity notebooks.

Visual Aids:
Problems involving pcrcentages
'l
!tttps:/r'voutu. [rei v S XS] 11t4l

.[gps:iivou t.u..trcr i b liy iUSa4

!Ui1p51il.qUu-bct_SpI i4Ir Sl) o

r Activity A4.1.3: ([n class and at home activities)

Stuclents are aclviscd to watch thc videos belore conring to class, lhcy rvill cliscuss tlre tenrs profit.
loss. cliscount, and sales tax in practical lile sccnarios. The instructor u,ill supplerncnt lhe discussion
by giving cxarnplcs. 'f he instructor will explain the mcthod to solve the problems involving thcse tertns.

r Activity A4,1.4: (In class activit')

As an in-clasS activity, studcnts will bring a ncwspapcr article which involvcs use ofpercentagc c.g. a
report about current inflation in collntrv or an article about previous year's federal budget. Studcnts
will sharc their findings with thc class. ( I 0 minutcs activity)
o Activity A4.l .5:('take home activities)
l. As a take home activity. studcnts are advised to go tbr shopping and calculate the discount
they lravc got tiorn sonre shopping place.
2. As a take lrorne activity students are adviscd to watch the video related to zakat calculation
https:il,outu.hclzlllttWrdL rliY and take notes related to the information in video.

tinit N|4.2: (Simple and conrpound interesf) (2.5 lectures)

llsscrrtial lcaclings lnd r,idcos lbr this urrit zrrc as lirllorvs.

lleading rrsou rccs:

UniL 4ts.

llcnnctt. .1. & !iriggs. W (2015). Using and undcrstancling rnathcrnatics (6tr' Edition). Pcarson
Iducatior- I -inritcd.
Visual Aids:
S inr plc rrnd cornpoLrnrl inlcrcst:

,, : ,1,. i. ,.,. r,
',;:,i..1
\i.
l3

3r 3s
 h ttrrs :,'lv_qq4l291l{g![!i\s]g1,
r Activity A4.2.1: (ln class and at home activities)
Students are adviscd to watch the videos before coming to class. They will discuss the terms sirnple
and compound interests. They rvill discuss the imponancc of these temrs in money management. The
insh'Llctor w'ill suppienrent the discussion by giving exa:rples. The instructor will solve sotne problems
involving sinrple and cor.npound intercst (A useful resource is the related text lrom thc indicated book)

. Activity A'3.3.2: (ln class activity)

ln class. students r.r,ill work in groups to solve solre problems related to sirnple and compound
interest. The instructor will assist students in cornpleting the task. ([0 minutes)

o Activity A 4.2,2: (Take home activity)

As a take home activity, students are advised to study a loan plan by some bank in Pakistan. They are
adviscd to see the relationship bctween trrnc to repay the loan and tlrc amount paid. They are adviscd
to note down their findings in their activity notebooks.

Unit M4.3(saving plans and economy) (3 lectu res )

Ilssential learlings tbr tlris unit alc as tbllorvs

Reading Resources:
Unit 4C (page no.2l7-224)
Bconett, J. & Briggs, W. (20t5). Using and understanding mathematics (6'h Edition). Pearson
Ilclucation. Linrited.

' Activity A4,3.1 : (In class and at home activities)

Students are advised to read the above indicated text beltrre conring to class. Thc instructor will ask
some students about thc saving plans in the indicated text. Based upon the fcedback fiom studcnts,
instructor will cxplain diffcrcnt saving plans fiom the indicatcd text, The instructor will solve sornc
problcms relatcd to saving plans. Instructor will cxplain the use of calculator in solving these
problcn-rs.

.
ActivityA4.3.2:(Group activity)
ln class. studcnts will work in groups !o solve some problenrs rclated to saviug plans assigned by
instructor, The instructor will assist each group in cornpleting the task. ( l0 rninutes)

Module-5 (2weeks)
TOPICS:
l. Practical scc:rarios involvingexpressions,
2. Equating two cxprcssions in onc variable & using it to solvc practical problems.

STUI)ENT LEARNING OUl'CO}TL,S:

Aficr complcting this nrodulc studcnls rvill bc ablc to
. urtdcrstirnd and apply rules to sinrplily algcbraic cxprcssions.
r understand and solve Iincar arrd quadratic cquations in one variable.
o modcl and solvc social and cconomic pmctical problcms using lincar cquations in onc
variable.

1.1

36 .L cl
 model and solve social and economic practical protllems using quadratic equations in one
variable.
dcal rrxrre confidently with econornic and social issues involving equatiorls.

TEXTBOOKS:
Blitzcr, R. (2014). Prccalculus. 15'r' [dition). Pearson Lducation, Lirnited.

Itltn:,:','u\,.,.i1.'*,tie rrw-4qi Lrploirtjs'-i *22'-i.)I-l--l-i,prr'irrr,.::rlLr:_.!1ir4q_;].p1li'

Unit M5.l: Practical scenarios involving algebraic expressions, Principles to deal with
algebraic expressions (1.5 lectures)
Essential readings for this section are as follows.

Reading resources:
Pl (page no.2 - page no.5, pagc no.l3-page no. l6)
illitzer, R. (20 I4). Prccalculus. (-5'r' [dition). Pcarson l]ducarion. Linritecl.
o Activit) A5.l.l:(ln class and at home activities)
Students are adviscd to read the above intlicated text bolbre conring to class. They willdiscuss the tcrms
algebraic expressions rules to simptify algebraic exprcssions. The irxtructor will supplement the
discussion by giving examples involving algcbraic expressions. After that instructor will explain rules
to rvork with algebraic expressions by solving some problems involving algebraic expressions. (A
usefll resource is the indicrted rcading sccliun olthe book.)
o Activity A5,l .2: (ln class activity)
-['he
ln class, students will work to solvc sonle problems assigrred by instructor. instructor will assist
students in completing the task. ( l0 minutes)

Unit M5,2: (Linear equation in one variable and its applications in social and economic
problems) (2
lectures)
Essential readings and videos fbr this scction are as fbllows.

Reading Resources:
l. P7(page no. 86-89)
Blitzer, R. 12014). Precatculus. (5rh Edition). Pearson Education, Limited.

2. I'}lilpage no. l0(r- I l2)

Blitzcr, R- (2014). Plecalculus. 15'r'Edition). Pcalson Education. Linrited.

Visual Aids:
Linear equation:

It Llpq: i: r, o q!q. hclbA9d D l-11J10

o Activity A5.2.1 : (In class and at home activities)

Students are advrsed to watclr above vidco beforc corning to class. They will
discuss the term linear
cquation in orrc variablc and nrethod to solve thesc cquations. The instructor will supplement the

15

3l qa
 discussion lry giving crlmples. lnslr'Lrclor ivill solvc sorlc pltrhlems involving littcat ccluatioos. (A
usctul lcsoulcc is thc related texl liorn tlre irt[caled boolt)

e Activity A5.2.2: (ln class activity)

Instftlctor rvill writc do\\,t] three problenrs related to lincar equation. Ijach Student rvill solve at least
one problenr. (10 minutcs)

Visual Aids:
Applications of lincar e(lLlations:

It ps:. rr L,rtttr.bc YN\\{l_i':,rlr,.r\1

I)tt s:,'lvrrutu.be/ OJI- ff&tw
t11t_ps:L:yryttqL.'ni!uebra.goru_21]l?-r'l.l3l2pliqations-o1'-linear:!lq!d!,a!i.X!!1l

r Activity A5,2.3: (In class and at home activities)

Students arc advised to watch above videos bcfore coming to class. They will discuss the applications
oflincar ecluatiurrs to niodel a practical pr-oblenr autl find thc solution ol'the problent. The instructot
rvill supplen.rent the discussion by giving cxarnples rnvolving applications ol linear equations. '['he
irlstructor will take sorre practical problems and he will explain the steps needcd to tratlsfonn that
problenr into lincar equation using some physical models. (A useful resource is the related text from
the indicatcd book)

o Activity A5,2,4 (Group Activity)

will work in groups to ltrrmulale a linear equatiorr tionr a given practical problem and
Iu class, studcnts
solve that equation and hence flnd tlie solution ol given plactical problem. The problenis rvill be
assigned by the instructor'. (10 minutcs)

Unit NI5.3: (Quadratic equation in one variable and its applications in social and
economic problems) (2.5 lectures)
Essential readings and videos for this scction arc as Ibllows.

Reading Resou rccs:

I P7( pagc uo.93r)8 )
lllitzer, I{. (20 14). Prccalculus. (5'r' Edition). l)earson llducatrorr. I-irnitcd
2. I)li( page uo. I l2- l l6)
Illitzel. R. (2014). Precalculus. (5'r'Edition). Pcarson [ducation, Limited
Visual Aids:
Quadratic equatiou and rncthods to solvc.luir(lratic ccluations:
lrrlli\ l-,,' l:rrlr,.,illlt'\'
"\ rrirlll
ltq,,. :.,,,,,1, !r.'Lr. r./,,,i ilitl
o Activity A 5.3.1: (ln class and at honre activities)
Students arc adviscd to watch abovc vidcos bcibrc corning to class. 'fhcy will discuss thc tenl quadratic
cquation in onc valiablc and mcthods to solvc Lhesc cquations. Thc instructor will supplerrrent thc
discussion lry giving cxaurplcs. Thc instructol r,vill solvc sorrc ploblcnrs involving quadratic cquatitrns.
(A uscf-ul rcsollrcc is tlrc rclated tcxt lionl thc indicatcd book )

l6

s8
 . Activity A 5,3.2: (In class activities)
Instructor will writc down thrce problems related to quadratic cquation. Euch Student will solve at lcast
one problcm. ( 10 minutes)

Visual Aids:
Appl ications ot' quadratic equations:

I:!ps--x&rtu.bp ()ZLr ZX wllsa

htt /rVoutu.hc,'S.l csuKuW-14

r Activity A 5.3.3: (In class and at home activities)

Studcnts are advised to watclr the videos befbre coming to class. They will discuss the applications of
quadratic equations and rnethods to solve these cquations. instructor rvill supplcment the discussion by
giving exarnples. Thc instructor rvill solve some problems to elaboratc the applications of quadratic
equations to solvc practical problcms. (A usctul rcsource is thc rclatcd text lionr thc indicated book)

r Activity A 5.3.4 (Croup Activity)

lll class. strideuts w,ill work in groups to formulate a quadratic equatiorr li'orr a given practical problenr
in class. (10 minules)

MODULE-6 (2 WEEKS)
TOPICS:
l. lntroduce geornetrical objects through architecture and landscape.
2. Dealing with social and econorlic issues involving geometrical objects.

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCONIES:

Alicr conrplctrng this rnodulc studcnts rvill bc ablc to

o undcrsturd thc hasic gcomctrical shapes in naturc and onvironment.

r understand and solve practical problcms irrvolving gcornetrical objccts,
. undcrstand the Pythagorean theorern and its applications in practical problenrs
. tl'igonolnstric functions and their applications in practical problems.
. tlcal rrore conlirlently rvilh econouric and social isstres involving geometry.

TEXTBOOKS:
I . Bcnnett, J, & Briggs, W. (20 I 5). Using and understanding mathematics (6th Edition). Pearson
Education, Limited.
hrr Lr r:\\ _.hd rl!l !iorl*!il)1t !111]t \!Jt:!911t c rr t4U!ai!!lrilil],9l0.9iJq]li12y:BgnUrt!1lVf]ll31t:

1l I i 1r l. - i : r i . - l- l](lL, -r rr ii;i:,-\lrrthi'rnrrtri s -\ (jirirrrtilltrr,.'-liclrstrririg-.1\lrproach-Pcarsttn-

I
:

llrl i pql
2. Aulhtntt. I{.. Lockuood. .1.. Nittiorr, lt. & CIcgg. D. (ll.)07). \4athcntatical thirrking ancl
rcasoning. Il rooks C--o L--.
lrt tpi:,,'c i( )r-i ri'r'rI t l l.{)cLl.l; l()s. wot rlt 'rlcss.cotrri'f 020,'0 I /rrr;i1ltr:rnattcal+hinking-nnd-quantitati vc-
r

i,,'; ls; r) It ir l: I. i-rrll-

t1

39 qL
 Unit M6.l: Geometrical shapes & rnodeling practical problems involving geometry. (4
lectures)
Essential readings and videos fbr this section are as tollows.

Reading Resources:
unir l0A
Bennett, J. & tsriggs, w. (2015). Using and r-rnderstanding mathematics (6th Edition). Pearson
Education, Limited.

Visual Aids:
Geornetr'1, in landscape:

lrlll)i. \. :. Ll t','I .r,,l -l rlltl

blLPs:.. r i,LrlLr.lrt hr'l !tbl IlSili 'l'
l,!lL.!.r-) rr r.rtrr, bc' J ll ir' i ll
I*tDS:1,'voLltl r. [rr'r]3r:r lld-sl'zk L1

r Activity A 6.1.1:(In class and at home activities)

Students are advised to watch above videos before coming to class. They will discuss the terms lincs,
points, planes. antl geometrical shapes in different architectural stnrctures. 'fhe iustructor will
supplerlrent thc discussion by giving morc examples.'fhe instructor will solve some problems invoh,tng
area and perimeter ofplane geometrical tigures. (A usefulresourcc is the related text fiom the indicated
book)

o Activity A6,1.2 (Group activity)

ln class. students will work irr groups to indicatc the georretrical objccts inside thc campus. (10
rninutcs) Or

As an activity outsicle the classroom, inslructo!'can send students irr groups to makc a list ofgeornetrical
ob.fects inside thc caurpus.

e Activity A 6.1.3: (Take home activity)

As a take honre activity, students are advised to find the geometrical shapes present in the rooms, walls,
and floors of their houses. They are advised to note down thcse shapes in their activity notebooks.

Visual Aids:
Sornc gcontctric shapcs arrd problc'ms involving georlclrical shapcs:

lrttns :i/voulu.bcr''l-il s eZcw8TI

l{Itr$ :./r'-viltLr-bc,/l\4 pgqOvl --xgk

o Activity A 6,1.4:(In class and at home activities)

Stuticnts arc adi,isecl to watch abovc vidcos bclbre coming to class. They will discuss thc tetms area
arrd pcrinrctclofplane gconrctrical ligLrrcs. Thc instruclor u,ill supplcrlcnt thc discussion by solving
sonrc problcms lionr the above notcs lionr thc vidcos.

I8

\o I
 . Activity .4.6.1.5:(Croup activity)
In class, students w,illwork in gloups to tlnd the arcas of geor)retr-ical objects prcscnt in the loorn. The-v
s'ill practically use sone mcasuring tape to find the lcngths and ,uvidths of otrjects assigned to them.
T hcn they l,ill calculate their areas using appropriate fbrmula. ( l 5 miuutes)

r Activity A6.1.6: (Take home activity)

As a take home activity, students are advised to tlnd area and perimcter of thc tloors of their sitting
rooms, and areas of the windows in their sitting rooms. They are adviscd h record the data in their
activity notebook.

Unit M 6.2: Applications of Pythagorean theorem (2 lectures)

Essential rcadings and videos firr this section are as fbllows.

Reading Resources:
Section 4.5(Pagc no. 270-Page no. 271 . cxcrcisc 4.5 problems involving Pythagorean thcorem)

Au1'mann, R., Lockwood, J., Nation, R. & Clegg. D. (2007). Mathematical thinkirrg and rcasoning.
Brooks Colc.

Visual Aids:
Pythagorean theorcn.l:

Li!!J)s ..,'\\ \., \\ .klr_tqtai ;rJcrr t,v. org. rl-tiil lt, bas ic-_qr.:.;1),lsrc-g! i)n]dtr-v{!t hrrgrllgil-LtllL'qr_cl!_.

o Activity A 6.2,1: (ln class and at home activities)

Students are advised to watch thc videos belbre coming to class. The instructor will ask somc student
to nrakc a right angled triangle rvrth thc hclp of sticks provided by instructor. With thc lrelp of that
rnodel instructor will explain Pythagorean thcoreni and its applications. He will solve some problcms
involving applications olPythagorean theorenr. (A usclul resourcc is the rclated text liom thc indicated
book)

r Activity A 6.2.2: (Group activity)

will work in groups to think about the itenrs required to crsate a nrodel tbr application
In class, stutlenrs
'l
of Pythagoras. hcn they will apply Pythagolas thcoreu'r ro that urodel. Instructor will lircilitate each
group to complete the task, (15 rninutes)

MODULE-7 (l WEEKS)
TOPICS: Venn diagranrs ancl tircir applications

STT]DI,:NT' I,I,]AR\ I N(; 0U'I'C0\,I I,]S:

Aftcr coruplcting this nrodulc studcnts will bc able to:

o untlqrstantl scts and opcrntiolls on sets, ancl thcir use in daily lifc activitics.
o apply Vcnn diagratns to reprcsent opcrations on sets.
. apply Vcnn diagrarns to reprcscnt data in sr.rcial and economic problerrrs.
o tlcal nrorc conlrdcntly willr cconr,rlic and social issucs involving Venn diagranrs
.I'EXTTIO0KS:
t9

ql trQ
 Bennett, J. & Briggs. W. (2015). Using and understanding mathcmatics (6'l' Edition). Pearson
Education, Limited.

Llrrtlerstarriling- N'llthematics -A -Qurnf rlutivc-Rc4soning:Apploach-Pearson-20 I 5.pdf

Unit M7.l: Sets and Venn diagrams (1.5 lectures)

Essential readings and videos lirr this scction are as follows.

Reading llesources:
Unit I C (page no. 25 - page no. 27)
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathcmatics (6'h Edition). Pearson
Education, Limited.

Visual Aids:
Sets and opcrations on sets:

l1[!!.rr..l ., ur r.bq, ij\ lN g.il lZ A I

r Activity A7.1.1:(In class and at home activities)

Students are advrsc'd to rcad the indicated text from the book and watch the videos before coming to
class. Tlrcy r.vill cliscuss scts, intcrsection & union of sets and Vcnn diagrarns. The instructor u,ill
supplcnlent thc discussion [:y explaining concepts by giving some rlore examples frorn daily life. (A
uselul resource is the related text liom thc indicatcd book)

r Activity A7 ,1.2: (ln class activity)

ln class, students will work in groups to tind some cxamplcs of sets fiom daily life activities and liorn
thcir cnvironmcnt. ( [0 minutcs)

o Activity A7.t,3: (Take home activity)

As a take horne activity, studcnts ate advised to nrake a list containing sets ofthings in their hornes and
tahe thc interscction an(l union o1'thesc sets.'l-hc studeuts will ,.I'aw the Venn diagran]s rcnresentin!l
above union antl intersections of scts.'l'lrcy are advised to r.rote dorvn thcir findings in their activity
notebooks.

Unit M7,2: Applications of Venn diagrams (1.5 lectures)

Essential readings and videos fbr this section are as follows.

Reading Resources:
Unit l(l (page no. 27 - pagc no. 30)
Bennclt, J. & Briggs. W. (2015). Using and understanding mathcnratics (6'h Edition). Pcarson
Education. Lunrtcd.

Visual Aids:
Applications ol' Vcrrrr d iagranr:

:0

\L qr
 bttpsi.r-r,"uf u_hE hsl?-!k- Nk h 0

ht_tpr":i_yo rl t!.bqlir,l!!QQ9F tl;pf

o Activity A 7.2.1 :(In class and at home activities)
Studcnts are advised to read the indicated text from the book and watch the videos before coming to
class. Thcy will discuss sets, intersection & union of sets and Venn diagrams. The instructor rvill
supplement the discussion by explaining concepts by giving some morc examples from daily lifc. (A
uset'ul rcsoulcc is thc related tcxt llom the indicated book)

o Activity A1.2.2: (Group activity)

In class. students will work in groups to solvc some practical problcms involving Vcnn diagrams.
Problems will be assigned by instructor. Instructol rvill facilitate each group in cotnpleting the task. (10
minutes)

. Activit-v A7.2.3:(Take home activity)

As a takc horne assignment, students are adviscd to watch the video related to applications ofVenn
diagranr: hq5r' r i'utt l.bLie I V l lzl:I VtttL,.\

Atier watching the vidco, they are advised to note dorvrr main points regarding applications ofVenn
diagrams to solvc a practical problem.

21

q3 Kd
 RECOMMEN DED RE,SOU RCES :
Using and understanding mathematics, 6'l' edition by.lefliey Bennet and William Briggs,
published by Pearson USA.
2 lVlathenratical thinking and reasoning 200tt by Aufmann, Lockwood, Nation & Clegg
published try lJoughton Mifflin Corupany USA.
3 Precalculus by Robert Blitzer 5'h edition published b-v Pearson USA.
4 Precalculus Graphical, Numcrical, Algebraic 8rr'edition by liranklin D. Der-nana, Bert K
Waits, Gregory D, Foley & Da;riel Kcnnedy published by Addison Wesley USA,
5 Precalsulus Mathematics tbr Calculus, 6'l'edition by James Stcwart, Lothar Redlin and
Saleem Watson pubtished by Brooks/Cole Cengage Leaming USA.
6 GRE Math Review lr ttrr s :,/i wUElts.or'&!/ rniLtlr lcvicw df
OpclAI$i:l,ra.!'orlr
A tiee matl.r study guide rvith notcs and YouTube video tutorials

Additional Resources (Optional)

llcruty arr,.l n()\\'er ol' nratl)cmat ics
rriipi.'\)'.rIi.i.br'VIi{ I Ii l \'i.]{.i\,1
.l-vpes
of n urrbels:
lrirj,:,: \ ,,, llrt li, .i)\,\,1,ii1rtl,tg
\l a the'rnat ics in daily lilt
tltt Ds :i /'_vtl u t !.!qy tt) Iil(l \'lrQ\1
r

Geomctry through architccturc

httl:s:i', vuutu.b0rz.2Iib()l{2I:Yo{
Trigonornetric ratios:
https:ii voutu.Lrc/.lsiv4 l'x s tN4 L
lnvcrse trisonometric t nctions:
hrt ijt lltl beLl,Q!!4,ytll\{f .g
Solving r.vord problcnrs irrvolving Iilear crluations
i:1.1,.. .., .L:...1 l)IIri.rII.r,.r1( )1,

a1

q\
 AHUM 109 - Literary Classics

Course Description
Literary Classics of different eastern languages has a tradition of presenting human wisdom
and ethical guidelines with articulated approach. This course has different components
containing readings, writing and related activities: The first component is about fables-that
is, stories with animal characters having human attributes and crucial lessons of life. The
second component concerns wisdom literature and looks specifically at some of the stories,
both in prose and poetry, of the famous Persian and Urdu literary figures. The third component
is on lslamic History written in the form of poetry in-lhe Shdhndma e lslam by Hafeez
Jalandhri.

Course Obiectives
The purpose of the arts and humanities requirement is to introduce students to the key
themes in this domain, including philosophy, history, and the creative arts. These subjects
explore how we understand human experience, cultivate an appreciation of the past,
enrich our capacity to participate in the life of our times, and enable engagement with other
cultures and civilizations, both ancient and modern: Thus providing insight into the
experiences of others and as well enabling critical examination of one's own, promoting
mutual respect and tolerance, instilling cultural pride and self-confidence, and supporting
the development of creative expression. But independently of any specific application, the
study of these subjects teaches understanding and delight in the highest achievements of
humanity.

q( I
qe
 WEEKLY BREAKDOWN

I. FABLES

4 Kana wa Dimna'.
Kalila wa Dimnais a collection of fables in Arabic dating back to the 8rh century CE. The fables
were originally written in Sanskrit and trace their origins to lndia prior to the 6t century. After
being translated to Pahlavi, they were then translated into Arabic by Abdullah ibn Muqaffa
during the Abbasid era and since then have been in circulation around the world in numerous
languages. The story of Kalila and Dimna revolves around an ambitious jackal, Dimna, who
navigates his way in the king's court to win his favor and become his most trusted advisor. ln
the progression of this story, various sub-stories are recounted couched in elaborate idioms
and metaphors that all eventually culminate in a moral lesson for its characters and the reader.
Course contents from Kalla wa Dimnawill be as given below:
l't week:
(i) lntroduction lo Kana wa Dimna
(ii) Chapter V - The Lion and the Bull, or the emblem of two friends whom a liar contrives to
disunite. (Reading & lnterpretation)
2nd week:
Chapter Vl - lnvestigation of the conduct together with the defense of Dimna. (Reading &

lnterpretation)
3'd week:

Chapter Vll - The Ring-dove, or the emblem of sincere friends. (Reading & lnterpretation)

4th week:
Chapter Vlll - The Owls and the Crows, or the danger of being deceived by an enemy.
(Reading & interpretation)
NOTE: Medium of instruction & teaching will be Urdu. Pdf copy of the reading material (in
Urdu) will be provided by the teacheri coord inator. Assessment/Examination will be based on
critical analysis and interpretation of the stories.

Additional readings:
https://www.dawn.com/news/ 1 150625lcolumn-in{he-court-of-the-jinn-animals-vs-humans

https.//www.dawn.com/news/1 073873/column-the-horribly-howling-and{he-victor

)
\L L q
 b'1 Bdng-i Dard.
Bdng-i Dard or The Call of the lvlarching Bellislhe first and perhaps the most famous of Allama
fVluhammad lqbal's works of Urdu poetry, published in1924.lt came after his initial three books
of poetry which were all in Persian and were considered difficult to read. The lucid and
relatively accessible style of Bang-i Dard coupled with the fact that it was written ln Urdu
earned it much greater acclaim and acceptance among people than the earlier books. Bdng-l
Dard is divided into three distinct parts based on differences that are chronological and also
thematic. eight poems from Bang-i Dard have been chosen in accordance with the general
theme of this component i.e. fables. They feature various animals, and at times inanimate
beings, engaged in discussion about different facets of man's moral existence.
Course contents 'trom Bdng-i Dard are given below:
5th week:
(i) lntroduction to Allama lqbal and his book Bang-l Dara
(ii) A Spider and a Fly (.,.C* -,-rl
li<- '!1) (Reading & lnterpretation)
6th week:
(i) A Mountain and a Squirrel@l# -t:l jh.!l) (Reading & lnterpretation)
(ii) A Cow and a Goat (.s-rS+ -r:1 .iK -!l) (Reading & lnterpretation)
7th week:
(i) A Firefly and a Bird (o-r; -ljl JK+.5+f ) (Reading & lnterpretation)
(ii) rhe cry of a bird (r! j J 4Q)(Reading & lnterpretation)
8th week:
(i) Sympathy (c;:-)4) (Reading & Interpretation)
(ii) Wave of river (!-l: €J.)(Reading & lnterpretation)
9th week:
(i) Firelly 1t'+) lneaOing & lnterpretation)
(ii) The Star of Morning (DJtL 15 C+*)(Reading & lnterpretation)
NOTE: tVedium of instruction & teaching will be Urdu. Pdf copy of the reading material (in
Urdu) will be provided by the teacher/coordinator. Assessment/Examination will be based on
critical analysis and interpretation of the poetic text.

ll. Wisdom Literature

Gulistdn-e- Saa{t
Sharf al-Din Saadi Shirazi was born in Shiraz, lran, at the turn of the 12t, century. Saadi was

rarsed in a family of religious scholars and received his initial education in his hometown and

later in the illustrious city of Baghdad where he was under the tutelage of the famous scholar

q1 -)
 lbn al-Jawzi. Alongside his traditional education in the lslamic sciences, Saadlwas also deeply

influenced by Sufism. His deep commitment to Sufism and the moral project of purifying and

elevating the self, permeate his works of poetry and especially his most famous work, for which

he earned lasting acclaim throughout the Muslim world, namely, the Gulistan. His hikdydt, or

short stories, that are the subject of this component, are an extension of this moral project and

offer the reader advice and guiding principles in various domains of life. These hikayeb can

be tied together given their emphasis on the development of personal virtue and the subduing

of the lower self; resonating through each of them is a deep Sufi ethic that follows the Divine

law in both letter and spirit with an unwavering concern for the permanent and the ever-lasting

over the fleeting and the ephemeral.

Course contenls lrom Gulistdn-e- Saadt are given below:

1Oth week:
(i) lntroduction to Gulistan-e- Saadt ,

(ii) Chapter no.1 , hikiydt no: 4

(A group of Arab thieves was occupying the top of a mountain...)
(Reading & lnterpretation)
(iii) Chapter no.1 , hik4yet no'. 7
(A king was in a boat with an ajmi slave who had never seen the river...)
(Reading & lnterpretation)
11th week:
(i) Chapter no.1 , hikeyet no: 17
(A friend of mine came to me with a complaint about unfavorable times,..)
(Reading & lnterpretation)
(ii) Chapter no.1, hikdyatno: 25
(A minister who respected people face to face and praised behind their backs...)
(Reading & lnterpretation)
(iii) Chapter no.1 , hikaydt no: 35
(l was in a boat with a group of elders when a small boat sank behind us...)
(Reading & lnterpretation)
12th week:
(i) Chapter no.2, hikdydt no| 05
(Some tourists were traveling and I wanted to be their traveling companion ...)
(Reading & lnterpretation)
(ii) Chapter no.2, hikayat no: 06

4
q2 5
 (A noble man who was the king's guest sat down to eat, ate less than usual, and stood up to
worship, and worshiped more than usual...)
(Reading & lnterpretation)
(iii) Chapter no.z, hikeyetno'. 18
(ln Greece, thieves looted a caravan and took away a large amount of wealth. People in the
caravan asked Hakeem Luqman to give them some advice.,.)
(Reading & Interpretation)
NOTE: Medium of instruction & teaching lhese hikeyil will be Urdu. Pdf copy of the reading
materiaf (in Urdu) will be provided by the teacher/coord inator (Preferably edition of Gulistdn-
e- Saadi translated by Munshi Sajjad Hussain and published by waktab e Rehmania Lahore
or any other easily available online/print form). Assessment/ Examination will be based on
critical analysis and interpretation of the hikdyats.

Additional Guidelines:
- To understand how documentary/film making can contribute to the learning process, please
read:

lftps :4lf![!yq!e!ple,q9flL9dlLpaliglr/d gcs/D99q lIe!!ary _GurdeJ 0-09.pjJ

- How to shoot and edit documentarles

http.//mrboylens.weebly.com/student-made-documentaries{hrough-my-eyes.html

h !!p-s 'i/momofilmfes!.com/g uide-to-filming-at@

- List of applications for home-based video making

https:i/hikayat.theguardian-com/technology I 20 1 4 I seol 1 9 lvlogqing-benjamin-cook-chooses-

1!p- I o!s!-Q [e!]rrs:4pp!

III. ISLAMIC HISTORY IN POETIC FORM

Shdhndma e lsldm:
Hafeez Jalandhari's [born:1900 (Jalandhar), died: 1982 (Lahore)], a renowned Urdu poet, is
the writer of the national anthem of Pakistan. One of his major written contribution,
''Shahnameh-e-lslam"; reflects the exciting events of the history of lslam in the form of a long
poem in Urdu. The first volume of Shahnameh-e-lslam was published in 1929 while the second

5 .)
liq J
 one vr'as completed and published in 1932. This book is no less than a beacon of guidance for
lvluslims as it not only looks at the history of lslam but also narrates lraditions which shed light
on the life of our Prophet Muhammad SAW. ln the last 03 weeks of this course, some important
parts of Shehnema e lsldmwill be taught to the students to enrich their sight of lslamic history
and its presentation in poetic form.

13th week:
(i) lntroduction to Hafeez Jalandhri and his ShAhnema e blen|
(ii) Chapter no. 1

. The fVligration of Abraham (A.S)

. Second marriage of Abraham (A.S) to Bibi Hajara, the daughter of Pharaoh of Egypt
. Birth of Harat lsmail (A.S) and migration of mother and son
. Prayer of Abraham (A.S)
. Sacrifice of Hazrat lsmaeel (A.S)
. Building Khana Kaba
(Reading the poetic text & its lnterpretation)
14th week:
(i) Chapter no. 4
. Birth of Hazrat Muhammad SAW
. Poverty of Bibi Haleema (RA)
. Blessings of the childhood of Prophet (SAW)
(ii) Chapter no. 5
. til
. prophecy
. Prayers for the stone throwers
1Sth week:
(i) Chapter no. 6
. Night of migration towards Medina
. The glory of entering in Medina
( ii) Chapter no. 7
. Battle with Quraysh of IVlecca
. .rj I - ,.a.; orc9
(iii) Volume no.2, Chapter no. 1

. [\,4ujahideen in Badar
. The instruction of the Prophet SAW
. The end of the Battle of Badar

6
so f3
 NOTE: t\iledium of instruction & teaching Shdhnama e lsldm will be Urdu. Pdf copy of the
reading material (in Urdu) will be provided by the teacher/coordinator. Assessment/
Examination will be based on critical analysis and interpretation of Shahndma e lsldm.

Recommended Activities:

- Here is an article in Dawn that tells the story of the famous illustrations of the Shah
Tahmasp Shahnama from Safavid lran, the world's most expensive book!

https:i/www.dawn.com/news/1583049/nonJiction-celebrating-the-worlds-most-expensive-
book

- Here is a link to some of the original illustrations from the Shah Tahmasp Shahnama

https://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/shnm/hd_shn m. htm

-- Here is a link to the famous Urdu playwright Agha Hashar Kashmiri's play Rustam o
Sohrab. Students may want to select a scene or two and enact it using Agha Hashr's lines
The scene you have read in the Persian excerpt is to be found in pages 91-95.

https:i/www. rekhta. org/ebooks/rustam-o-sohrab-agha-hashr-kashmiri-ebooks

J-l 7
I1
Scheme of Studies/Course Outlines of Assoc iate Desree (AD)
2-Year Program (4 semesters) w.e.f. Session 2021 for all
Affiliated Colleses of BZU
Year 1't
Semester -2
EWRT 102 - Cross Cultural Communication and
Translation Skills
Course Description
The course introduces leamers to cross-cultural communication and translation in the 2l st century.

It aims to develop students' awareness of the challenges in communicating across culturcs and
addressing these through cross-cultural awareness and translation skills. Students will develop
awareness ofissues related to cultural identity and ethnocentrism and the significance ofthe role
language plays in translating verbal and nonverbal aspects of various cultures. In the process,
students will build their own skills for using English as an international language for effective
communication in writing and speech. Using hands-on training for translating from and to English,
the students will practice with various genres-including academic, business, and literary texts-and

evaluate the quality of these through application of theory, best practices, and technology. The
skills acquired in this course will help students interact across cultures in English and natioual or
indigenous Pakistani languages at a professional level and develop career skills through an
inspiration toward lifelong learning.

Course Objectives
o To raise students' awareness ofthe issues and challenges ofcross-cultural communication and
collaboration.
. To sensitize students to the key roles that translation skills play in a multilingual society like
Pakistan.
o To improve the general English skills of students and to improve the specific language skills
needed for translation work.
. To provide students with a background in translation theory appropriate to support both
academic and everyday translation needs.

ss
 WEEKLY BREAKDOWN

Week Unit Contcnt/ Learning Essential Readings

Activities Obiectives
We ck Unit l: Cultural Diversity By the end of the Fan, H. (2017). Shategies
I Cross- in Symbolic unit students will be for Translalion of English
Cultural Meaning ablc to: Commercial Advertisements
Communic Utilization of I . identify from the Intercultural
ation and Online Resources differences among Perspective. Open Journal
Translation Cultural Wisdom culturcs and the of Social Sciences, J, 38-45.
S/rrl/.s Exploration of challenges in cross- https ://dor,qrsl 0.42361i!!2
1

Cultural cultural 017.511004

Dffirences communication and
through Taglines translation; Newmark, P. (198u). I
of Advertisements 2. develop a better Text b o o k of Tran s I a t i o n.
Cultural understanding of New York: Prentice Hall.
Adaptation the unique traits of (Chapter 9).
Translation their own cultures Toegel, G. & Barsoux, J. L.
Techniques antl (June 08, 2016). 3 situations
Strategies well as those of where cross-cultural
others'; communication breaks
3. engage in cross- down- Harvard Business
cultural Review.
communication Retrieved ftom:
using the target https I lhbr.o r gl 20 I 6 I 0 6 I 3 -
:

language (English) situations-where-cross-

rvith people of cultural-communication-
different linguistic breaks-down
and cultural
backgrounds;
4. explore different
resources for
translation, both
offline and online;
5. demonstrate
translation skills by
engaging in
translation tasks.

2_
(t
/t
Week Translation ofthe Technitrad. (March 10,
) Taglines of 2016). Back translation -
Adverlisemenls lVhat is it, and how is it
Collaborative done?
Translation
Peer-feedback Retrievcd from:
Revising the https //www.technitrad. com/
:

Translation back-transl ation-what-is-it-

Backlranslation and-how-is-it-
done/# - tex t:B a cko/o?ltr an
: :

slatio no/,20 iso/.20 de{tne dYo2

0as,back%2 Oto'% 20theYo20 o
riginal%20language

Week Unit 2: Selecting and By the end of the Cortese, C. (May19,201 9).
3 Introductio Writing about a unit students will be How to Write the best
n to the Famous Person or able to: Social Media Bios for cvery
Translation Celebrity 2. practice the Platform. Social Media.
Process: Leaming about translation process;
Bio- the Translation 3. identify thc parts Retricved from:
Profiles on Process ofthe biographical https://www.bluleadz,conr,/b
Social Researching profile as a genre; los/social-media-bios-for-
Media Reading Bios 4. write a complete each-platfomr
Reading Social profile for a social
Media Bios media page; Hines, K. (2020). The l0
5. revise and peer Elements of a Successlirl
review the Social Media Profile.
biographical
profiles of Retrieved from:
classmates; https /ineilpate l.com/blos/su
:

6. translate their ccqsufuI-soci al-media-

profiles into orofilei
English with
emphasis on Newmark, P. ( 1988). A
vocabulary and Textbook of Translation.
syntax. New York: Prentice FIall.
(Chapter 3)
Weck Translating
4 Celebrity Wriling
Online Tools for
Yocabulary
Building and
Tran.slation
Wrtling and
Translating
Media Bio

(.1
3
Week Unit 3: Cross-cultural By the end of the Henshall, P. & Ingram, D.
5 Translating Awareness unit students will be (2021). The News Manual:
Cultural through Folklore able to: Chapter- 13 'Larrguage &
Heritage and Translatiott L rccognize the style-translation'.
throttgh Analysis of linguistic and Retrieved from:
Folktales Pakistani structural features httrrs ://wwwilhenetrysirranual
Folktale,s of lblktales; net/Manual s
oZ2
Vol umc ol,
0

Trdnslation 2. identity the ways 201/voluntel 13.htm

Applied to a folktalc reflects a
Folktales ancl culture's world- Rurangwa, N. (2005).
Local Stories view; Folklore, Culture,
Transcription ofa 3. apply the Lunguage, and Trans lation.
Folktale IProject translation process WIReDSpace.
Workl to a folktale to http ://wiredspace .w ils. ac.z:a/
rnake it accessible bitstream/handle I 10539 I | 57
to members of other 0/Diss_C_Chap l.pdfl seque
languages and nc e=3&isAllowed:y
cultures;
4. find, record, and Said, E. ( l99l ). Identity,
translate a authority, and freedom: The
traditional folktale potentate and the travelcr.
from their own Transitton,54,4-18.
culture; Retrieved from:
5. present arl http :i/www j stor.org/stabl e/
English translation 2934899?origin:JSTOR-
of a local folktale to pdf
classmates;
6. demonstrate an UNESCO. (2011). What is
understanding of lntdngible Cultural
the oral dimensions Heritage? Intangible
of folktales Cultural Heritage.
UNESCO,
https:/ii ch. unesco.org/en/wh
aris-intangible-heritaqc-
00003
Week Thick Translation Minhui, X. (2014), The
6 of a Folktale Theory and Practice of
Glossing the Thick Translation.
Folhale Trans lation Quarterly,T 3,
Peer Review of 58-72.
the Glos.red University of North
Folhales Carolina at Chapel Hill.
Writing and (2021). Editing and
Revising the Draft P r oofre ad ing. The Writing
Center. Retrieved April 5,
2021.

Ll st
 httDs://rvritingcenter.unc,cd
u'tips-and: tools/eltitrp-
and-proofieadind
Weck Storytelling Fripp, P. (2019). IIow to
7 Techniques; Make A Powerful Impact in
Rehearsal of Your Presentatiotrs.
Story-telling in https ://www.fripp.com/the-
Class; imrrofi ance-of{hc{ause/
Class
Presentation
Week Unit 4: Discussion on By the end ofthe Argondizzo, P. (April 9,
8 Translation Product unit students will be 201 8). SfO Translation vs.
in the Descriptions able to: LocaIization : lthat's the
Bttsiness Planning and 1 , translatc a D iffe rence? G lo ba I izution,
Il'orld: Drafting the description ofa Marketing, Trans I ati ott.
Product Project product or service Retrieved from:
Description Description offered by a https://www.argotrans.co[V
s Peer Review business; blog/seo-lrans lation-vs-
2. recognize Iocalization/
cultural differences
in product Chotard, L. (l.,lov 14,2013).
promotion and How to manage duplicate
advertising; contenl on multilingual
3. use appropriate sites-
language style and Retrieved from:
structure for https i/www.textmaster.com
:

describing /blog/duplicatc- contcnt-

products; multilingual-sites
4. produce effective
graphics/and Duistermaat, H. (Oct 6,
visuals. 2019). 9 Wa1,s to ll/rite
Product Description.\ thdt
Inform and Persuade Ytrur
Customers. Retrieved from:
https ://www. shopify.com/bl
og/82 I I I 59-9-simple-ways-
to-write-product-
descriptions-that-sell

Hughes, J. (2020). Your

product description: How to
wrile converting product
descrilttions. Retrieved
tiom:
https://themeisle.com/blodo

r sq
 roduct-description-
temolater'

Ncwmark, P. ( 1988), I
Textbook of Translation.
New York: Prentice Hall.
(Chapter- 14)
Week Adding Visuals Joyce, L. (2019). 6 Types of
9 and Preparing the Visual Content You Need to
Finol Formal Use in Your Marketing
Class Campaigns.
Presentation
Final Revisiott Retrieved from
and Proofreading https :/ineilpatel.comiblog/vi
sual-contcnt-you-need-to-
use-in-your-ntarkctin g-
canip a i gr:./

Week Unit 5: Email versus By the end ofthe Norbert. (August 2, 201 8).
10 Email for SMS unit students will be The 10 Kcy Elemcnts of
Business Netspeak and able to: Clear and Profbssional
Communic Internet Slang l -translate Emails. Email Strategy.
ation Components of a academic work
Fonnal Enrail from a specific field Retrieved fiom:
of study; https ://www. voilanorberl.co
2.demonstrate m,&loq/clear-and-
bilingual professional- etlails,/
knowlcdge of
academic
vocabulary within
their chosen ficld of
study;
3.evaluate the
quality of their own
translation work
and that of their
peers;
4. recognize
dif'ferences in style,
strucfure, and
vocabulary in
academic writing
Week Coruecling Hertzbcrg, K. (n.d). 4 Smart
t1 Emails Tactics for Scnding Emails
Drafting an Email to Recruiters. Grammarly.
Retrievcd from:
https://www.topresume.com

L 6o
 /career-advice/tactics-to-
cmail- rccruiters
Wcck Unit 6: Academic ver-vts By the end ofthe Brooks, R. (May 29,2017).
t2 Tran,slaling Literary unit, the students The Challenges oJ'
Academic Translation rvill be able to: Trans laling Lilerature.
Work Translation 1. translate
Discussion and academic work httDs://kinternational.com,'trl
Practice from a specific field o g/thc-challen ges-of'-
of study; translating-litcraturc/
2- demonstrate
bilingual
knowledge of
acadernic
vocabulary within Stitt, R. (Feb 23,2016).
their chosen field of Tra ns I a t io n Esse ntia I s :
study; Academic Translation.
3. evaluate thc
quality of their own httES //w$tw. u I atl5.qeqr,'tran
:

translation work slalion-blog/translation-

and that of their esscntials-academic-
peers; translation/
4. recognize
differences in style,
structure, and
vocabulary in
academic writing;
5. critically
evaluate translation
challenges and
opportunities.
Wee k Selection of
13 Tcxt(s) for
Translation and
review of
Translation Tasks
Week Translation Work Newmark, P. ( 1988). I
t4 and Peer Rcview Textbook of Trans lation.
of Translation New York: Prentice Hall.
Work (Chapter l5)
Cheung, Y.P. M. (2007). On
Thick Translation as a
Mode of Cultural
Representation. In Dorothy,
K. & Kyongu, R. (Eds.),
Across Boundarie.c:
int ern a ti on a I p ers p ec liv e s

'7

'l d)
 on translation studies (pp.
22-36). Newcastle, UK:
Cambridge Scholars
Publishing.
Week Finalization of
15 group tlanslation
of academic
material;
Groups present,
post, or share
their translation
work.

I 6 ?.
 NSCI 104 - Science of Global Challenges

Course Description
Our world has seen a massive transformation in the past 200 years. The progress that we see around

ourselves is largely owed to the advancernent in Scientific knowlcdge that has enabled us to
hamess Nature's resources in a multitude ofways. This progress howeverhas come at a great cost,

including a threat to our own existence. Through this course, we will discuss some of the core
challenges manhind is facing, the scientific reasoning behind all these challenges and thc actions

that must be taken to create a future free ofthese problems. The three main areas we will focus on

include Climate Change, The Energy Crisis and the survival of humanity in the wake of deadly
viruses and infectious diseases. Towards the end the students will get to see the complex
relationship between Science, Technology and our Society and some future directions that promise
a sat-er future for all ofus.

Course 0utcomes
Through successful completion ofthis course, students will be able to:
. Explain the scicntific principles that help understand the key challenges we are facing today
o Describe natural systems modulating the Earth's climate, aniculate causes and consequences
of anthropogenic climate change, and discuss measures to curb global greenhouse gas

ernlsslons

Differcntiatc between renewable and nonrenewable systems

Explain the working principles of various rencwablc systems and devices including solar
photovoltaics, wind mills, hydro power, geo thermal and bio energy :

Explaiu the working principle ofkey biological ideas including viruses and diseases, evolutiori
by natural and artificial selection

Demonstrate an understanding ofthe deep connection between science, technology and society

t 63
 WEEKLY BREAKDOWN

trlodule Name Time Goal Topics

(rveeks)
Overview and I Overvierv of the course Introduction to some key
Frarning ofthe and the key challenges advancements we have made in
course that will be tackled. the last 200 years and the
associated challenges that are
manifesting themselves in the
fomr of Climate Crisis, the over
reliance on lossil fuels and mass
extinction of various species.
Challenge 4 The goal of this module . lntro and Framing
1: Climate is for students to . What's the greenhouse cffect l
Change understand how several . Challenges and risks of climate
different natural change
processes interact to . Geologic History and Planetary
produce the dyran.ric Processes
system that is the . 0ceans: How do ocean currents
Earth's climate. It will regulate global climate
discuss how human . Atmosphere: How do large
actions have disturbed scale wind pattems affect global
these nah[al systems climate
which is resulting in .Ecosystems: Climate constrain
rapid climatic change ecosystems and ccosystcms
globally. The module impact global climate
ends with a focus on . Projections of future climate
how we build and use . Measuring anthropogenic
rnodels to predict future climate change
changes in climate at . What are GCMs? Carbon
various spatial and emission scenarios
tcniporaI scalcs . Sustainability
Challenge 3 This module will . Science ofEnergy: Forms of
introduce various Energy, Energy Conversion
2: methods of hamessing . Sustainability of Energy
Energy energy through Systerns
rcnewable systcrns. . Working of rcnewable devices.
Working of various How do solar cells operate?
renewable systems Photoelectric effect, intro to
including Solar semiconductors and band gaps,
Photovoltaics, Wind Wind energy, Wind mills,
Mills, Hydro Power, Physics of a generator
Bio Energy, Geo . Energy quantification - Energy
Thermal Energy and needs, available resources,

lo l
u
 Tidal and Wave Energy renewable vs nonrenewable,
will be introduced. challengcs of current practices.
A contextual study of . Future of Energy
renewables for Pakistan
will also be studies to
see the future of Energy
in this region
Challenge 4 Understanding how . What are infectious diseases.
infection originate and . Types of infectious diseascs
3: how human body . History of Genns, Vaccines
Human survival responds to thcm, what and Diseases
and infectious happens if the body fails . Evolution by Natural and
disease to fight them Artificial Selection
. Why are viruses crossing
species barrier?
. Antibiotic resistance
. Human physiological limits
. Changing interactions and new
diseases
Science, 2 An introduction to how . Complex web of science,
Technology, and Science, Technology politics and social systems
Society and Society intersect . Development of Science in
certain areas, Role of Wars
. Scientifrc Funding
. Technological Progress and
Ethical Constraints
. Human expcriences as Data
The Future of I A discussion of some . Nanotcchnology and its future
Science: emerging tcchnologies applications in Medicine, Food,
Nanotechrrology which are seen as a Computational Systems, Energy
& revolution in the field of ' Biotechnology
Biotechnology science including . Future of foods: Agricultural
Nano-technology and production, consumption and
Bio-technology nutrition
. Genetic Modification:
CRISPR, Cene Therapy
. Exobiology Life and humans
-
outside of Earth

lr b C.
 SSCI 106 - Social Science - ll

Course Description
This course extends us our study of modernity to important thematic concerns and
processes of social change in Pakistan from the time of formal independence through to
the present day. We start with our inheritance from British colonial rule, and will work
through subjects like Green Revolution and Gulf migrations, the role of religion in

and individuation, ending with important

society/polity, democracy, urbanization
questions and challenges facing Pakistan in the 21st century. Our theoretical
engagements will be more contemporary, allowing us to both complement and critique
the classical theories encountered in the lst half of the course. lnstruction will once again
involve the use of written texts, audio-visual aids and field visits.

Overall Student Learning Outcomes

r Cultivation of critical thinking, the ability to ask questions, engage in reasoned debate
and tolerance of opposing points of view
. Recognition of difference between objective identification of empirical facts, and
subjective formulation of opinionated arguments
. Ability to undertake meaningful analytical comparison across distinct hisiorical-
geographical terrain, both within societies and between nation-states
. Nurturing of oral and written skills, as well as creative and innovative traits more
generally

t?- 6t
 WEEKLY BREAKDOWN

Module 1; The Colonial Inheritance Time: 6 weeks

INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES:

Studcnts will be exposed to basic concepts of social science, and lcam the difference between
objective identification ofempi cal facts, and subjective fonnulation ofopinionated arSuments

Week 1: Introduction to the Course

Compulsory Readings:

1. Gilmartin, D. (1998) 'Partition, Pakistan, and South Asian History: In Search of a

Narrative', The Joumal of Asian Studies, 57(4), pp. 1068-1095.
2. Ahmad, E. and Barsamian, D. (2000) Eqbal Ahmad, Confronting Empire: Interviews with
David Barsamian ; Foreword by Edward W. Said. South End Press.

Weck 2: Landed Power & Countrvside

Compulsory Readings:

l. Class dynamics of Agrarian Change by Henry Bernstien: Chapter 3 Coloniali.sm and

Capitalism. Page 47 -50.
2. Zaidi, S. A. (2015) Issucs in Pakistan's Economy: A Political Economy Perspcctive,
Oxford University Press. ' Chapter 2 (Is Pakistan Feudal?)

Supplementary Readings:

l. A.s, H. and F, K. (1974) 'Land tenure and rural development in Pakistan.', Land Reform,
Land Settlement and Cooperatives. Available dt: https://agris.fao.org/agris-
search/scarch.do?recordlD:XF197 6007 4297 (Accessed: 29 May 2021).
2. Li, T.M. (2014), What is land? Assembling a resource for global investment. Trans Inst Br
Geogr, 39: 589-602.
3. Nichols, R. (2001) Settling the Frontier: Land, Law and Society in the Peshawar Valley,
1500-1900. Karachi: Oxford Univcrsity Press
4. Ahmad, A. (1973)'Baluchistan's Agrarian Question', Pakistan Forum, 3(8/9), pp. l9-29.

t1 61
 5. Azhar, S. (2016) 'Colonial and Post-Colonial Origins of Agrarian Development: The
Case ofTwo Punjabs', Doctoral Dissertations. Urbanization ofArable Land in Laltorc
City in Pakistan: A Case-Study by Zaman, K. U and Baloch.
6. Settlc, A.C. (2018), The Informal Economy as a Site of Liquidity: Pakistan's Land
Market. Developrnent and Change , 49: l29l-1313.
7. Hasan, A. (2013) 'Value Extraction from Land and Real Estate in Karachi', Value
extraction from land and rcal estats in Karachi,2l October. Available at:
http://arifhasan.org/karachi/value-extraction-from-land-and-real-estate-in-karachi
(Accessed: 29 May 2021).

Audio Visual Aid:

1. Documentary: lndia - Pakistan Partition
https ://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0ZS40U5yFpc
2. Documentary: Stories my country told me. httos://www.voutube.com/watch?v:9opz5b-
C4Do

Week 3 - 4: CiviVMilitarv bureaucracies, the law and the citizen-subiect

Compulsory Readings:
1. B.B. Misra "Thc Weberian Concept - A Synthctic Approach" pp. 23-33.
2. Kennedy, C. H. (1987) Bureaucracy in Pakrstan. Oxford University Press. Chapters 2,3
&9.
3. Alavi, H. (1982) 'Statc and Class under Peripheral Capitalism', in Alavi, H. and Shanin,
T. (eds) Introduction lo the Sociology of "Developing Societies". London: Macmillal
Education UK, pp. 289-307.
4, Kudaisya, G. and Yong, T. T. (2004) The Aftermath of Partition in South Asia.
Routledge. 199-214 (Chapter 8).

Supplementary Readings:

1. Nadecm, A. H. (2020) Pakistan: The Politics of the Misgovcmed. lst edition. Abingdon,
Oxon ; New York, NY: Routledge India
2. Hull, M. S. (2012) Govemment of Paper: The Matcriality of Bureaucracy in Urban
Pakistan. University of Califomia Press.
3. Gilmartin, D. (2010). The Strange Career of the Rule of Law in Colonial Punjab.
4. Siddiqa, A. (2016) Military, Inc.: Inside Pakistan's Military Economy, Second edition.
London: Pluto Press.
5. Canguly, S. (2016) 'A Tale of Two Trajectories: Civil-Military Relations in Pakistan and
India', Joumal of Stratcgic Studies, 39(1), pp. 142-157
6. Akhtar, A. S. (2017) The Politics of Common Sense: State, Society and Culture in
Pakistan. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Chapter 2: page 41 - 56).
7. Perlmutter, A. (1969) 'The Praetorian State and the Praetorian Army: Toward a
Taxonomy of Civil-Military Relations in Developing Polities', Comparative Politics,
l(3), pp. 382-404.

Itl
 8. Huntington, S. P. (1970) Political Order irr Changing Societies. Yale University Press.
9. Cheema, A. and Mohmand, S, K. (2003)'Local govemmcnt rcforms in Pakistan:
legitimising centralisation or a driver tbr pro-poor change', Pakistan drivers of pro-poor
change.

Audio Visual Aid:

l. A talk by Ayesha Siddiqa, Military Inc:
htttrs://r,vww.youtube.com/watch?v=32OJcMw0GL4
2. Documentary: Civil services of Pakistan
https://www.y outube.conr/watch?v=lZ I TlnDdPz8

k niakin of Muslim Nationalism

Compulsory Readings:

I . Syed, A. H. ( 1980) 'The Idea of a Pakistani Nationhood', Polity, D$), pp. 575-597 .
2. Bantazizi, A. and Weiner, M. (1988) The State, Religion, and Ethnic Politics:
At'ghanistan, Iran, and Pakistan. Syracuse University Press, 333-369 (Chapter l2).
3. lalal, A. (2000) Selfand Sovereignty: Individual and Community in South Asian Islarn
Since 1850. London: Routledge, 1-41 (Chapter l).
Supplementary Readings:

1. Akhtar, A. S. (2017) The Politics of Common Sense: Statc, Society and Culnrre in
Pakistan. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Chapter 5: The Nation that never
became).
2. Shah, S. W. A. (2000) Ethnicity, Islam, and Nationalism: Muslim Politics in the North-
West Frontier Province 1937 -47 . New edition. Oxford: OUP Pakistan.
3. Aziz, K. K. (2002) The Making of Pakistan: A Study in Nationalism. Lahore: Sang-E-
Meel Publication.
4. Alavi, H. (1988) 'Pakistan and lslanr: Ethnicity and Ideology', in Halliday, F. and Alavi,
H, (eds) State and ldeology in thc Middle East and Pakistan. London: Macmillan
Education UK, pp. 64-l I L
5. Alavi, H. (1989) 'Nationhood and the Nationalities in Pakistan', Economic and Political
Weekly, 24(27), pp. 1527-1534.
6. Khan, A. (2005) Politics ofldentity: Etturic Nationalisnr and the State in Pakistan. First
cdition. Thousand Oaks, Calif New Delhi: SACE Publications.
7. Brass, P. (2005) Languagc, Rcligion and Politics in North India. 0 edition, Lincoln, NE:
iUniverse.
8. Zahab, M. A. (2020) Pakistan: A Kaleidoscopc of Islarn. Oxford University Press.
9. Bose, S. and Jalal, A,. (201'7) Modem South Asia: History, Culture, Political Economy.
I st edn. Routledge

Audio Visual Aid:

l. fuse of right in Europe: https:i/w'rvrv.ltoutube.com/watch?r.-PnC-zSdMSRo
2. Imagrred Communities: htlrs :/iwww.youtube.conr/watchh- l 5nq iGCAqd4

\
6q
 3. How Nations Make up National identities
https://www.voutu be.com/rvatch'lr--F9qF6FwvrHI

Module 2: A Changing Society Time: 6 weeks

INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOME:
Students will acquire the ability to undertake meaningful analytical comparison across distinct
historical-geographical terrain, both within societies and between nation-states.

Week I - 2: What is development? Green Revolution. Gulf miqrations, urbanization &

inequali(y

Compulsory Reading:
3. Craggs, R. (2014) 'Development in a global-historical context', in The Companion to
Development Studies. 3rd edn. Routledge, 5-10 (Chapter 1.1)
4. Addleton, J. S. (1992) Undennining the Centre: The Gulf Migration and Pakistan. lst
edition. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 5 l -63 (Chapter 5).
5. Zaidi, S. A. (2015) Issues in Pakistan's Economy: A Political Economy Perspective,
Oxford University Press. (Chapter 3: The Green Revolution and Land Reforms).
6. Sayced, K. B. (1979) 'Mass Urban protests as indicators ofpolitical change in Pakistan',
The Journal of Commonwealth & Comparative Politics, l7(2), pp. I I I -135.

Supplementary Readings:

1. Potter, R. B. (2014) '3 The nature ofdevelopment studies', in The Companion to

Development Studies. 3rd edn. Routledge.
2, Potter, R. B. (2013)'Chapter2.l: theories, strategies and ideologies ofdevelopment: an
ovcrview', in Desai, V. and Pottcr, R, B. (eds) The Companion to Developmcnt Studies.
3rd edition. London and New York: Routledge, pp. 83-87
3. Patel, R. (2013) 'The Long Green Revolution', The Journal ofPeasant Studies,40(l), pp
l-63.
4. Nichols, R. (2008) A History of Pashtun Migration, 1775-2006. Illustrated edition,
Oxford England ; New York: Oxford University Press.
5. Mallick, A. (2018) 'Urban spacc and (the limits of) middle class hegemony in Pakistan',
Urban Geography, 39(7), pp. IIl3*l 120.
6. Hasan-2016-Academic-Paper.pdf (no date). Available at: https://www.theigc-orlwp-
content/uploads/2Ol 6l lzlHasan-201 6-Academic-Paper.pdf (Accessed: 30 May 202 I ).
7. Naushcen H. Anwar (2014) Urban transfonnations: brokers, collaborative governance
and community building in Karachi's periphery, South Asian History and
Culture,5:1,75-92.
8. Hasan, A. (2009) The Unplanned Revolution: Observations on the Processes ofSocio-

tf rl0
 Economic Change in Pakistan. lst edition. Karachi: Oxford University Press.
9. Kugelman, M. (2013) 'Urbanisation in Pakistan: Causcs and Consequences', p. 7.
10. Ati, T. (1970) Pakistan: military rule or people's power? 1St edition. London: Cape.
11. Hasan, A. (2013) 'Valuc Extraction from Land and Real Estate in Karachi', Valuc
extraclion from land and real estate in Karachi,2l October. Available at:
http://arifhasan.org/karachi/value-extraction-from-land-and-real-estate-in-karachi
(Accessed: 29 May 2021).

Audio Visual Aid:

l. A video leclure on Green Revolution in Pakistan by Taimur Rehman
https://u,ww.vou tube. com/watch'1v=eobrK Zkkf,l r

2. The Mythology of Green Revolution by Vandhna Shiva

https://www.voutube.com/watch?v:cldMMwTTklc
3. The man who tried to feed thc world https:/rrwvw.vourubc.conr/watcl.r'1v:X I HF ttSNSoiA

4. I am not scared of my sponsor: A hiphop song showing South Asian migrants'

cxperience in Saud e Arabia, (i) https //www, youtube.corn/watch?v=J7M H RRcHah0
:

(i') https :,',/rvrvw.youtube.conr,/u,atch? v:x9kts0sKtl A

5. Documentary: A Mega city built by slaves h utu tc
r,l wnlU
6. Empire and Development: http://www.colonialfi lm.orq.uk/search-
contcnt?keys:empire+and+dcvelopnicnt&x:0&y:0
7. Movie: What will peoplc say? hltps://www.youtube.com/watch?v:3uenU7rHaT4
8. Thc Rebel Optimist: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v:wCSiApeVe Y
9 P od cnct f{rrrrren Irrear:rlil v I I',) Glrrha ectlv c hv Hrrnnn krem Lodhi '
l1-

10. Podcast: Peasant. Food aud Agrarian Change bv haroon Al<ram Lodhi
https://voiced.car Droi ect/Deasants-food-and-asrarian-changc/

\Yeek 3 - 4: Democracy, and the role ofreligion in societv & the Dolity
Compulsory Reading:

I . Javid, H. (201 9) 'Democracy and Patronage in Pakistan', in McCartney, M. and Zaidi, S.

A. (eds) New Pcrspectivcs on Pakistan's Political Economy: Statc, Class and Social
Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press (South Asia in the Social Sciences), pp.
216-240.
2. Toor, S. (201l) The State of Islam: Culture and Cold War Politics in Pakistan. London:
New York: Pluto Press, 18-51 (Chapter 2).

t? rrl
(
Supplementary Reading:

l. Maqsood, A. (2014) "'Buying Modem"', Cultural Studies,23(l), pp. 84-107.

2. Shah, A. (2014) The Army and Democracy: Military Politics in Pakistan.Illustrated
edition. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press-
Audio Visual Aid:
1. Is sornething wrong with Democracy?
h ttps /lwrwv. youlf ube. com/watc h ? v=ldK5uKl B0!a
:

2 Why democracy needs socialism. h be wa L7D7

3 How democratic is your country. https://www.youtube,com/watch?v=s0EhG I BkTZO
4 Would the world be better place without religion?
https ://www.youtube. comrwatch?v=JCe6i IFliB8
5. How powerful are rcligious groups in Pakistan?
httDs:i/www.youtube.com/watch?v=tIXdLj Nl259e
6. Swipe a Pakistani movie. httos:/r'www.voutube.com/rvatch?v=spvfl Y-ZN-A

Week 5: Gend er & Power

Compulsory Reading:
1. West, C. and Zimmerman, D. H. (1987) 'Doing Gender', Gender and Society, l(2), pp.
t2s-151.
2. Saigol, R. et al. (2020) 'Contradictions and ambiguities of feminism in Pakistan:
exploring the fourth wave'. Friedrich Ebert Stiftung (Islamabad), pp. l-14.
3. Zir, A. S. (2019) 'Class Is Dead but Faith Never Dies: Women, Islanr and Pakistan', in
McCartncy, M. and Zaidi, S, A. (eds) New Perspcctives on Pakistan's Political Economy:
State, Class and Social Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press (South Asia in
the Social Sciences), pp. 93-109.
Supplementary Reading:

l, Parpart, J. (2002) Rethinking Empowemrent: Gender and Development in a Global/Local

World, Routledge & CRC Prcss.
2. Lorber, J. and Farrell, S. A. ( 1990) The Social Construction of Gender. SAGE
Publications.
3. Evans, A. (2021) How gender equality in East Asia advanced far ahead of South Asia in a
century. Available at: https://scroll .inlarticle/989239/how-gender-equality-in-east-asia-
advanced-far-ahead-of-south-asia-in-just-a-century (Accessed: 30 May 2021).

Audio Yisual:
I Girls toys Vs Boys toys https://www.youtube,coni/wa1ch?v:nWu.l4AqF0iI
2 Are boys affected by gendered language?
https://wwrv.youtube.comlwatch'/v:LGFmNIATmPw
3 Patriarchy Dehumanizes Men. https://www.voulube.com/watch?v=TXXVfGAzcYrv
4 Vandhana Shiva: Eco- Feminism and Decolonization of Women, Nature and Future:
https://www.youlube.c h'lv-hVbbov9l{fi g

.I

r8 .lz
Weck 6: Individuation

Compulsory Reading:
l, Weiss, A. M. and Gilani, S. Z. (eds) (2001) Power and Civil Society in Pakistan. Karachi:
Oxford University Press, 49-64 (Chapter 3).
2. Myers, D, G. (2010a) Social psychology. lOe [ed.]. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill,34-77

Audio Visual:
l. Can't get you out of my mind. h t tns:,7rvrvu,. y outubc.corn,/rvatch?v=MHFt hIAi0Ml i
2, Milgram's Study:
(a) https //wu,w.youtube.com/watch'lv=LTZKp 8nOhVU&ab channel=khanacademvrnedicin
:

c
(b) https://www.youtube.conr/watch?v=JXXblF50kjc&rb channel Ereeebnrinlhqugh!
3. Zimbardo's prison cxperiment
https r//www.youtube.com/watch?v-d2 1'Ct'ex I aFw&ab channcl-khanacadcrnvtncdicinc
4. Social Thinking: a crash course
httDS :/'/\,,'.ww. youtube. co m/watch?v=h6HLDV0T5O8&ab channel=CrashCourse
5, Prejudice & Discrimination
https:i/www.yotutube-lom/watch lq=7 P jiP2ZgEa4 &ab channel=CrashCourse
6. Social Influencc
https://www.y outube.conr,/rvatch?v:UCxCiDdorrC I Y&ab channel:CrashC-'ourse

Module 3: Pakistan in the 21't century Time: 4 rveeks

INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES:
By the end of this rnodule students should

Be able to think critically about the profound social transformations that are taking place
in our current century, and provide succinct analyses ofemergent political, economic and
cultural challenges
Recognise that they themselves are active subjects in the ongoing 'fourth industrial
revolution' and enhance self-refl exivity accordingly

Week I: The youth bulge

Compulsory Readings:
L Ahmad, S. (2018) Unleashing the potential of a young Pakistan I Hurnan
Development Reports. Available at: http://hdr.undp.org/er:./content/unleashing-
potential-young-pakistan (Accessed: 30 May 202 l),
2. White, B. (2012) 'Agriculture and the Geueration Problem: Rural Youth,

lq 113
 Employment and the Future of Farming', IDS Bulletin,43(6), pp. 9-19
3. Jeffrey, C. (2010)'Timcpass: Youth, class, and tine among unemploycd young men
in India', American Ethnologist, 37(3), pp.465-481.

Supplementary Readings:

1 . S Morarji, K. Subjects of Devclopment: Teachers, Parents and Youth Negotiating

Education in Rural North lndia. Eur J Dev Res 26,175-189 (2014)
2. Lall, M. and Saeed, T. (no date) Youth and the National Narrative: Education,
Terrorism and the Security State in Pakistan: Lall, Marie, Saeed, Tania:
978 I 3501 12 I 93: Amazon.com: Books.
3. Akhtar, A. S. (2021) 'The War of Terror in Praetorian Pakistan: The Emergence and
Struggle of the Pashtun Tahaffuz Movement', Journal of Contemporary Asia, 5l{3),
pp. sl6-529.
Audio Visual Aid:
I Three days that defined the generation. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v:txZavStpQSE
2 Millennials the Unluckiest Generation in the Modern History?
https ://www.voutube. com/watch?v=ikp0Of'exmkc
J Generations throughout the History . httrrs ://www.youtuhe.con/watch?v=IfYiGxl6AJS
4 Boomers VS Millennials. https:/,'wwrv.youtube.com/watch?v=0EJ-8PTW26Y

Week 2 - 3: Eco-systems in disrepair: the challcnge of a sustainable dcvelopment nrodel

Compulsory Readings:

l. Jason W. Moore (2017) The Capitalocene, Part I: on the nature and origins ofour
ecological crisis, The Journal of Peasant Studies,44:3, 594-630.
2. Ali, N. (2019) Delusional States: Feeling Rule and Development in Pakistan's Northern
Frontier. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. I95-230 (Chapter 5).
3. Majed Akhter (2015) Dams as a Climatc Change Adaptation Strategy: Geopolitical
Implications for Pakistan, Strategic Analysis,39:.6,7 44-7 48.
Supplementary Readings:

l. Redclift, M. (2005), Sustainable development (1987-2005): an oxynoron cornes ofage.

Sust. Dev., 13: 212-227.
2. Cass, L. R. (2013) The discipline ofglobal environmental politic.t. Routledge Handbooks
Online.
3. Fairhead, J., Leach, M. and Scoones, l. (2012) 'Green Grabbing: a new appropriation of
naturc?', The Jo,urnal of Peasant Studies,39(2), pp.237J61
4. Martinez-Alier, J. (2003) The Environmentali.tm of the Poor: A Study of Ecological
Con/Iicts and Valualion. Edward Elgar Publishing.
5. Kothari, A., Demaria, F. and Acosta, A. (2014) 'Buen Vivir, Degrowth and Ecological
Swaraj: Altematives to sustainable development and the Green Economy', Development,
57(3), pp. 162-37s.
6. Dandekar, P. (2016) Jhulelal, Scroll.in. Available at: https://scroll.in/tagiJhulelal
(Accessed: 30 May 2021).

2o qtr
 7. Ahsan Kamal (Thesis Abstract) | Institute Jbr Souh A.sia Studies (2021). Available at
https://southasia.bcrkeley.cdu,/ahsan-kamal-thesis-abstract (Acccssed: 30 May 2021).
8. Ashraf, U. (2018) Marginalized by Conseruation: The Billion Tree Tsunami Project,
Jumhoor. Available at: https://www jamhoor.org/read/2018/2i 8/marginalized-by-
consewation-the-billion-trees-tsunami-project (Accessed: 30 May 2021).

Audio Visuat Aid:

l. Podcast: Laal Remarx: Story oflndus River.
httns ://wrl"w.voutube.com/watch'?v:IK iDFSVO emM

2 The Last Guardian. https ://www.hlmstbraction.or ulwatch/the- las -suardians/

3 Rcnrembcring Bsrtha Caceres. https:/ ,/wu,w.voutube.com/watch?v-dOWvrvN(r5 5.1 Y

4 Words on Water. https:l/www.youtube.comlwatch?v:iLZEp0vwBfilr

Wcek 4: Dipilal technolos andac h iul g no lifew orld

Compulsory Readings:
1. Eagleton, O. (2019) Oliver Eagleton, Political Generations, NLR 124, July-August
2020, New Left Review.
2. Marta Bologrrani (2010) Virtual protest with tangible effects? Some obsenations on the
media strategies ofthe 2007 Pakistani anti-Emergency movement. Contemporary South
Asia. I8:4, 401-412,
3. Woodcock, J. and Graharn, M. (2020) The Gig Economy: A Critical lntroduction. Wiley,
19-42 (Chapter 2).
Supplemcntary Readings:
l. Woodcock, J. and Johnson, M. (20I9) 'Live Streamers on Twitch.tv as Social Media
Influencers: Chances and Challenges for Strategic Communication', International Joumal
of Strategic Comrnunication, 13, pp.32l-335.
2. Borchers, N. S. (2019)'Social Media Influencers in Strategic Communication',
International Joumal ofStrategic Communication, l3(4), pp. 255-260
3. Woodcock, J. (2019) Marx at the Arcade: Consoles, Controllers, and Class Struggle.
Haymarket Books.
4. Graham, M. and Dutton, W. H. (eds) (2014) Society and the Intemet: How Networks of
Information and Comrnunication are Changing Our Lives. 2nd edition. Oxford ; New
York, NY: Oxford University Press.
5. Maher, S. (2019) WHAT TIKTOK TELLS US ABOUT PAKISTAN, DAWN.COM,
Available at: https://www.dawn.com/news/l 5 14445 (Accessed: 30 May 2021 ).

Audio Visual Aid:

l. Teens, Social media and Technology
https ://www.voutube.corn/watch?v=JqamKbTeTWY
2. How Facebook is changing your Intemet.
httrrs://r,r'ww.youtube.conVwatch?v=cR XVGenrAnw&list:PL4CGYNsoW2iDMMRQR
GO02ZDfhEiIUxv9C&index:30

l0

2_( :
3. Documentary: Hypemormalisation by Adam Curtis.
httos://rvww.bbc.co.uk/blogs,/adamcr.n"tis/entries/02d9ed3c-d7l b-4232-ae I 7-
67da423b5df5

4. Call ofDuty, alludes to some of the obsessions and paranoia that began to grip the
American right undcr Reagan, and cver since.
https ://www. youtubc. corn/watch?v=0N lenT I G6kQ

l1

LL n6
 QREA 108 - Tools for Quantitative Reasoning

Course lntroduction
This course is based on quantitative reasoning 1 course. lt will enhance the quantitative
reasoning skills learned in quantitative reasoning 1 course. Students will be introduced to
more tools necessary for quantitative reasoning skills to live in the fast paced 21st century.
Students will be introduced to importance of mathematical skills in different professional
settings, social and natural sciences. These quantitative reasoning skills will help students
to better participate in national and international issues like political and health issues.
This course will prepare the students to apply quantitative reasoning tools more efficiently
in their professional and daily life activities. This course will help them to better understand

the information in form of numeric, graphs, tables and functions.

Course Objectives
o Students will be introduced to the above listed concepts, and they will be prepared to
apply these concepts to practical life scenarios.
. This course will enhance their ability to deal with scenarios involving quantitative
reasoning skills in a logical manner which they can face in their practical lives.
. lt will prepare students to deal with different forms of data occurring in professional,
social and natural sciences.
. Students will be introduced to scenarios involving functions and probability in different
disciplines.
. This course will prepare the students to apply the quantitative reasoning skills in other
disciplines.
. This course will provide solid foundation for students to use the quantitative reasoning
skills in solving practical life problems.

L1 rll
 WEEKLY BREAKDOWN

I'lodule Name Time Goal Topics

(weeks)
Exploring 3 Introducc students to
graphical functions, graphing tools . lnvestigating relationships
information and thcir applications in between variables
dif'ferent disciplines. . Exploring tools to find
relationship between variables
. Rcsources and population
growth
. Dealing with Economical,
environmental and social issues

Building 1.5 Introduce students to

blocks of a sirnultaneous linear . Graphical and analytical
plane equations in two variables approaches to solve a problem
and their applications. . Applications of graphical &
analytical approaches in social &
economic problems

Exploring 1.85 Students rvill be

inequalities introduced to the absolute . Understanding inequalities
value and inequalities. around us.
. Dealing with practical problems
involving inequalities in different
disciplines

Comparing 1,5 Students will be

quantitics introduced to important . Golden ratio in sculptures
tools ratio and proportion . Comparison of statements and
and sequenccs their use in social and economic
problems
. Number pattems and their
applications

2\ qB
 Equip students to solve . Survival in the modem World
Thinking
2
practical problems involving . Propositions and truth values
Logically logic. . Applications of logic

Exploring and summarizing

data, misleading graphs
Students will be introduced
Finding a representative value
to the important statistical
Understanding in a data
tools for data analysis and
data 4.15 Measure and spread ofa data,
applications, personal health
measuring degree of
& democracy.
relationship among variables
Counting thc odds

READING MATEzuALS

Total no. ofrveeks=14. I lecture:1 credit hour

Notet There are six modules in this course. In each module there are some units denoted by Ma.
b where a is the module nurnber and b is the unit number e.9.M2.4 represents unit 4 of module 2.
Activities for both students and instructor are designed in each unit ofa module. The activities are
denoted by Aa.b.c where a represents module number, b represents unit number and c represents
activity number e.g. activity A3.2.4 is an activity rn module three unit2 and it is activity number
4.

MODULE-I(3 WEEKS)
TOP ICS:
l. Investigating relationships between variables.
2. Exploring tools to find relationship between variables, Resources, and population growth:
dealing with economic, environmental, and social issues.
STUDENTS LEARNING OUTCOMES
Aller completing this module, students u,il[ be able to:

understand the concept offunctions and draw their graphs by hand and by using graphing
tools.
construct explanatory models describing practical problems using linear and exponential
functions.
use the graphical information to generate predictions for new, closely related phenomena.

?-{ qq
 deal confidcntly with the data given in graphical and numerical forms.

TEXTBOOKS:
L Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6th Edition).
Pearson Education, Limited.
http :/lxn--webducation-dbb.comiwp-conten t/uoloads/20 I 9/09iJeffrev-Bennett-Wi I liam-
Brises-Usinc-Undcrstandin g-Mathcmati -A-Ouantitativc-Reasonins-Anoroach-
Pearson-20l5.ndf
2. Blitzcr, R. (2014). Precalculus. (5'h Edition). Pearson Education, Limited.
h s:ll il l2 922443 edition 5f f

Unit Ml. I (Investigating relationship between variables) (2 lectures)

Esscntial readings and vidcos for this unit are as follows.

Reading resources:
Unit 9A
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6th Edition). Pearson
Education, Limited.

Visual Aids:
Understanding concept of function:

https :l/youtu.bc/LmudKI{XSMp4
https://voutu.belkvGslo I TmsM

o Activity A1.1.1:( In class and at home activity)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss concept
of function, domain, range and graph functions. The instructor will supplement the discussion by
giving some more examples to explain the above concepts using some physical model. After that
the instructor will solve some problcms rclated to functions (A useful resource is the related text
from the indicatcd book)

o Activity A Ll.2(Group activity)

In class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to functions. Instructor will
facilitate each group in completing the task. (10 minutes)

o Activity A1.1.3: (Take home activity)

As a take home activity, students are advised to make a list of two machines in their homes.
Indicate the domain and range for those machines. Students are advised to write down the domain
and range ofthose machines in their activity notebook.

Unit Ml. 2 (Linear & quadratic functions) (3 lectures)

Essential readings and videos forthis unit are as follows.

2-b
8b
Reading resources:
r Unit 9B
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6th Edition)
Pearson Education, Limited.

Section 1.6 (216-220)

Blitzer, R. (2014), Precalculus, (5'h Edition). Pearson Education, Limited.

Visual Aids:
o Linear functions:

httns:/iyoutu.be,MXV65i9s I Xc

Applications of lincar functions

httDs:/,/y outu-be/qPx7i I iwXX4

. Activity A1.2.1: (In class and at home activity)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before corning to class. They will discuss linear
lurrctions and their applications, The instructor will supplenrent the discussion by giving some
more examples involving applications of linear fi;nctions. (A useful resource is the related text
frorn the indicated book)

o Activity A 1.2.2(Group activity)

ln class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to linear functions assigned
by instructor. Instructor will facilitate each group in completing the task. (10 minutes)

o Activity A1.2.3: (Take home activity)

As a take home activity, students will solve some practical problerns involving linear functions.
These problems will be assigned by instructor. Students are advised to solve those problcms in
their notebooks.

Visual Aids:
Quadratic Functions

https://youtu.be/CuPernATytWA

https ://youtu.bc,/za0OJ RZ-vO4

https:/,/voutu.be/MkP I LJR2PyM

r Activity A1.2.4: (In class & at home activities)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss qiiadratic
functions and their transformation. The instructor will supplement the discussion by giving some
nrore examples. (A useful resource is sec 1 .6 (page no.216-220\ Pre-Calculus by Robert blitzer 5rh
edition)

2-?
 . Activi8 A1.2.5: (Group activity)
In class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to quadratic functions
assigncd by instructor. Instructor will facilitate cach group in completing the task. (10 rninutes)

o Activity Ml,2.6: (In class activity)

Graphing Tools:

httos /laoos.anolc.com/uslaop/desm os-sraolrins-calculator/id653

; 5I 7540

https ://wrvw.desmos.com/calculator

https ://www.qeogebra.orglgraph ing ?lanq-et

Students are advised to download these graphing tools before coming to class. The instructor will
explain thc working ofthesc graphing tools by drawing graphs of some functions using thesc tools
in front of the class. Students will also use these graphing tools to draw graphs ofsome functions.
(10 minutes)

. Activity A1.3.3:(Take home activity)

As a take home activity, students are advised to use the following graphing tool to plot the graphs
of somc linear and quadratic functions studied in classroom.

https://www.desmos.com/calculator

Unit M1, 3 (Exponential modelling) (4 lecturcs)

Esse ntia I read ings and videos for this u nit a re as follows

Reading resources:
r Unit 9C (page no.539-546)
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6trlEdition)
Pearson Education, Limited.

Unit 8C (page no. 492-496)

Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (201 5). Using and understanding mathematics (6'h Edition)
Pearson Education, Limited.

Visual Aids:
Exponential function and its applications:

httrrs:iryoulu.be/tAaDItpC8OI
,I
0u be,/ o

o Activity A1,3.1:(In Class and at home activity)

Students are advised to watch the above video before coming to class. They will discuss
exponential function and its applications to solve practical problerns. The instructor will

x$
8V
supplement the discussion by giving some more examples involving applications of exponential
functions. (A useful resource is the indicated text in the book)

r Activity A 1.3.2(Group activity)

In class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to exponential modelling.
Instructor rvill facilitate each group in completing the task. (10 minutes)

r Activity A1.3.3:(Take home activity)

As a take home activity, students are advised to use the tbllowing graphing tool to plot the graphs
of exponential functions studied in classroom.

https ://www.desmos.com/calculator

MODULE-z (1.5 WEEKS)

TOPICS:
l. Craphical and analytical approaches to solve a problem.
2. Applications ofgraphical & analytical approaches to solve social & economic problems

STUDENTS LEARNING OUTCOMES:

After cornpleting this module, studcnts will be ablc to:

o plot the system of two linear equations in two variables in plane using graphing tools and
solvc the system graphically.
r solve the system of two linear equations in two variables analytically.
o apply a system oflinear equations in two variables to solve practioal problems in differeut
disciplines.

TEXTBOOK:
Blitzer, R. (2014). Precalculus. (5lh Edition). Pearson Education, Limited.

httDs ://rvww. ilearnacademy.net/up loadsl3l9 121213922443/orecalculus cdition 5f.ndf

Unit M2.1 (Graphical and analytical approaches to solve a problem) (2.5

lectures)
Essential readings and videos for this unit are given below

Reading resources:
Section 7.1 (page no. 772-77&)

Blitzer, R. (2014), Precalculus. (sth Edition). Pearson Education, Limited

2-<l rl
Visual Aids:
o Solving system of equations by elimination method:

httns://youtu.be/7Ja H6a8ltY

Solving system ofequations by substitution method:

https:i/youtu.be/MtXkDm L9-Y
hltns:/iv outu.be/lPxDiPaJ tM

r Activity 42.1,1:(In Class and at home activities)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss
elin.rination and substitution methods to solve a system of two linear equations in two variables x
and y, The instructor will supplement the discussion by giving some more examples. After that
instructor will solve some problems related to the substitution and elirnination methods, (A useful
resource is the rclated text from the indicated book)

r Activity A 2.1.2:(Group activity)

ln class, students will work in groups to solvc
some problems relatcd substitution and
elimination methods assigncd by instructor. Instructor will facilitate each group in completing
the task. (10 minutes)

Visual Aids:
o Solving system oflinear equations by graphical, substitution and elimination method:

https:/v outu.be/2DanE3 OS-[

Solving system of equations by graphical method:

https://y outu.be/IbNMKGDnuDs

httns://you .be/UOOPvstla8KM?list-PL0G- Nd0V5ZMrG6Kem_BXiaSTRgzbfl bwU

. Activity A2.2.3:( In class and at home activities)
Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss the
graphical method to solve a system of two linear equations in two variables. The instructor will
supplement the discussion by giving some more examples, also instructor will demonstrate the usc
of online graphing tools to solve such systems. (A useful resource is the reiated tcxt from the
indicated book).

o Activity A 2,1.2(Group activity)

In class, students will work in groups to solve some problems using graphical method assigned
by instructor. Instructor will l'acilitate each group in completing the task. (10 minutes)

30
8L{
Unit M2.2 (Applications of graphical and analytical approaches to solve a practical
problem) (2 lectures)
Essential readings and videos for this unit are given below.

Reading resources:
Section 7.1 (page no. 779-783)

Blitzer, R. (2014). Precalculus. (5'h Edition). Pearson Education, Limited.

VisuaI Aids:
Applications of simultaneous linear equations:

https://voutu.be/z I hz8-Kri I E

https :i/yoLrtu.be/9tqlzouVQfs

httns:i/voutu.be/ziUhiiviN rs

. Activity A2.2.1:(ln class and at home activities)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss the
applioations of simultaneous linear equations in two variables to solve practical problerns. The
instructor will supplement the discussion by giving somc more examples involving applications
of simultaneous linear equations. (A useful resource is the rclated text from the indicated book)

o Activity A2.2.2: (Group activity)

In class, students will work in groups to transform a given practical problem into a system of two
simultaneous linear equations in one variable and then solve the problem. Instructor will
facilitate each group in completing the task. (10 minutes)

. Activity A2.2.3: (Take home activity)

As a take home activity, students are advised to use the following graphing tool to find the solution
of a practical problem by graphical method.

httls :i/w!ryv,.desmos.com/calQulalLor

MODULE-3(1.85 WEEKS)
TOPICS:
l. Understanding inequalities around us
2. Dealing with practical problems involving inequalitics in different disciplines

STUDENTS LEARNING OUTCOMES:

After completing this module, students will be able to:

solve different types of linear inequalities in onc variable.

3t
 solve compound lincar inequalities and quadratic linear incqualitics in onc
variable.
model practical problems using linear inequalities in one variable.

TEXTBOOKS:
Stewart, J., Redlin, L. & Watson, S. (2011). Pre-calculus: Mathematics for Calculus (7th
edition). Cengage Learning

https :/icec-code-lab. aps-edu/dowrloads/precalculus-text.pdf

Blitzer. R. (2014). Precalculus. (5tr' Edition). Pcarson Education, Limited

htlps :/lwwvr,. ileamacademy.net/uploads,/3/9 l2l2l3922443lorecalculus edition 5f.pdf

Unit M3.1(linear and quadratic inequalities) (3 lectures)

Essential readings and videos for this section are as fbllows

Reading resources:
o Sectionl.T (73-75)
Stewart, J., Redlin, L. & Watson, S. (201l). Pre-calculus: Mathematics for Calculus (7th
edition). Cengage Leaming

Section P 9 (page no. 124-127)

Blitzer, R. (20i4). Precalculus. (5th Edition). Pearson Education, Limited

Visual Aids:
Lirear inequalities
httns:i/v outu.be/uBxsTcSsC)es

https://voutu.be/VgDc D8oixw

o Activity A3.1.1:(In class and at home activity)

Students are advised to watch the above video before coming to class. They will discuss linear
inequalities, method to solve linear inequalities and ways to represent the solutions of these
inequalities. The instructor will supplement the discussion by giving some more examples. Afler
that inshuctor will solve some linear incqualities and draw the solution on the number line. (A
useful resource is the rclated text from the indicatcd book)

. Activity A3.1.2:(In class activity)

In class, shrdents will work in groups to solve some problems relatcd to linear incqualities.
Instnrctor rvill assist the groups in completing the task. ( l0 minutes)

Visual Aids:
Cornpound inequalities:

l0

.cz
si
 beiA3xPhzs-KBl

Quadratic inequalities:
https:/4Loutu. be/ZNtzWpU80-0

o Activity A3.1.3: (In class and at home activity)

Studcnts arc adviscd to watch thc above video before coming to class. They will discuss compound
inequalities, quadratic inequalities, and methods to solve these inequalities. The instructor will
supplement the discussion by giving some more examples. After that instructor will solve some
inequalities and draw the solution on the number line. (A useful resource is the related text from
the iudicated book)

e ActiviW A3.1.4: (In class activity)

In class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to inequalities. Instructor
will assist the groups in completing the task. (10 minutes)

Unit M3.2(linear inequalities with absolute value, applications of linear inequalities)

Esscntial readings and videos for this unit are as follows. (2.5 lectures)

Reading Resources:
. Sectionl.T (page no. 78-79)
Stewart, J., Redlin, L. & Watson, S. (201l). Pre-calculus: Mathematics for Calculus (7th
cdition). Cengage Lcaming

Section P 9(page no. 127-130)

Blitzer, R. (2014). Precalculus. (5'h Edition). Pearson Education, Limited

Visual Aids:
Absolute value and inequalities involving absolute value:

https ://voutu.be/frB.l EYwd-8

hltDs:i,/youtu /il 2Piwn oe
https:/lvoutu.bc/x5E.lG rAtkY

r Activity A3.2.1: (In class and at home activity)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss absolute
value of a real number, method to solve such inequalities and ways to represent the solutions of
inequalities involving absolute value. The instructor will supplement the discussion by giving
somq more examples. (A useful resource is the related text from the indicatcd book)

. Activity A3.2.2 (Group activity)

hr class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to inequalities. lnstructor
will assist the groups in completing the task. (10 minutes)

ll

,13
Bq
Visual Aids:
Applications of linear inequalities

https://v outu.be/Rtle9X2HDEiA

https:/,/youtu.[re17nu4l I cWsrU

o Activity A3.2.3(In class and at home activities)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss
applications oflinear inequalities to solve practical problems. The instructor will supplement the
discussion by giving some more exarnples involving applications ofinequalities. By using models,
the instructor will explain the steps needed to tfansform a practical problem into an inequality and
finally finding the solution ofthe practical problem. (A useful resource is the related text tiom the
indicated book)

oActivity A3.2.4 (ln class activity)

In class, students will rvork in groups to transform a practical problem into a linear inequaliry
assigned by instructor. Instructor will assist the groups in completing the task. (10 minutes)

MODULE-4 (1.s WEEKS)

TOPICS:
1. Golden ratio in sculptures
2. Comparison of statements and their use in social and economic problems,
3. Sequence

STUDENTS LEARNING OUTCOMES:

After cornpleting this modulc, students will be ablc to:
. understand the concept ofratio and proportion.
. solve the problems involving direct and inverse proportions.
. model ths practical problems using ratio and proportions and solve the problems using thesc
rnodels.
. deal more confidently with economic issues involving ratio and proportion.

TEXTBOOKS:
o Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding rnathematics (6m Edition).
Pearson Education, Limited.
http ://xn--webducation-dbb.conr/wp-conten thrploadsi 20 I 9i09,/Je l'frcv-Bennett- WilIiam-
Ilriees-Usine-Understanding -Mathematics -A-Ouantitative-Reasoning-Approach-
Pearson-201 5.pdf
Blitzer, R. (2014). Precalculus. (5'l' Edition). Pearson Education, Limited.
https://rvww.ilcamacademy.net/uDl oadsl3l9l7l2!3922443/precalculus edition 5f-pdf
Aufrnann, R., Lockwood, J., Nation, R. & Clegg, D. (2007). Mathematical thinking and
reasoning. Brooks Cole.

t2

3q
 httr;s ://ciogreentulocu liles.wordpress.com,' 2020/0 I /mathernatical-thinkins-and-
quan titative-rcasoninc,pdf

Unit M4.1 (Golden ratio, Ratio and proportion) (1.5 lectures)

Essential readings and videos for this section are as follows.

Reading Resources:
. Unit I lC
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6tl'Edition)
Pearson Education, Limited.

Section 3.2(Page no. 143-Page no. 158)

Aufrnann, R., Lockwood, J., Nation, R. & Clegg, D. (2007). Mathematical thinking and
reasoning. Brooks Cole.

Visual Aids:
r Golden ratio:

https ://youtu.be/0vVxL60Yl'J U

Ratio and proportion

https://v outu.be/HndMJaKaXXc

https :/lyoutu.be/USmit5 zUGas

o Activity A4.1.1: (In class and at home actiyities)

Students are advised to watch the above video before coming to class. They will discuss about
golden ratio, ratio, and proportion. The instructor will supplement the discussion and show how
golden ratio is calculated and its existence in somc strucfures. Aftcr that he will solve some
problems involving golden ratio. (A useful resource is the related tcxt from the indicated book)

o Activity A4.1.2(In class activity)

In class, students will work to solvc some problerns related to golden ration, ratio and proportion
assigned by instructor. The instructor will assist students in completing the task. (10 minutes)

Unit M4.2 (Applications of ratio and proportion) ( 2 lectures)

Essential readings and videos for this section are as follows.

Reading Resources:
. Section 3.2(Page no. 143-Page no. 158)
Aufinann, R., Lockwood, J., Nation, R. & Clegg, D. (2007). Mathematical thinking and
reasoning- Brooks Cole.

l3

"(- go
Visual Aids:
Direct and inverse proportion:

https ://voutu.be/hHiaCx3AOXU

httrrs ://youtu.be/phZSIIRr!0.t!8

https://youtu.bolRx5 NejyydE

. ActiviW M4.3:(In class and at home activity)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss the direct
and inverse proportions and their applications to solve practical problems. The instructor will
supplcment the discussion by giving some more examples involving applications of direct and
inverse proportions. After that instructor will solve some problems related to direct and inverse
proportions. (A useful resource is the related text from the indicated book)

o Activity 44.1.2: (In class activity)

In class, studerlts will work to solve some problems related to direct and inverse proportions
assigned by instructor. The instructor wilI assist students in completing the task. (10 minutes)

Unit M4.l (Sequence) ( I lecturc)

Essential readings and videos for this section are as follows.

Reading Resources:
. Section l0.l (.l002-1006)
Blitzer, R. (2014). Precalculus. (5th Edition)- Pearson Education, Limited
Visual Aids:
o Understanding concept of sequence;

httos ://vouru. be/KRFiAloTt I E

a Examples of sequcnces:
httos://youtu. be/Si S H\aDfXH04

https:1/youtr"r.bcZi-a 9cd5ic

http!&autu. bc2&xlhyli6M
r Activity A4,l.1:(In class and at home activity)
Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss the
sequences and their applications to solve practical problems. The instructor will supplement the
discussion by giving some more examples involving sequences. After that instructor will solve
some problems related to sequence. (A useful resource is the indicated text in the book)

r Activify 44.1.2 (Take home activity)

As an out ofclass activity, students are advised to watch following video about Fibonacci
sequence https://youtu.be/z9d I mxsZOaq

t4

36 q0
They are advised to note down four main points about Fibonacci sequence highlighted in this
video. They are advised to note down their findings in their activities notebooks.

MODULE-5 (2WEEKS)
TOPICS:
1. Survival in the modem World,
2. Propositions and truth values,
3. Categorical proposition, and its applications
STUDENTS LEARNING OUTCOMES:
After completing this module, students will be able to:
. understand logic and its in:portance in modem age.
. use a truth table to interpret complex statements or conditionals.
. detcrmine whether two statements are logically equivalent or not-
. apply logic in dccision making while dealing with daily life problems.
TEXTBOOKS:
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6th Edition). Pearson
Education, Limited.

http://xn-webducation-dbb.com/wp-content/uploads/20!9/09/lefftey-EentreA.SlilliarnSrtect-
Using-Undcrstanding-Mathentatics -A-Oua ntitative-Reasoninc-Aooroach-Pearson-20 I 5.pdf

Unit M5.1: Survival in the modern World (1.5 lectures)

Essential readings and vidcos for this section are as follows.

Reading Resources:
.
Unit lA
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6'h Edition).
Pearson Education, Limited.

Visual Aids:
Understanding logic:

https ://voutu. be/rTMi HRB0Usk

httos ://youtu.be/xP0q3 WOB Rks

. Activity A5,1.1: (In class and at home activities)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. Thcy will discuss the term
logic and its applications. The instructor will supplement the discussion by giving some more
cxar.nples involving logic, (A useful resource is the related text in the indicated book)

l5

g? q\
 . Activity A5.1.2:(Group activity)
ln class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to logic assigned by
instructor. The instructor will assist each group in complcting the task. (10 minutes)
. Activity A5,1.3:(Take home activity)
As activity, students are advised to read the general guidelincs about evaluating media
a take home
infonnation on page no.10 in unit A of the book (using and understanding mathematics by Jeffrey
Bennet and William Briggs, 6th edition). They are advised to find a latest media information and
evaluate that media information using the guidelines provided on page no.l0 of the book. They
are advised to note down their observations iu their activities notebook.

Unit M5.2: Propositions and truth values (2.5 lectures)

Essential readings and videos for this section are as follows

Rcading Resources:
. Unit lB
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6th Edition)
Pearson Education, Limited.

Visual Aids:
Logical statements and truth tables;

https:/voutu.bc,/ q2eyZZK-Olk

httDs : //voutu.bc/Tn rulE-zramc

o Activity A5.2.1:(In class and at home activities)

Students are advised to watch the above videos befbre coming to class. They will discuss about
the logical statements, truth table, negation, conjunction, and disjunct'ion. The instructor will
supplemcnt the discussion by giving somc morc examples involving logical statcments, negation,
conjunction, and disjunction. (A useful resource is the related text in thc indicated book)

. Activity A5.2.2: (Group activity)

In class, students will rvork in groups to solve some problcms related logical statemcnts and truth
tables, The instructor will assist each group in completing thc task. (10 minutes)

Visual Aids:
Conditional staterncnts:

https :/lyoutu.be,/F3 5 44Zv O - cU

https://youtu.be/BNhn6LXncI0

httrrs :r'ivoutu.be/h83bzYAfqrM

l6

33 q7
 . Activity A5.2.3: (In class and at home activities)
Students are adviscd to watch the above videos before coming to class. Thcy will discuss the
conditional statcments, inverse, conversc, and contrapositivc of a conditional statemcnt. The
instructor will supplement the discussion by giving some more examples involving conditional
statements. After that he will solve some problems related to converse, inverse, and contraposilive
of a conditional statement. (A useful resource is the related text in the indicated book).

r Activity 45.2.4: (Group activity)

In class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to conditional statements.
The instructor will assist each group in completing the task. (10 minutes)

Unit M5.3: (Categorical propositions and their applications) (2 lectures)

Esseutial readings and videos for this section are as follows.

Reading Resources:
Unit lC (Page no. 30-34)
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and undcrstanding mathernatics (6'h Edition). Pearson
Education, Limited.

Visual Aids:
Review basic set operations

https://voutu.be/iAfNq3ylZAI

h s:/ lstl iti o li et-

ops/v/iritersection-and-union-of-sets

. Activity A,5.3.1: (In class and take home activities)

Students are advised to watch the above videos before coming to class. They will discuss basic
set operations in class. The instructor will supplement the discussion by giving some more
examples. After that instructor will explain categorical propositions and their applications. (A
useful resource is the related text in the indicated book)

o Activity 45,3,2: (In class activity)

In class, students will work to solve some problems related to categorical propositions, 'I'he
instructor will assist them in completing the task. (10 minutes)

o ActivityA5.3,3: (Take home activity)

As an out of class activity, students are rcquired to follow the following link to access Venn
Diagrarn App, to leam that how ditlerent sets are reprcsentcd through Venn Diagram.

http :,'/wu'w.randomservices.org/random/apps/VennGanre.html

l7

3q
 MODULE-6 (4.Is WEEKS)
TOPICS:
l. Methods to explore and summarize data, drawing graphs and identifuing misleading
graphs,
2. Mcthods to discuss the basic charactcristics of any datasets, like finding a most
representative value in a data, and methods to measure the amount ofspread ofa data,
3. Methods to measure dcgree of relationship among variables, finally this module includes
methods to Count the odds.
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES:
After completing this module, students will be able to:

r explore data to draw meaningful information from the data.

. describe and interpret data using graphs and other summary measures.
o understand and identift misleading graphs and make an informed decision about
the body ofdata.
. analyze the data graphically and empirically to explore the relationship between
two variables.
. demonstrate the skill ofcounting the odds, finding chances ofoccurrence of
instances.
o critically analyze the data to make an evidence-based decision on the basis ofthe
results from the data.

TEXTBOOKS:
. Bennett, J. & Briggs, w. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6th Edition)
Pearson Education, Limited.
htto ://xn--webducation-dbb.conVwD-contenV uploads/20 1 9/09/Jeffrey-BennetlWillianr-
Bri ggs-Using- Understanding -Mathernatics -A-Ouantitativc-Reasonine-Aoproach-
Pearson-201 5.ndf
Aufrnann, R., Lockwood, J., Nation, R. & Clegg, D. (2007). Mathematical thinking and
reasoning. Brooks Cole.
https:/lqlo$eentuloeu[rles.u,ordprqss.conot2020i0l /mathematical-thiDkina-a!d-
quantitative-rcasonin g.ndf

Unit M6,l: Exploring and summarizing data, Misleading graphs (2.5lectures)

Essential readings and videos for this section are as follows.

Reading resources:
o Unit 5C
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6th Edition).
Pearson Education, Limited.

l8

4o '| I
Visual Aids:
o Displaying and Comparing Quantitative Data
https://wu'w,khanacadcmv.org/math/statis tics-rrrobabilitv/disolavine-dcscribine-data
o Displaying and Comparing Quantitativc Data

hups ://voutu.be/ullRqkGXX55I
o Activity A6.1.1 (In class & at home activities)
Studeuts are advised to watch above videos before coming to class. The concepts to summarize
the data in the fbrm of Tables and plots will be discussed in the class. The instructor rvill
supplement the discussion by giving examples. The instructor will solve few practice problen.rs
and guide students to think through the problems using evidence-based decision-making principle.
(A useful resource is thc related tcxt from the indicated book)

o ActivityA6.l.2: (Take home activity)

Students axc advised to watch these vidcos and note down main points about data pressntation
discussed here. Presenting the data in the form of Graphs to establish an argument, a graphical
perspective. (Series of qalks by Hans Rosling) https://www.tcd.corn/search?q=Hans+Rosling

o ActivityA6.l.2: (Take home activity)

Students are advised to watch the below video and note down main points about spotting a
misleading graph.

https:/lwwvr,. youtube.com/watch?v:E9 1 bGT9Bi Yk

o Activity A6.1.2 (In class activities)

r After dividing students in to four groups, ask them to collect the data for the following
variables from each individual in their group: Gender, color of eyes, Height in inches,
weight in kilograms. Construct frequency distributions for each variable rneasured. (15
minutes)
. Every week New York Times displays a new graph on the following link. Instructor can
ask students to discuss the most recent graphs to explain the data. What's Going on in this
Graph: https://www,nltimes.com/column/whats-going-on-in-this-grapl.r
(10 minutes)
. Misleading Graphs Worksheet: In the light of lectures and take home activity resource,
students are asked to spot errors in the graphs and critically comment that what should be
done to improvc this display. https:i/facultv.atu.cdu/mfinan/2043/scction3l.odf (15
rninutes)

Unit M6.2: Characterizing data: Finding a representative value in the data

Essential readings and videos for this section are as follows. (2.5 lectures)
Reading Resource:
o Unit 6A
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and undcrstanding mathematics (6'h Edition)
Pearson Education, Limited.

l9

li(
e{ E
Visual Aids:
o Understanding Averages: https:i/www.khanacademy.orelnrath/aleebra-home/alg-basic-
eqiru<ulalerold-school-eq u4tions/ttbyqlagq!
Mean: https://rvrvw.youtubc.com/watch?v:EsTEWCESvIM
Mcdian and Modc: https:/hvww.youtube,con watch?v-DzduKDIZwgc

r Activity .4,6.2.1: (In class & at home activity)

Students are advised to rvatch above videos before coming to class. They will discuss the temr
mean median and mode and their applications. The instructor will supplement the discussion by
giving examples involving mean median and mode. After that instructor will solve some practical
problems rclated to mean, median and mode. (A useful rcsource is the rclated text from the
indicatcd book).

o A6 .2.2: (ln class activity)

Activity
Students should be split into three groups, they should ask each member ofthe group the following
questions and note down their data for following variables, to calculate mean, median and mode
for each variables. Interpret the results obtained and also identifu ifthere is any outlier in the data.
If an outlier exists then suggest that how this outlier should be treated.
( l5 minutes)
. How many minutes per day do you talk on the Phone?
o How many hours per day do you watch TV?

Unit M6.3: Measuring the spread of the data: Standard deviation (1 Lecture)
Reading Resources:
SectionS.4(Page no. 540-545)

Aulmann, R., Lockwood, J., Nation, R. & Clegg, D. (2007). Mathernatical thinking and
reasoning. Brooks Cole.

Visual Aids:
Standard Deviation (some portion of the video is more relevant)
https:/,/u,u,w.voutube-conr/watch? v-yRPlv9iD8sk&t-29s

o Activity A6.3.1: (In class and at home activities)

Students are advised to read section SectionS.4(Page no. 540-545) (Mathematical thinking and
reasoning 2008 by Aufmann, Lockwood, Nation & Clegg) and also watch above video before
coming to class. Measues of dispcrsion/spread will be discussed in the class with their applicatior:
to the real life data. Thc instmctor will supplement thc discussion by giving examples involving
Standard deviation, instructor will also discuss that why it is important to report measures of
dispersion along with measure of central tendency. After that instructor will solve some practical

20

q7-
r1
6
problems related to Standard deviation. (A useful resource is the related text from the indicated
book).

.
Activity A6.3.2: (Group activity)
ln class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to standard deviation. The
instructor will assist each group in completing the task. (10 rninutes)

Unit M6.4: Measuring degree of relationship among variables: Scatter plots,

Co-efficient
Pearson's correlation (2 lectures)

Reading Resources:
r Unit 5E (page n0.342-348)
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6'h Edition)
Pcarson Education, Limited.

Visual Aids:
. Constructing Scatter Plots:
https :i/youtu.bc/sHbX5 8y5D4 U

httns:/ivoutu.be/Jpbm5Yeciq I?list:PLU5aOXLWR3 wuWOWMA-

SaPLhn4p3sZdK2

. Scatter Plot and correlation:

https://y outu.beiqscgKT8NoT0

o ActiviW A6.4,1 (In class & at home activities)

Students are adviscd read unit 5E and also watch above video beforc coming to class. Scatter plots
and measures of rclationship will bc discusscd in the class with their application to the real life
data. Instructor will solve some problems related to scatter plot and its applications to real data.

o Activity A6.4.2 (In class activity)

The instructor will explain the role of below game to guess correlation coefficient. students will
play a game to guess correlation coefficient. http://quessthecorrelation.conr/. (10 minures)

o Activity A6.4.3 (In class & at home activities)

Students are advised to watch below video before coming to class.

Calculating Correlation Coefficient: https://youtu.be/28 UW-RrveSE

htttrs/'wrl"r.v.khanacadqry.orgtnath/ap-statistics/bivariate-data-ap/correlation- coeflicient-
lv/calculatinq-correlation-coeffi cient-r

Method to tind Pearson"s correlation coefficient wi[[ bc discusscd in class with its applications to
rcal life data. Instructor will solve some problems related to Pcarson's correlation coefficients.

2t

ts qrI
 o Activity A6.4.4 (In class activity)
In class, students will work in groups to solve some problems related to Pearson's correlation
instructor.
coefficient assigned by (10 minutes)

Unit M6.5: Counting the odds (4.5 lectures)

Essential readings and videos for this section a(e as follows.

Reading Resources:
o Unit 7A (page no. 410-418)
Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6(h Edition).
Pearson Education, Limited.

Unit 7E (page no . 455-462)

Bennett, J. & Briggs, W. (2015). Using and understanding mathematics (6rh Edition)
Pcarson Education, Limitcd.

Visual Aids:
. Introduction to theorctical Probability: httos://www.khanacademy.ore/math/statistics-
robabili robabili -ti fuasictheti ro bili bab
. Counting, Permutation and Combinations https://www. khanacademv.orq/nrathi statistics-
probability/counti ng-Dernrutations-and-combinations

o Activi8 46.5.1: (In class & at home activities)

Students are advised to watch the videos related to introduction to theoretical probability before
coming to class. They will discuss the term probability and its applications in daily [ife. Instructor
will supplement the discussion by giving some more examples involving probabitity. After that
instructor will solve somc problcms related to probability.

o Activity A6.5.2: (In class activity)

Students arc advised to do thc following experirnent. Take a fair coin and toss it 20 times, at every
toss notc down whether you got head or tail. Count thc munber ofheads and number oftails and
calculate the probability of gctting a number ofhead at the 2l"r toss. (10 rninutes)

o Activity A'6.5.3: (In class & at home activities)

Students are advised to watch the videos rclated to counting, peffnutations and combinations
before conring to class. They will discuss the terms counting, permutations, combinations and their
applications in daily life. Instructor will supplement the discussion by giving some more examples
involving these terms. After that instructor will solve some problems related to counting,
permutations, and combinations.

. Activity 46.5.4: (Take home activity)

Go to thc link: http://wrvw,randomserices.olg/r'andorn/apps/DiceExpcriment.html to roll a die
for 10, 100, 1000 timcs and sce how the outcome ofeach face ofthc die shows the results,
Interpret thc results ifyou notice any changc in the probability of occurrence of 1,2,3,4, 5, or 6
with the number of tirnes the die is rolled.

22

qq
qE
 o Activity A6,5.5: (Take home activity)
Students are advised to do the following cxperiment. Take a fair coin and toss it 50 times, at every
toss [ote down whcther you got head or tail. Count the number ofheads and number oftails and
calculatc the probability of getting a number ofhead at the 5lsitoss. Also cons uct a frcquency
distribution ofthe outcome of50 tosses and represent the results using a simple bar chart.

23

q.r
q(t
 RECOMMENDED RESOURCES :

l. Using and understanding niathematics, 61h edition by Jeffrey Bennet and William Briggs,
published by Pearson USA.
2. Mathematical thinking and reasoning 2008 by Aufmann, Lockwood, Nation & Clegg
published by Houghton Mifflin company USA.
3. Pre-calculus by Robert Blitzer 5rh edition published by Pearson USA.
4. Pre-calculus Graphical, Numerical, Algebraic 8th edition by Franklin D. Demana, Bert
K. Waits, Gregory D. Foley & Daniel Kennedy published by Addison Wesley USA.
5. Pre-calculus Mathematics for Calculus, 6'h edition by James Stewart, Lothar Redlin and
Saleem Watson published by Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning USA.
6 https ://www.ets.o r el s I gr e Indf/cre math rcview.odf
7 OpcnAlgebra.com
A free rnath study guide with notes and YouTube video tutorials.

ADDTTTONAL RESOURCES (OPTIONAL);

Direct proportion:
httns i/.voutu.beikuvdMCDqnr Ke
:

Inverse proportion:
httos i/youtu.
: beixEFvfL9YdHA
Identifuing a linear function:
lrttps l/youtu.bclAZroE4fJq tO
:

Functions
https:i/youtu.be/GY6Q2i2kvY0
Linear functions:
https ://vouru. belMX V65 i9elXe
Applications of linear cquations:
https :,?youru. be/UAYCkl'MU- YM
Solving system of lincar equations:
https://youtu.bc/2DzmE3 OS-E
Scatter Plot and corelation:
httns://youtu.be/qscgK78No70
Mean Median and Mode:
Irttns://youtu.be/B I HEzNT(leZ4
Pearson's correlation cocffi cient
lr ttps:,'/you tu. [r ei iBOz2RGxC]ck

24

4t
\(ya
 AHUM 110 - History and Civilization

Course Description
History as mother of knowledge, in wriften and Remains, teaches lessons and provides
continuities for current and future plans and developments of mankind. In this sense
historical remains provide basis for the understanding of current and funrre of human
society and culture. Historical memory and historical spaces dictate human behavior and
development. Historical knowledge and Architectural structures of past and present host
the most mundane and the ordinary activities as well as elaborate ceremonies to honor
religious cultural and political sentiments or to propitiate political deities and the processcs
thereof. Some themes, theories and strxctures established for one purpose sonretimes end
up serving the other in subsequent tinres.

The course initiate a method of interactive leaming how the sources of history can be
approached to understand the process ofcontinuity from the past to present and future and
how historical remains and continuity form the part of current cuiture and civilization. For,
the students shall get familiar with the conceptual aspects of learning history arrd
simultancously shall have a glimpsc ofcivilizational continuitics reprcsented by Historical
Remains especially archaeological and architectural and continuities thereof.

This is an lntroductory and basic lcvel course consist ofa review of major concepts relevant
to the understanding of history as a discipline and as a Process. lt focuses on the
introduction of major concepts, terminologics and issues, undcrstanding of thosc are
essential for the study of history. As it is supposed that str.rdents ofBS across the disciplines
can join the course therefore, it is expected that many of the students will not be aware
about thc basic idea of history. It will avoid the complexities involved in the understanding
of the discipline of History. However it will aim at the clarification of basic notions or ideas
about what is history and what is history for. It evolves around the idea of the place of
history as a source of knowledge and how can we approach historical knoi.vledge with a
sense ofevolution. ln this context, understanding of history and historical achievements in
the form of narratives as wcll as Historical remains bccome focus.

Learning Objectives
To be able to understand historical continuity of life, culture and structure that existed in
and around society during certain historical moments ofpresentation ofHistorical nanativc
and existence of Historical mouument. Some of the themes and approaches to study a past
shall be spaccs, identities, processes, relations and monument in socio-cultural, religious,
cconomic and political context. To make students arvare of the nature of historical
knowledge and research. This shall acquaint reader with the images of past and
controvcrsies thereof in the evolution of understanding and transmission ofpast.

4rl
Tools & Methodology
The course shall begin by a lecture method and reading assignments and move towards a
pattem of discussion/demonstration and prssentation of practical problems in
understanding historical knowledge. Short lecture and site demonstration of somc major
basic scientific developments affcctirrg social changc by the students who had been
students of natural sciences and by the experts of architecture/archaeology/museology
where it deem necessary shall be made. Short assignments/ surprise test and class
participation shall be markcd against twcnty marks of sessional category to help devclop
efficiency among the students:

The teacher shall provide relevant rnaterial with an expectation that students thernselves
shall try to expand their knowledge through the extra readings. However, some field
practices and personal exercises and experiences shall form the essential part of teaching
methodology. Other tools of tcaching and leaming sliall be Multi-Media, Globe Map, Telc-
films or movies or documentaries, Surveys of Museums, archaeological sites, obseruation
of cultural festivals, ctc.

WE,EKI,Y BREAKDOWN

Wcek: Topics and Suggestcd Readings

Concept of History, its nature and Scope
Meaning
Week:1
Memory and Record
Utility and importance
Fundamental Qr.restions and Concepts: Identity, Time, Space, Relativity
We ek:2
and Process of History.
Wcek :3 Sources of History and Classifications of Sources

Classifling History: Science, Social Science, Arts/literahre or Historical

lVeek:4
Sciences
Auxiliary and Ancillary Disciplines of History,
Wcck:5
The concept of History Library
Week:6 Forms and Branches of Historical Knowledge

Weck:7 Continuities and discontinuitics in History

Historical narrativcs and Historical Remains: continuitics from the past to
Week: 8
prescnt, Fonns of historical Nanatives, Foms of Historical Reemians
The concept of Civilization
Wcek: 9
Nature ofthe concept
Ancient Civilizations of mankind
Formt
Week l0
Babylonian
Greeks
The Muslim Empires and Civilization and its Contribution
Weck: l1
Ummayads

1' I
 Abbasids
Ghaznavids
Ottoman
Mughal
Ancient civilization of Pakistan:
Week: l2 Harappa trends and syrnbols
Mohenjo-Daro characteristics
Gandhara Civilization
Week:I3
Texla Sites: cultural interpretation
Archaeology/Architecturc and Historical Rcmains
Historical Monuments of Paksitan: Sultanate, Mughal and British period
Wcck: 14
Masjid Wazir Khan
Royal Fort ofLahore
Heritage and Monuments of Multan
Architcctural meaning of Tomb of Shah Rukn Alam
Weck:15
Clock Tower of Multan
Tomb of Shah Gardez

Recommended Books

A. H. Dani, I Short History of Paksitan: Pre-Muslim Period, Karachi: University of

Karachi, 1967.

Ahmad Nabi Khan, Multan: History and Architecture,lslamabad, IIHCC, 1983

Albert M. Craig, Donald Kagan, William A. Graham, Steven Ozment, Frank M. Tumer,
The Heritage of lV'orld Civilizations, Prentice Hall PTR, 2001

C. E, Bosworth, The New /s/arric Dynasties, Columbia: Columbia University Press, 1996

Dr. Khurram Qadir, Tartkh Nigari Nazriyat-oJrtiqa, Lahore: 1994.

M.C. Lemon, Philosophy of History, London: Routledge, 2003

,l989,
Arthur Marwick, The New Nature of History,l,ondon, pp.3l-35.

R. G. Collingwood, thc Idea of History, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1994.

q9
\09
ffi
Associrte l)egrec l)rogrirrrr in Commercc for Affiliated Colleges

Annrovcrl in IIOS-l-ll)-202(). llOIf 0{-03-2021 Acadcmic Co un cil t5-o7-2021

s rtn Scmcster I Course Code Cr. Hrs.

1
'l-ranslatir rn of tlre I lolv rrran I n RAII150 00
2 I)r-i .lglplql ttl1\c.'qllln-rr ACC103 03
-)
4
lrunctional !ryiuh
IntrodLtctitrn to Il Lrsincss
BNGI05 03
03
BUS 107
5 Business MatlElratics - MlH109 03
(t IT in IJusiness ITBI I1 03
Fall sem cster 2
I I Translatit,rr (,1 Ilrc II,\l] Qur0n il ARAB I51 00
2 r.i ro*. s trrt i st i c s STA15O 03
J -tlFinancial ..\ccorrrrtinu ACCI52 03
4 Business ('onrnrrrrricatitrn BCM154 03
5 l) [giplcs of' lic'ouornics ECO156 03
(r l)akistan S ltrrlics PI(S158 03
s rtn Scmes(cr 3
I I ranslation ol t]re Iioll'Qulan III ARAB251 00
2 lssucs in l)ali istlr:r l-,cononty F.CO20l 03
-) Islau.ric St LLd ics i lith ics rsL203/ 03
ETH 203
4 l)rirrcff]c.s ol'NllrrirgltlI Cl',tl MG',f 205 03
5 Cosl Account ing ACC2O1 03
(r Ilusiness l-au LAW2O9 03
1 )r'r
rlc iplc ,rl' l:Irrtnit []rrnking ItN 2l I 03
Fall Senr ester 4
l ll-a nslation o i'thc l loll' (]u rall lv ARAB252 00
2 l: inanc iirl NIarrtscrrcn1 FIN252 03
,) I rntr cplcr re irls lr r1, EN] 253 03
4 r\ ud iling -
ACC254 03
.5 lJusincss I :rrlrl,,rrr l AX 255 0i
6 l) rilg4rlr:s ol l\ 1;rlke lin! _ MKT256 03
7 NI nrcnl , \ aeoUl t1!g AL]C257 03

Prof. Dr. Muhammad Ha i\ li.lttut' Prof. Dr. Rchana Kouser

Cottvcnel BOS in rutrnetce rrnrl ( irrirnrit:r
(

Dr Muhammad Sacliq Shalritl \ Ir. Istililrar Ilussain Mr. Shahid Nadcem

1
 Scheme of Study for ADP (A&F) for Affiliated Colleges
roved Vide B 7 1an Council 15.07.2021
Course Code Semester'l Credit Hours
ENG- 101 Functional English 3

BUS- 102 lntroductron to Business 3

MTS. 103 Business tulathematics 3

tTB-104 lnformatron Technology for Business 3

ACC-105 Fuf damenta s of Financial Accounting 3

ECO-106 l,4icroeconomlcs 3

ARAB-151 Trarslation oflhe Holy Quran I 0

I Semester 2 Credit Hours
l
ECO-153 fulacroecorornics 3

STA.154 Business Statistrcs 3

GEN-155 islamic Studies/ Ethics for Non-lvluslims 3

ACC.156 Financial Accounting & Reporting 3

END.157 Business Comm!n cation 3

BUS.158 Business Psychology 3

ARAB-,]52 Translation olthe Holy Quran I 0

Semester 3 Credit Hours

ENT-201 Enlrepreneursh p 3

ACC-202 I Cost Accounting 3

FrN-203 Financial [,4a n agen]ef t 3

GEN-204 Pakistan Studies J

tllGT-205 Pr nciples of lvlafagenrenl 3

FtN"206 Principles of lsiamic Banking 3

ARAB.251 Translation ofthe Holy Quran ll 0

Semester 4 Credit Hours

ACC-253 A!d t afd Assurance 3

TAX.254 Business Taxation 3

I

ACC,255 [,'lanagemert Accounting 3

t\4KT.256 Principles of Marketinq 3

LAW"257 Corporaie Law 3

ETC.258 Electronic Commerce 3

ARAB-252 Translation of the rlo y Quran lV 0
-
Passing of the Course of Translalion of the Holy Quraf is non-credit and shall be a degree requirement. Teaching
hours lor the course shall not be counled lowards the total credit hours allocated for the program.
Notes:
1. During the summer vacations. a g-week internship program shall be completed by the students having passed at
least fifty percent of the courses/semeslers This shall be equivalent to a course of 03 credit Hours subject to Viva
voce Examination and eva[]ation of the lnternship report.
2. This Scheme of Study is proposed wrth a total ot 132 Credit hours excluding Translation of the Holy Quran.
3. Scheme of Study of lhe first four sernesters will be same for
Assocrate Degree Program in A&F

o,t*

r0E
(: Dci.:,,, , , '
BahauliJrir :1,r,,; y,
'
, I'iuiiJf . y'rlkt5lcin

No. D. Com / 1906/21

Date: 09- l2-2021

The Deputy ltcgish?r (Acad )

Bahauddiu Zakaliya tJn iversity.
Multan

Subject: Aonrovnl of Schcnrc of Slrrdies for variorrs nrograns

Reference on the subiect abovc

This is to inform you that thc Schcrrrcs cll'SlLrdies (SOS) ofthe following programs have been approved
by the BOS in Conrnrerce. BOF in Cl-&llA and Acaclernic Councilat BZU.
l. Scheme ol'Study for thc ADP (Cornnrcrce) prograrn for affiliated Colleges at BZU.
2. Scheme of Study lbl thc AI)P (A&lr) progranr tbl affiliated Colleges at BZU-

These need to be apploved by the llonorablc Vice Chancellol on behalfthe Syndicate so that the

Affiliated Collcges could inrgrlernent these lirl their classes in adrnissions of 2021 and onwards.

Thanking you

Prof. Dr. Muh anrrrrad I la

Chairman, Department of Clnrn
khtar
nrfl cc
lvl"4
B. Z. Univelsity Multan

BA \
M\#'

Phone: Please address any reply to

Direct: +92 I 92 l0 128
(r

Exchange:+g2 6I 92 1007 l-4. lj\t: I I lJ9 Department of Commerce

Fax: +92 6l 92 l006li: Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan
Email: chainl ancom m elce(rDbzLr.ed u.pli Postcode.60800,
Website: www.cornrnelcebzu.ccltr.pli Punjab, Pakistan

\ob
 Department of Cornmer"ce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

rilErtil|Ilril!
Program ADP Commerce
Semester 1
Course Title Translation of the FIol I
Course Code ARAB150
Credit Hours 45 (3 hour per week)

Course of Translation of the Holy Quran for each BS Program is one credit hour per
year.lt may be started from session 2020 in the light of the notification issued by Governor of the
Pun.jab, Approved by the Academic council meeting 212020 held on 18/05/2020.
The detail of the course scheme is as under:

Sr, No Title of Course Crd. Hours Course Code

0l Translation of thc Holy Quran I I QRN 101, Tajweed,
I I Qurani Arabi I

Scr,cstcr I nljLo;l
9 .;t o.o lr JL-,.:1
I
,Jl !:JJ,- itj
_Il^.,.",,t1 u.i
I I
.of*Jl,l l0 ,84,18 .)tAL,251.285-256 ,186 ,ll7 ,llS ;i;i!Jl
,f l ;..i6sJlr!! I,19-18 :a+dl,l58 .!-il;c!lr 175 ,162 .1521(136
:'r:JliQ - 7 :+:.:.l1. 1 5'dJl +Jl. l 3 :1Jill,27 - 20'.ts-", 62 : ;;..,Jtl 1 4 ,',1-l . -ll'i /!l
,$ ;4lijJlrl3 - 10 :,i, ll,4 'i:-3^AlQ2 ;i.ht.:-.Jlrll ;q.:JlrlQ '
J-ts, y
1

13 :i+1tr,29 :,,11JIl11 8 :dull6ll :uJi4l.9

;eLL-rYlrlJ 2J ,2 ,7 Jsjll.l I 1:c;Jl.,Sl ;p1n r(295.177 .'; Gll

:

:y_)\,74 - 71 :en,4 - I ;i:LiLJlrl :_rlLi,76 .75 ;eJl.20 ,19

,J | 'g; "illrJ :cr_,
".j,llrl$ :,",1 -i,32 - 30 :,''1.-i,9 - 7 :y1''.,75
:6;,=Jt,23 - 26 ,14 - 4 :6;.,,Jt,34 - 24 ,4'd+Jl!l.l 8 - 16 :q!,52 .,rt"ll + .J3rly 2
)f i:Jl,?R _ 26 ._+I,4 :6_11_'-Jl, 17 _ l5 '43L.:ll!6
tsill,l6 l1 e,,.rcrJ - 1'otcjtrllr3S :!:11,6 - 3 :s).-!l(31
5 I :;:iill.13 :sJ,Jt,12 - l0:;Lti,Yt,21 l9
:oLJl,,179 ,144 ,84.81 .ij1JJ,253,285 ,213,llf rllS .; ii,rll r.,r:l-r,-,1
,48 ,34 :pt!Yl.l99 ,12,75 :i,:rtJl,165 - 1631,152 - 150 ,136
38 ::'_!1130 ,90 - 49,83
LJJPI1S

!rr-
;1"-,1;jl
OL":l +
i q!Lu_)
.l
g ,-Jl-. - rt
,Q J ;oLs!lr,JJ ;rt;""Y!r]g :j+Jl.l0 rg ,{ ;6,.rrl;,rl
;s]nJlrlQ
'J[i- Yl, 13 :.sJr.,ill,78 (,51 JlV,24 ._.r!s.20 ;L1l!_,!Jlrf J
..

t -28 lJ 'rjr-:llrf | ;.:;.:J1r,35

t4fl
 ilepartment of Comnreice
t-___--tffi
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Muttan, Pakistan

j Cou.rse Outlinc
Program ADP ( Commerce)
Semester l't
Course Title Introduction to Business
(.ou rse Code rlus r 07
(lrcdit IIours 3 hours per week) I

Course Description
Tlrc course rcflects the foundational areas ofbusiness, entrepreneurship, small business management,
nrarketing, accounting, and flnance along with very latest developn.rcnts in the business world---tiom
the recent recession, high unemployment rates, and the financial instability in world to the growth of
digital marketing and social networking. ln addition, global business, ethics and social responsibility,
and infbrmation technology continues to be related to the foundations important in an introduction to
business coursc. Thc course carefully builds just the right mix ofcoverage and applications to give the
studcnts a affirm grounding in business principles. Mainly, the course will engage the students to
see how content applies to them, their life, their career, and the world around them. Notably, the
course helps students maxirnize their leaming efforts by setting clear objectives; delivering
interesting cases and cxamples; focusing on core issues, and providing engaging activities to apply
concepts, build skills and solve problems.
Course Objectives
r [xplain the business in changing world.
o Discuss how to staft and grorv a business-
o Explarn ho'vv to managc for quality and competitivencss
o Discuss how to create hunran resource advantage.
r Explain how to market for developing relationships.
. Discuss how to finance the enterprise and Self.

C'hat)ter l: The Dynamics of Businr $s and Economics I

rc)tr
o Department of Commerce
Eahauddin Zakariya Uniyersity, Multan, Pakistan
rffi
r Dcfine basic concepts such as busincris, product, profit, and economics.
. Identify the main panicipants and activities ofbusiness.
. Explain why studying busincss is important.
o Compare the four types ofeconomic systems.
r Dcscribe the role ofsupply, demand, and competition in a free-enterprise system.
o Specify why and how the hcalth ofthe economy is measured.
. Outline the cvolution ofthe world leading economy.
. Explain the rolc ofthc entrepreoeur in the economy,
. Evaluate a small-business owner's situation and proposc a course ofaction.
Chapter 2: Business Ethics and Social Responsibility
o Describe the importance ofbusiness ethics and social responsibility.
. Dctect some ofthe ethical issrLcs that may arisc in business.
. specify how businesscs can pronotc ethical behavior.
. Explain the four dimensions ofsocial responsibility.
. Evaluate an organization's social rcsponsibilities to owners, employees. consumers, the environment, and the
community.
. ofa business's decision,
Evaluate the ethics
Chapter 3: Business in a Borderless World
o Explore some ofthe factors within the international trade environment that influence business.
r Assess some ofthe cconomic, legal, political, social, cultural, and technological barries to intemational business.
. Specify some ofthe agreements, alliances, and organizations that may encourage trade across intemational boundaries. I

o Summarizc the different lcvels of organizational involvement in international trade.

. Conrast two basic strategies used in international business.
I

. Assess the opportunities and problems facing a small business that is considering expanding into international nrarkcts.
Chapter:4 Options for Orgsnizing Business
r Dcscribe the advantages and disadvantages ofths sole proprietorship form oforganization.
I

. Describc the two types ofbusiness partnership and thcir advantages and disadvantagcs-
. Describe the corporate folm oforganization and its advantages and disadvantages.
. Assess thc advantages and disadvantages ofmergers, acquisitions, and levcraged buyouts.
i

.P can ro atc o izational form for a busincss

l

\oq
 Depaftment of Commerce
(;
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
t"---e,f-
Chaptcr: 5 Small Business, Entreprcneurship, and Franchising
. l)cfinc cntrcprcncurship and snrall busincss.
. Explain thc importance of small busiuess in the U.S. economy and why certain fields attmct small business.
. Specify the advantages of small-busincss ownership.
. Analyze the disadvantages of small-busincss ownership and the reasons why many smallbusinesses fail.
. Dcscribc how to start a small business and what rcsources are nceded.
r Evaluate the demographic, technologioal, and economic trends that are affecting the future ofsmall business
. Explain why many large busincsses are trying to "think small."
. Asscss two entreprcneurs'plans for starting a small business.
Chapter: 6 The Nature of Management
o Explain management's role in the achievement of organizational objectives.
. Describe the major functions ofmanagement.
. Distinguish among three levels of marragement and the concems of managers at each levcl,
. Specify the skills managers need in order to be successful.
r Summarizc the systsmatic approach to decision making used by many business managers.
. Recommend a new strategy to revive a struggling business.
( h:rl)lcr: 7 Organiz tion. l'eanrlvork. and Con)munication
r Fixplain thc importance of organizational culturc,
r Describc how organizational structurcs dcyelop.
o Describe how specialization and dcpartmentalization help an organization achieve its goals,
o Detcrmine how organizations assign responsibility for tasks and delegate authority.
. Compare and contrast some common forms of organizational structure.
r Distinguish betwcen groups and teams.
. Idcntity thc t)?cs ofgroups that exist in organizarions.
. Describe how communication occurs in organizations.
. Analyzc a busincss's use ofteams.
I

Mid Term Examinstion : 30 Marks Max, Time:gO minutes

Chapter: 8 Managing Operations and Supply Chains
. I)ct'incopcrationsmanagen'lclrt-
c f)il'lelcntiatc bctwccn operations and rnanut?rcturing. i

. Explain how operations managemcnt differs in manufacturing and service linns.

o Describe thc elcments involved in planniug and designing an operhtions systcrn.
. Specify som€ techniqucs managers may use to manage the logistics oftransforming inputs into finished products
I

. Assess the imporrancc ofqualiry in operations management.

e Proposc a solution to a business's opcrations dilemma,
Chapter: 9 Motivating the Workforce
o Explain why the study ofhuman rclations is important.
o Summarize early studies rhat laid the groundwork for understanding employee motivation.
. Comparc and co[lrast the hun']an relations rheories ofAbraham Maslow and Frcderick H crzbcrg

\loC
(: Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
r_w
o Investigate various theories ofmotivation, including Thcories X, Y, and Z; equity theory; expectancy theory; anrl goal-
sening theory.
o Describc soms ofthe strategics that managers use to motivatc employees.
. Critique a busincss's program for motivating its sales forcc
Chapter: 10 Managing Human Resources
. Explain thc significance ofhuman rcsource management.
. Summarize the processes ofrecruiting and setecting human resources for a company.
. Describe how workers are trained and their performance appraised. LO 10-4 ldentiry the types oftumover companies
may experience.
. Explain why turnover is an important issue,
. Specify the various ways a worker may be compensated.
. Evaluate some of the issues associated with unionized employees, including collective bargaining and dispute
rcsolution. I

o Dcscribe the importance ofdiversity in the workforce.

. Asscss an organization's efforts to reduce its workforce size and to managc the resulting cffects.
Chapter: ll Customer-Driyen Marketing I

. Dcfine markcting. I

. Describc the exchange process-

. Spccify the functions ol'marketing.
I

. Explain the marketing concept and its implications for developing marketing stratcgies.
r Examine the development ofa marketing stratcgy, including market scgmentation and markcting mix. 1

. Describe how marketers conduct marketing research and snrdy buying behavior.
I

. Summarize the environmental forccs that influcnce marketing dccisions.

. Propose a solution for resolving a problem with a company's marketing plans.
Chapter: 12 Dimensions of Marketing Strategy
r l)escribe the role ofproduct in the marketing mix, including how products arc developcd, classificd, and idcntificd. I

. Explain the importance ofprice in the marketing mix, including various pricing stratcgies a firm might employ, I

. Identify factors affecting diskibution decisions, such as marketing channels and intensity of markct covcrage-
. Specify the activities involvcd in prorrotion, as well as promotional stratcgics and promotional positioning.
. Evaluate an organization's marketing s(ategy plans.
Chapter: l3 Digital Marketing and Social Media I

. Recognize the increasing value ofdigital media and digital marketing in strategic planning.
I

. Demonskate thc role ofdigital malkcting in today's business environmcnt.

r
1

Show how digital media affect the markcting mix.

I

. Illustrate how businesses can use different t)?es ofsocial networking media. I

. Explain online monitoring and analyics for social media.

o Identify legal and ethical considerations in digital media.
. Propose rccommendations to a markcter's dilemma
Chapter: l4 Accouuting and Financial Statements
. Describc thc diffcrent uses ofaccountin informatiorl I

)r+
C .
Departinertt of Comntei ce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, pakistan
t_:--tw
Denronstrate thc accounting process.
r Flxarninc thc various componcrlts ofln income statement in order to evaluatc a firm's "bottom line."
. Interprct a company's balance sheet to determine its currcnt financial position.
r Analyze financial statemcnts, using ratio analysis, to evaluate a company's performance.
. Asscss a company's financial position using its accounting statements and ratio analysis.
Chapter: l5 [loney and the l'inancial System
o Dclinc noney, its functions. and its characteristics. Describe various types of rnoney.
. Speciiy horv thc l:edoral Rcservc l]olrd manages the money supply and rcgulates thc Amcrican banking system,
o ( orrrpare arrd contrast cornmcrcial banks. savings and loan associations, credit unions. and mutual savings banks.
o Distinguish among nonbanking in$ilutions such as insurance companies, pension funds, muNal funds, and linancc
conrpanies.
o Analyzc the challenges ahead for thc banking industry.
. llecommcnd the most appropriate financial institution for a hypothctical small busincss.
Chapter: l6 Financial Management and Securities Markets
o l)cscribc somc common methods ofmanaging cunent assets.
. ldentily some sources ofshort-term tinancing (current liabilities),
. Sumnlarize thc importancc of long-term assets and capital budgeting.
. Specity how companies finance their opsrations and manage fixed ass€ts with long-term liabilities, particularly bonds.
I
. Ilxplain how corporations can use equity financing by issuing stock through an invcstment banker.
. Dcscribc thc various securities markcls in the United States.
r (-ritique the position of short-tcrm asscts and liabilities ofa small manufacturcr and recommend corrective action.
( hrpler: l7 Personal l'inancial Plannillg
. Ilceall how to cvalutite your financial situation.
o Dctcnnine shon-term and long-term personal financial goals.
r tlecall horv to create and managc a personal financial budget.
. Flxplain how to manage and use credit in your pcrsonal life.
r l)escribe savings and investment choiccs.
. Evaluate how insurance is a part ofpersonal financial plauning.
. l:rplain lhe conccpt olestale planuing.

Recommcndcd Book
i I irtda I:ullcll. O. (,. Fcucll. iLnd (icotlity A. HirT (2020). Llusincss ibunrlations: I changing rv,,rrltl. 12'h

lr1.st licliri()ll. \crr \'irIk. NY: \1e(iIau Hill

'I raching N{ ethods/Chss Activities
Studcuts should actively cngage in the lcarning proccss and in putting conccpts lcarut into practicc through actior lcaming,
lrctrr:cs. antl lcadings learning rnodcs:

\\L
 "+'t*q"
lrp*ri.rn*nl oi Cmn'lnierce {@_D:
Bahauddin Zakariya Universily, l,lultan, Pakislan

( oursc Oullin(
Pro me Associatc Dc m Commerce

Coursc Titlc IT in Business

lcou rse Code l'l Bl I I
-
Credit Hours 45 3 hour' per week)

Coursc Outline
Sr, 'l opit Conlcnts

InlrodLrctiorr whirt is Conlputcr'l Componcnts o1'a Oomputcr'; Why is Computer so Pouerful?

I Ncrworks and the Interner: Cornputer sotlwarc; Application Software; Example of
( orn utcr Us ;Co utel a lication in Soci
,A.pplication Soliwarc Business Software Graphics and Multimedia Personal Communication
2 Busirrcss Soliwaru Wold Processing Spread Sheet Pfesentation and Dcsign Databasc Management System
ProjlJct Management
I Multimedia Personal Dcsigning Softwarc lmagc Processing enrail Web
3 | C.rmnrunicati.rn Processor Mother Board RAM Power Supply Hcat Sink Ports lnput Output Devices
i Structurc ofa Computer
Data Processing Modal lnput Proccss Ourput Storage Communication Hardwarc Control Plug n Play

lnput Dcviccs Conventional Keyboard Mouse Microphonc Scanncr Bar Codc Rcader
z\dvance Input Devices Wirclcss Kcyboard, Mouse, Digital Camera, Biometric f)eviccs,
Output f)evices CR-I Monitors LCD, TFT. HDTV Printe rs Spcakers
Storage l)evices Puryrosc ol'Storagc Hard Disks Floppy, ZIP, CDs'DVDs'Tape, PC Cards Flash ctc
Opcratirrg Systcnr I{ol..' of Operating Syslem Functions of Opcrating Systcnrs
6
Opcrating S,v-'stcm Functions [:unctions Ijilc Managcmcnt Communication Dcvicc Managemcnl Plug and Play
rnr.l Unlitics Plo ants Dcr,iccs f)rivcrs
I \Vord Ploccssing What is word Proccssing'l Word Processing Terminology Advantages of Word-
processing MS Word
NIS Word Typing and Formatting
NIS Word Common Tasks Menu Options Copy Paste ctc.
N1S Word Advance Tasks Anto Correct Bullets and Numbering Thcsaurus, Inscrt Objects Book
Malk Linking
NIS WoLd Advirncc Features Tablcs Creating, Entry, Formatting, Sum ol valucs ol'cclLs
9
lVl S Exccl lntroduction ol Sprcad Shcet Data Type Auto Calculation Data Entry
t0 N{S Fxccl I-'orrnula and F'unctions Common []ormulas Copping of Formula Example Workshccts
lr'{S Exr:cl Forrnatting (lcl!s Bordcrs, Contcnts Datc, Numbcrs Irunctions: Round, Tnlncate etc.
MS Word Advancc I caturcs NormaL and Hcadings Short Cuts
l1 N{S Word Advance Fsaturgs Mail Mergc
N'lS Word i\tlvancc lictrlurcs Maclos
N1S Word Advance l'eatrLres Text to Spcech Import Export etc
MS I-1ccl Advancc Fcarurcs Itclirl ivc irn(l I,'i xcd ;\rldrcsscs Flxamplcs
l2
i\1 S E,rcel Advancc l-cattLrcs I-ink ilg onc Workshcct ',vith othcrs
13
11 l\'1S l-lxocl Advancc f caturcs l\4cnu C) tions Iikc tcs ccial ctc

\i'B
 ,+'-i*'q"

o15
Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
MS Exccl Advancc Fcatures Craphs in Excel
{@T
\,Jid Term Exarr
16 MS Exccl Advancc Fcaturcs Printin Pa Work Sheets Selected text I
17 MS Lxccl Advance Features Data sort Auto Filter Paste Special etc
1B Prcscntation and Designing MS Powcr Point Pr u l) Slidc Prcscntin Slidc La outs, Desi ns
19 MS Powcr Poiuts Aninration lnscrtin ob ccts Buttons etc
20 Slide Vieu,s Workin and I)ilfcrcnce
21 fools \4cnu S cllin .o ll()lrs
22 lnsen Menu I)u licatc Table. Chan
23 MS Acccss Irtroduction to DBMS
24 MS Acccss Tablcs dcsigning
25 \lSAcccss Forms dcsigning
26 MS Acccss I{c rt Dcsi ln
27 Communications and Discuss the contponents requircd for succcssful corrrtnunications
Networks
28 Wcb Identify various sending
and receiving devices
Describe uses of computer communications
29 Scminar for Computer in List advantagcs ofusing a netu,ork
Busirress
30 f'uturc ol'Conrpute r irl
Pakistan tsusincss Ivlarkcts
Assignment
At least two home assignments to be submittcd by the students and retum by tcachcr aftcr chccking
l)iscuss Case studies in each group offour students and then rvrile a rcpofl bascd on discnssion.

Quizzes:
At lcast two quizzes during a semcstcr

Recomnrended Book(s)

1. Enhanced Discovering Computers 2017 (Shelly Cashman Series)

by Misty E. Vermaat, Susan L. Sebok, ct al.
2. Shelly Cashman Series Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 365 & Office 2016: A
Fundamental Combined Approach I st Edition
by Jennifer T. Campbell, Steven M. Frcund , Mark Frydenberg, Mary Z. Last Philip J. Pratt
Computer Technology in Perspectivc by Larry Long & Nancy Long
3. Ncw Perspectives on Computer Concepts by Parson & OJA

\
 Department of Commerce
8ahauddin Zakariya University, Muitan, Pakistan
r-_--@,
Courie Outline
Programe ADP Commerce
Semester 1't
Course Title Business Mathematics
Course Code MTH109
Credit Hours 45 (3 hour per week)
ntn)d uction
I
This course on Business Mathematics will introduce the students of Commercc on how to apply basic mathcmatical
tools to suppor{ their business decision-making. The course will introducc the students with the basics of
ditlcrentiation and integration and their application in terms of optimization, basic of statistical mcasurcs and
probability, linear programming and basic differential programming and control theory and othcr mcasurcs relevant
r')rost commonly used in dccision nraking,
(iou rse objectives
Main objcctives of tlris course arc to
. Introducc most commonly used quantitative (mathematical and some statistical) concepts and thcir
application
. Enablc thc studcnts to idcntify rnajor business problcms to be solvcd using urathcmatical tcchniqucs
. Enable therr to dcvelop a rationale for decision making based on mathematical solulions
r Euablc studcnts to identify basic statistical data using various sources of socondary and nrethods olcollcctions
primrry data
. Enablc thcm Io usc cornputer tcchnology proficicntly for data analysis and decision making
Cou rse Outcomes
At'tcr completing this course. studcnts rvill bc:
o Ablc to understand irnportant mathematical approaches and identify major business and management
rslalcd arcas analyzable using such approachcs
r Ablc to solvc pcrtinent business problcms using mathematicaI techniques and the related applicablc computer
applications
o
Ablc to conve business problems into mathematical models and identify various applications generalizablc
lor business prosperity.
. Ablc to dcvelop a hand on availablc and morc advanced computer applications using mathematical techniques
and lT solutions.
Cou rse Contcnts
LcCtuIcs (i)ursc (lolltcnl
tsasic \4athcmatical Concepts antl their review
Solution of various brrsir cs.s_p1gb!9ms I

rtios and Pronoflions . & Prohlcnrs in Pattncrshi

I Linear Equations
] c Characteristics of lincar cquations & their Graphical Charactcristics I

o Culculating und intcrprcting slopcs.

l-1 Intcrpreting thc graphs availabie from books and examplcs
o Calculations bascd on graphs.
l
o Distancc tbrnrula irnd its lications
l6-7 System of Linear Equations
o One-Variablc Equations: Solution ofFirst and Second Degrce Equations in Onc
I
Variable
o Lirrcar uations: Al cbraic and (ira hical Characteristics, Slo c-lntcrcc Fonn

tf:
 *q^
'+'Y

C Depaitment of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
j o Detcnrining thc Equation of a Straight Linc
t@_)F
I

c
L

Lincar Equat ions hrvolving Morc Than Two Variables

r
I Function
-l o Delinition and types of functions
o Functron Types, Craphing, Rcading Graphs
o Develo lt1 mathcmatical ftrnctions of various bLrsiness roblcrns
9 o Lincar Functions Application
o Lincar Cost Rcvenuc and Profit Functions
t0 uadratic Er nential and lo arithmic Functions _1
ll Rulcs ol Difl'cr cnt iat ion
Problems solutions usin thc dct'incd rulcs
1l Application of Dit'lcrcntiation
Case sludies solutions usin above rules and decision maki
ri Optimization of lunctions involving ONE independent variablc
Case solutions
l.l Anli-dcrivativcs Rulcs of Intc tron
\'lid-Tcrm Exam:30 \tarks NIax. time:90 nrinutes
l5 Topics in Intcgtation ancl Application
I I
Rulcs of Definitc Inte lals l'indin alca undcr thc curvc
l6 Rcvision of Mathematical Equations and solutions
I
I
Revision of Matrix Algebra
T cs of Matriccs and A lication of Matrix
t7 lntroduction to Mathcmatical Programming
Limits of Differentiati tradrtional mathematical function undcr a si le constraiuts
18 Introduction to I-inear Programming
(ira hical A roachcs
19 lntroduction to Lincar Programming l
I Sinr lcx Al orithrn- I

20 Introduction lo Linear Programming

i I
Sim lcx Al thrr- II
2t Interest, Nominal and Eflectivc Intercst
I Plcscnt Valuc, lnvss(meut Applaisal I

I{c lac in of E Lll n)cn t

22-23 AnntLitics and Morlgagc llv luatiulls
I
l)c(crn'rinanls o1' Financial Constrains dctlnitions and cxaln ics
21-25 Dilttrcntial I:cluations
lntroduction and rohlcn statcmcnl
26-27 D i llelc Problerr soluti
nt ia I uatr Techni ucs 1

28 Com ter A lications to Solvc Mathcmatical loblems --- I)art One

29 Co ter A lications (o Solve Mathernatical blems --- Parl Two
l0 Review ol com lex tcnns and to tcs
Recommendcd Books:
L Applied Mathcmatics for business, economjc and social scienccs by Frank S Budnick (latest Edition)
2. Busincss Mathematios, Selectcd titlcs available from Library (latesl Edition)
3. Mathematics for Economics, Schaum's Outlincs Scrics (latcst Edition)
STUDENT EVALUATIONS & GRADES
The Break up of marks and final grade is based upon:
Mid Marks:30 Final Marks:50 Sessional :20(Re po rt/Prese ntation:10, Quizzes(two):5 & Assignments(two):5
Grades:80% a &above: A 65-79%: B 50-64%:C below50%:Fail

t16
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Course Oullinc
#
Program ADB Commerce
Semester l(
Course fitle i'unctional English
('ollrsc Code EltlC I05
Crcdit Hours 45 (3 hour per week)

Course Description
The purpose of this course is to develop the English-language proficiency of Students and to help
them become confident in reading, writing, speaking, and listening to the English language.
lnstead of teachlng grammar in isolation and only at sentence level, this course is based on
developing the language abilities of Students through an integrated approach that provides
opportunities to develop their listenlng, speaking, reading, and writing skills. With a focus on social
interactjon, the course draws specific attention to the accurate use of structures, improvement of
pronunciation, and development of active vocabulary in descriptive, narrative, and instructional
te xt s.

Course Objectives
The command over written and spoken English is now considered a necessity for the business
graduates. lt equips them with necessary skills and aptitude to deal successfully with the
complex and challenging situations, arising out of inter-personal, and organizational dealings.
This subject inevitably demands a systematic and comprehensive study of the related topics.
The main objectives of this course are:
1. To provide a sound base in the English grammar and composition.
2. To make aware of the fundamental rules and skills for effective oral and written
communication in English.
3. To develop proficiency in the art of effective communication

Week Topic Source I

L
Book 3
1 lntroduction Functional En lish, Grammar

5ub ect and Predicate, nctuation

L

2 Pu

Book 1, Book 4 1

3 Noun types, Number, Gender, Pronouns

T

4 Verbs-actio n, Kinds of Adverbs Book 5

5
1-- lnterjection, Conju n ction Book 6
Book 6,
6 P ition, Ad jective
re pos I

7 I Comp, Complex Ph rase &clause Book 2

8 MID-TERM: 30 Marks Max. Time:90 minutes I

tlrl
(: Department of Commerce
-.ffi
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

9 Sentence Types of Sentences Book 5

10 P16cis Writing Book 8
Book 8
11 Paragraph Writing
L2 Application Writing Book 9
13 Reading Comprehension Activities Book 2
14 Team Prese ntatio ns
15 Team Presentatio ns
16 I
FINAL.TERM

Assignmentsl at Least two Quizzes:At least two

Recommended Text and Other Readings

1. Eastwood, J (2005/ latest edition) Oxford Practice Grammar. UK: Oxford.
2. Martin & Wren (2007/latest edition) High School, English Grommor & Composition.
3. Martinet & Thomson (1992/latest edilionl A procticol English Grommor. UK: oxford.
4. Swan, M (2005/Latest edition) Proctico I English Usoge.UK: Oxford University Press.
5-
Azar, Betty (2002/latest edition) Understonding and using English grammar. Pearson Education.
5. Murphy, R ( latest Editions) English Grommor in Use. Cambridge Universrty Press
7. Quirk, R (1973/latest edition)A University Grommor of English. Longman; Abridged Edition.
8. Dhillon (1997/latest edition) Precis Writing.
9. Bly, Robert (2004/latest edition) tetter Writing Handbook. Wiley Publication lnc.
A. Lectures Class sessions will involve lectures, video shows, case studies, assignments, quizzes,
discussions and debates, and presentations of related topics and current issues related to course
contents.
B, Readings This is the responsibility of all students. Students should read the relevant chapters of
the textbook, materials, and information on indicated websites before class. They should be
prepared to raise questions and arguments in class on related topics in the class schedule.
Student Evaluation Methods
S. No Evaluation Method Weight
1 Assignments Quizzes/ Class
2 Participation 05
3 Project / Presentation 05
4 Mid Term Exam 10
5 Final Term Exam 30
50
Total 100

il8
C ( ot t.tsl.l
Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
( oN I t,:N tsi
tffi
Course Outlinc
P ADP Commercc
Scmestcr
Course Title Prin les ofAccountin
Course Code ACC 103
Credlt Hourli 45 hour
I opir Source
t. Introdnction to Busincss rnd Acaounting Ch I, tlook I
BLrsincss aDd its types Ch I, ltook 2
b) l\rrposc ol-AccounLing Ch l, book l
Accounting Activilics
!tl Tvp.s ofAccoLrnting
,'l Llscrs of AccountiDg inlbn]ratio,)
D Opponunities in Accounting

l. 'I rrn$flctions: Book$ of Frim€ [.ntry Llh.:,llook I

Ch 2, tlook 2
5) Salcs day book Ch.8-12, Book l
Purchase day book
d) Sales retum day book
c, Purchase retum day book
D Cash Book
Pelly cash book
h) The JoLlnral

Recording Transactionsr Double Entry Bookkeaping Ch.l, tlook I

TraDsrrclion Analvsis and Accounting Equation Ch 2, Book I
h) Thc Accounl and its Analysis Ch 2, Book 2
Double-Enrry Accounting Ch 2. Book l
rlr JounulizioS xnd l'osling Imnsacti(Dr
PrcpnrinS Lcdgcrs

l. TrirlBelam€ rnd Accountirg Err(rs Ch.2, book I

Prcpanng liifl l tlnlaDcc Ch 4, ttook I
l)l Accounting Irrors Ch4. Book 2
.) Rec(illcalio ol- Enors Ch 6, tlook l
Jl Adiusting EDrries Ch 26 -27. Book 3
Adjusled Trifl I ttalauce I

rl Closiog Enlncs
!) Posl-Closing Trial Balance

5. Adjusting Accounts Ch.3, book I

Accrual Vs C{sh basis ofADcoundng Ch 3, Book 2
Revcnuc and Expense Recognition Principle Ch 22. Book 3
L) Adjusting enlries for I
(lr Preplld [xpcnses
uneamed revenucs
ll
gl Adjusted trial bal.r cc

tlg
o 6.
n)
Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya Univenity, Multan. Pakistan
Preparin{ Finrnciel Statements
Incomc Statement
Ch.l, Book
Ch l4-16 Book
I
l
t--_--e,#

b) Statemen( olowners' equity

c) Balancc Sheet

l'Iirl leu!| lixamination -10 iU,rrks llrr tin]( 90 ]rirut(s

7. Accoundng for Merchrndising Concerns Ch.5, book I
a) Merchandising activities Ch 5 and 5A. Book ?
b) Reporling inventory I

c) lnvenlory systems
d) MerchandisinS purchases
c) Merchardising salcs
r) Adjxsting and closing entrics
s) Financialslatements

8, Accounting for lnvcntories Ch.6, book I

a) Determining inventory items and costs Ch 6 ard 6A, Book 2
b) Inventory costing under a p€rperual system Ch 18. book 3
c) Irwentory valuation and errors.

9. Accountilgfor Cr3h Ch.E, book I

a) C'ash, cash equivalents and liquidily Ch 8, Book 2
b) Control ofreceiprs Ch 24, book l
c) Controlofdisbursements
d) Bank slatement
c) Bank reconciliat;on

t0 Accounting for Recelvables Ch q. book I

J
r) RecogDizing account rcceivable Ch 9, Book 2
bl Valuing accouDl recci!nble ( h 20, book ir
cl hsnmatin bad (lcbrs
Accounting for Proprrry PINnt .nd Equipment Clr.l0 book I

Cost delenninalion Ch l0 llook l

")
lr) Dcpreciation ( h 21. book '1

c) Additional expenditures
dl Disposals

12. Accounting for Partnershlps Clh.l2. book I

a) Organizing a Partnenihip Ch 12. tsook 2
b) Dividing incomc or loss Ch 12, Book 3
c) Pa(nership fi nancial sralcmenls
d) Adnrission ofpartner
c) withdrawnlofpartncr
r) I)carh o, partner

Asslgnmclrt
Ar lcasl ovo homc assignmcnts lo be submit(cd by the studcnts and relunl by leachcr afler checkrng
Discuss Case studies in each group of tbur s(udcnls and lhen write a report bascd on discussi"n.
Quizzes:
At leasl two quizTcs during a semester
Recomm€nded'l'cxt (Lrtest i:dltlons)i
l. wild end Shaw (2020\, 'Fundanental Accounnng Printiples ",25t' edition, Mccraw Hill lrwin.
2 weygandt, Kimmcl and Kiesa (2019), Accounting Principles. latest edi(ion, wiley
3. Sangster and wood (20 I 8) Business Accoun ting Volume I , latcsl cd ition
Relbrence tsooks:
l. Larson, K. D., Wild, J..r., &Chiappetta, B. "Fundamentqls of Financial Accounting", latestl Tth cdilion, Mcctaw Hill lrwin.
2. Meigs, B. Waker., Johnson, E. Charles. &Meigs, F. Robert, "Accounting: the basis ofBusiness decisions", latcst edilion Mccmw Hill,
3. Par(neNbip Act-1932
4. fccs Reeve lvarre[ 2lst cditio Thomson South-wesrem
5. ICMAP (2006), "Fundamentrls ofFinancial Accounti and Taxarion', Stage-l latesl PBP protcssional educalion.

t0,()
oT Depaftment of Commei'ce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan L_w,
Progranr ADP ( otrtmtrce
Senrester 2"d
Coursc Title Business Statistics ,

( ourse Code St'.\ t50

('rrdit Hours 45 (3 hours per rveek)

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course teaches students to analyze data and solve problems using descriptive statistics and probability theory.
Topics covered include discrete and continuous probability distributions, and sampling distributions. The course will
stress practical business applications of statistical theory. Students will be required to obtain and interpret
descriptive statistics using Excel and Minitab. lt will teach students how to develop testable hypotheses and use
hypothesis testing to analyze data and answer questions. This course also covers confidence intervals, analysis of
variance, simple regression, multiple regression, and correlation. The course will stress practical business
applications of statistical theory. Students will be required to perform regression and an analysis of variance
using Excel and Minitab and interpret the results.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
. Define role statistics plays in forming business decisions.
r Describe various data collection and presentation methods.
. Describe role of probability in the aid of business decisions
COURSE TEARNING OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, students should:

E have achieved a sound understanding of the theoretical and practical knowledge covered during the course,
particularly within the 4 conceptual themes outlined above,
E have developed a sound understanding of the va lue of using computer technology for statistical purposes, and
to have gained skills, experience and confidence in using such tools,
E be able to apply independent learning skills to further their statistical knowledge and skills throughout their
future studies and careers,
11 have developed a sound vocabulary in the area ofstatistics, so as to communicate statistical information to others
and so as to understand statistical reports,
E have developed confidence in working on statistical pro.iects collaboratively with others and in presenting the
results of their work, either individually or in groups, and using a range of communication methods, and
2 have achieved a rewarding score in the final examination so as to satisfy university completion requirements.
EQUIPMENT etc.: Get a decent calculator and read the instruction book! lf you need
advice on what to get, ask a Finance instructor. (Hewlett Packard HP10B Professional) Then get another calculator
as a backup! lf both fail you during an exam, talk to the instructor then, not after you do badly on the exam. Buy a
stapler; it will pay for itself in papers not lost.
Make sure that you have access to a copy of Excel with statistical functlons enabled. To enable statistical functions,
enter Excel and use the Tools pull-down menu, Select Add-lns and check Analysis Tool Pack and Megastat.
COURSE CONTENT:

Course Outline

tzf
(: Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Milltan, Pakistan
reft
1 lntroduction to Statistical Concepts, Describing Data; Frequency Tables, Frequency Distributions and
Graphic presentation
2 Describing Data: Measures of Central Tendency, Dispersion (Mean, Median, Mode, G,M, Variance,
Standard Deviation and Coefficient of Variation.
3 0escribing Data: Displaying and Exploring Data (Quartiles, Deciles, Percentiles and Skewness)
4 A Survey of Probability Concepts
5 Discrete Probability Distributions (Binomial, Poisson and Hypergeometric Distribution
6 Continuous Probability Distributions (Normaland Standard Normal Probability Distribution)
7 Linear Regression and Correlation
Mid-Term Examination: 30 Marks Max. Time:90 Minutes
8 lntroduction to InferentialStatistics: lntroduction to Estimation and Testing of Hypothesis
9 Sampling Methods and Central Limit theorem, choosing an appropriate sample size
---l
10 Estimation and Confidence Interval for a Populatlon Mean, Proportion
11 One sample Test of Hypothesis about population mean and proportion. What is P-value
1,2 Two sample test of Hypothesis about Population Means and Proportions
13 Nonparametric Methods: Chi-Square Applications
1,4 ANOVA: The F-distribution, One-way and two-way Analysis of Variance
15Statistical Process Control and Quality Management and lntroduction to Decision Theory
Recommended Text Eooks:
1. StatisticalTechniques in Business and Economics by Dou8las A. Lind.
2. Elementary Statistics by Allan G. Bluman.
3. Berenson, Mark 1., David M. Levine and Timothy C. Krehbiel. Basic Business Statistics, l.oth ed. Prentice-Hall,
2005. ISBN 013L852051 (or 9th ed., Prentice-Hall, 2004. ISBN 0131037919).
4. Douglas Downing and Jeffrey Clark, Business Statistics, 4th ed., Earrons Educational Series, 2003. ISBN
0764L1984
Reference Books:
1. Ryan, Joiner and Ryan, Minitab Handbook,5th. ed., Duxbury Press, Boston, 2005-
2. Shelly, Cashman, and Vermaat, Office 2003, lntroductory Concepts and Techniques,Thomson, Latest
edition
Teaching Methods/Class Activities
Students should actively engage in the learning process and in puttinB concepts learnt into practice through
action learning, lectures, and readings learning modes:
A. Lecturesclass sessions will involve lectures, video shows, case studies, assignments, quizzes, discussions and
debates, and presentations of related topics and current issues related to couTse contents.
B. ReadingsThis is the responsibility of all students. Students should read the relevant chapters of the
textbook, materials, and information on indicated websites before class. They should be prepared to raise
questions and arguments in class on related topics in the class schedule.

STUDENT EVATUATIONS & GRADES

Mid Term Exam:30 Marks Final Term:50 marks Assignments:5 quizzes :5 Report/Presentation :10 marks

tvL
 ISLNIAIC BAN KINC
A\D FINA.\"CE

COURSE DESCRIPTION

Course Description: Beginning with the fundamental guidelines of lslam in the arena of dealings and business transactions, this course cove15
the appliaation of canonical lslamic laws to modern financial transactions. AIthouBh the focus is on commercial banking, other aspects of financial
marketplace are also addressed,

Course Focus and Modules: As an applied course, the focus is on: a) distinguishing features of lslamic Economic and Financial system
b) ldentificatron of non-Shariah compliant financial instruments. c) Preparation of basic Shariah compliant financial contracts d) Different aspect
of Isiamic and non-lslamic equity investments

The course is divided into following four modules:

Modu le l.: lslamic Economics

Module 2 lslamic Law of Sale, lnterest, Murabaha and ljarah
Module 3 lslamic Bank's Asset and Liability Side Financing
Module 4 lslamic Capital Marketsr Sukuk and Equities

couRsE PREREqUTSTTE(S)
I

$
 couRsE LEARNTNG OUTCOMES (CtO
Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to:

1) Compare lslamic and conventionalfinancial systems

2) Examine modes of financing used in lslamic banks
3)Analyze financia, lnstruments used in lslamic capital markets
4) Evaluate Shariah compliant equities

UNOERGRADUATE PROGRAM TEARNING GOATS & OBJECTIVES

___l

General Learninq Goals & Obiectives

Goal 1-Effective Written and Oral Communication
Ob.iective: Students will demonstrate effective writing and oral communication skills
Goal 2 -Ethical UnderstandinS aod Reasoning
Obiective: Students will demonstrate that they are able to identify and address ethical issues in an
organizational context.
Goal 3 - Analytical Thinking and Probl€m Solving Skills
Obrective: Students will demonstrate that they are able to identify key problems and generate viable solutions
Goal 4 - Application of lnformation Technology
Obrective: Students will demonstrate that they are able to use current technologies in business and
management context.
Goal 5 - Teamwork in Diverse and Multicultural Environments
Obiective: Students will demonstrate that they are able to work effectively in diverse environments.
Goal 5 - Understanding Organizational Ecosystems
Obiective: Students will demonstrate that they have an understanding of Economic, Political, Regulatory,
Legal, Technological, and Social environment of organizations.

Maior Specific Learnins Goals & obiectives

Goal 7 (a) -
Discipline Specific Knowledge and Understanding
Obj€ctive: Students will demonstrate knowledge of key business disciplines and how they interact
including application to real world situations. (including subject knowledge)
Goal 7 (b) - Understanding the "science" behind the declsion-making process (for MGS Maiors)
ob.iectiver Students will demonstrate ability to analyze a business problem, design and apply appropriate
decision-support tools, interpret results and make meaningful recommendations to support the decision maker

lzq
 lndicate below how the course learning objectives/outcomes specifically relate to any program learning goals and obiectlves.

PROGRAM TEARNING GOALS AND COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES COURSE ASSESSMENT ITEM
OBJECTIVES
Goal L -Effective Written and Oral Students get a number of opportunities to CP, Project and Exams
Com munication demonstrate their ability to communicate
effectively (CLO I 2-3)
Goal 2 -Ethical Understanding and Ethical perspectives in some of the case Project and Exams
Reasoning studies are hiBhliBhted (CLO # 1)
6oal 3 - Analytical Thinking and Problem Major Goal: Analytical thinking and CP, Quizzes, Project, and Exams
SolvinB Skills problem solving skills are essential for
success in this course (CLO #1-4)
Goal 4 - Application of lnformation Application of information technology in Project, Cases
Technology preparing cases analyses and assignments
(cLo s2)
Goal 5 - Teamwork in Diverse and Students work in groups of 3 persons to Project
M ulticu ltural Environments work on their group project. (CLO# 1-4)
Goal 6 - Understanding Organizational Develop students understandinB of the cP, Quizzes, Assignments, and Exams
Ecosystems impact of financial systems on the
economy (CLO f 1)
Goal 7 (a) - Discipline Specific Knowledge Maior Goal: Comprehensive coverage of CP, Quizzes, Assignments and Exams
and Understanding {5ubject Knowledge) topics in Islamic Banking and Finance
(cLo # 1-4)
Goal 7 (b)- Understanding the "science" NA NA
behind the decision-making process

GRADING BREAKUP AND POLICY

The course grcde is based on the llowin ctiterio
Source o/o
ol fotal
I Class Participation + Attendance 10
Quizzes/Assignments 15
Group Project 20
Mid Term 20
I Final 35
I Total 100

Class Participation and Attendance: Students are expected to attend all classes. lf you are not present at the beginning of a class
I or leave class during the session without instructor's prior permission, you will be considered absent for the day. You must review
i the assigned materials in advance of the class in order to contribute meaningfully to class discussions.

Quizzes: quizzes will be given on the assigned material (readings, cases, assignments, etc) during the term. No make-up quizzes
will be grven. However, the lowest quiz grade including a zero for a missed quiz will be disregarded.

Assigned Case Presentation and Written Report: Students are required to form groups of 3 each.

Examination: The final examination will comprise a blend of MCQs and open-ended questions, caselets, or an integrative case
for analysis.

rL(
 EXAMINATION DETAIL

Yes/Nor Yes
Combine Separate: -

] Preferred Date: -
I Exam Specifications:

l Yes/No: Y€s
Combine Separate: Combined

Durationi2 Hours
Exam Specifications:

COURSE OVERVIEW
WEEK/
RECOMMENDED
LECTURE/ TOPTCS SESSION OBJECTIVES
READINGS
MODUTE
Module 1: lslamic Economics
lntroduction and preliminary
1 Preliminaries and Overview reflection on lslamic Econom c and
FinancialSy5tem
Develop building blocks of l5lamic
2 lntroduction to lslamic Economics M8G Ch. 1-3 Economic and Financial 5 stem
Understand the distinguashing
3 Comparison of Western and lslamic Economic MBG Ch. 1-3 features of lslamic Economrc Systenr
Systems 42mat (2009) on Muslim Spain and compare them to Capitalism and
Communism
Module 2: lslamic Law or Sale, lntere Murabaha and I arah
Readings set on lslamic lntroduce lslamic legaltheory and
4 lslamic Law & Legal Theory Jurisprudence derivation of lslamic law.
I

VH Ch.5 (The Nominate Contract Explain the injunctions of lslamic

5 Canonlcal Contracts in lslam Scheme); MBG Ch.9 financial trensactions and examine
rules for condition5 and sti u a tro n5
I
UnderstandinB Time Value of Money Handout5 Explain the building blocks ol finan.e
and the concept of time value of
mone
Pg 25-6 Supreme Court ludgment/ Understand the lslamic concept of
7&8 Riba Al Qard lnterest and its application to
I modern da bank
Riba Al Fadl VH Ch, 4 (lslamic Law of Usury, Risk & Understand the lslam c concept of
Property) Riba Al Fadl and its appllcations
MTU (Some Basic Rules of Sale) Evaluate the conditions for both
10 Sale (Ba'i) in lslam MBG Ch, 10&11 binding and void lslamic sales
contracts
Discuss the distinguishinB features of
11&12 Murabaha/Bai Muai,al Guest Speaker Murabaha and its use on the asset

I
side of lslamic banks

lslamic concept of partnership and its

13 Mudaraba h/M0shara kah Usman (1999) u5e on both the asset and li.bllity
side of lslamic banks

\Db
 Module 3; lslamic Bank's Asset and Liabili Side Financing I

Musharkah and the ldeal lslamic Einancing Khan (2010): Usmani (2010) Examine the ideal nature of
14 Model Musharkah and Mudarbah and
analyze the impediments in their
i
implementation.
15 MT
Discuss the distinguashing features of
16 llarah MTU p. 157-181; lslamic leasing

Discuss the distinBuishing features of

1-7 DiminishinB Musharakah; Comparison between M8G Ch. 15 DM and its use in lslamic house
MM, ljarah and DM flnancing
I

18 Salam and lstisna MTU p. 185-200; Examine the distinguishing features

Al-Amine (2001) of Salam and its use in agriculture
financinB. Also discuss the
characteristics of lstisna and its
I
application to project fina ncing
19 Asset and Liability Side Management of lslamic Case Study of Banklslami and Analyze the asset and liabilitv side
Banks Meezan Bank features of lslamlc banks
20 PaneL Dlscussion on lslamic Finance Guest Speaker
Module 4: lslamic ital Marketsr Sukuk and Eq uities
UnderstandinB lslamic equity
21&22 Equitv lnvestments and lslamic Equrty Funds Case of DllM screeninB criteria

Sukuk l(lslamic Eonds) Ali (200s) Discuss lssues related to Sukuk

?3&24 structuring
Evaluate AAOIFI versus non- AAOIFI
.ompliant sukuk
Case Study of Muslim Bank Understand how lslamic finance can
25 Case Study of Muslim Fund be implemented in a secular legal
lmplementing lslamic financial solutrons setting.
Explain Islamic prohibition of
26 lslam on Derivatives Guest Speaker
Usmani(2010) Analyze the impact of the sub"prime
27 lslamic Finance and the Current FinancialCrisis Brunnermeier (2009) financial crisis on the lslamic fihancial
industry
Discuss the future direction the
2g Future of lslamic Finance lslamic financial ihdustry miBht take

TEXTBOOK(S}/SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS
Mufti Taqi Usmani, An lntroduction to lslamic Finance (MTU)
Mufti lmran Usmanj, Meezan's Eanks Guide to lslamic Banking {MBG)
Vogel, F. E. and Hayes, 5. L. lslamic Law and Finance: Religion, Risk and Return (VH)

RECOMMTNDED READING:
Muhammad Ayub, Understanding lslamic Finance

.I
 Busincss Ethics&CSR
Course Outline
ADP Commerce Semester 3
'Ihis course introduces ethical dilemmas and issues conceming various aspects ofbusiness
and management, and provides a foundation of ethical concepts and a wide range of
pcrspcctivcs that arc relevant to resolving and preventing such problems. It also aims to
enhance insights into the planrring, organizing, influencing & controlling ofcorporate sociat
responsibility activities.
Learnins Outcomes
On corlplction o1'this coursc. srudent u'ill bc ablc to:
. ldcntify the moral questions that busincss activity specifically creates.
. Distinguish betwecn cthical and other types ofvalues.
. Rccoglize ethical considerations and valLres relevant to business activity.
. Evaluatc common beliefs about ethics rspecially common beliefs about the role of
ethics in business.
. Rcflect on thc nature ol busiless, realizc alternatives models for conducting busincss
. Apply molal reasoning to spccific situations and defend the conclusions ofthat
rcasoning.
. Eyaluate the ethics ofpanicular business decisions and general practices in business.
. Apprcciatc the role ofethics in busincss and social life,
o Understand what is CSR and how it correlates with Ethical Concepts
,
Weck ]Lerture Topics t0 be covered Source
r l. BUSI \I ESS ETH I
CHANGIN(]
CS, THE Ch.l Busincss Ethics 6th
I
ENVIRONNIIN'I'. AND S1"{KI]IIOI-DER I
Edition by Joscph W. Wciss
ItANACI,ti\l E\1'
l-
I

ir. l.l Business Ethics and the Changing Environment -do-

l- 1.2 What ls llusincss Ethics? Wh Does lt Maner'l I I

I r. 1.3 Lcvcls ol Brrsiness llthics -do-

I I
1.4 Fivc Myths trbout Business Ethics I

2. I l. 1.5 Why Usc Ethical Rcasoning in Business -do-

1.6 Can Busrness Ethics Be Ta t and 1r'aincd'l
E'I'H I CAL PI{I N CI PLES, Q U I CK TES'T'S. Ch.2 Business Ethics 6'h
I AND D ECISIoN- IIAKINC GI.,]IDELI N ES Edition by Joseph W. Weiss I

-)
2.1 Ethical Reasoning and Moral Decision Making -do-
I
2.2 Lthical l'rinci les and Decision Makin
.1 I 2.3 FoLrr Social Responsibilitl, Iloles -do-
I I 2.4 Lcvcls ot Ethical Reasonin and Moral Dccision Maki
2 2.5 Ideltifying rnd Addressing Ethical Dilemmas -do-
2,6 lndividual llthical Decision- Making Styles
) q. I stnreuor.ouR A:{D tssuEs Ch.3 Busincss Ethics 6'h
I

I NrA\AGEr\rE)'rr AppR()AcHES Edition by Joscph W. Wciss

l. 3.1 Stakcholder Thcory and thc Stakcholdcr Managcmcnt -do-
I i
l
Approach Dcfiuod
I

L
3.2 Why Usc a Stakeholder Management Approach for
I
tsusiness Ethics'l
')
3.f How to Ixccute a Stakeholder Analysis -do-
I 3.4 \cg,.rl turr Mtthod': Rest-riling
llrt
Stakcholdcl Dis lcs I
i

t. lr. 3.5 Stakcholdor Management Approach: Using Ethical I

-do-
I Princi lcs and l{easonin i

IDD
 3.6 Moral Responsibilities of Cross-Functional Area
Professionals
3.7 Issues Management, Integrating a
l
Stakcholdcr Framework
THE CORPORATIoN AND EXTERNAL ch.4 Business Ethics 6'r'
STAKEHOI,DERS Edition Josc h \V. Weiss
-l
4.1 Managing Coryorate Social Responsibility in the -do-
Marketplace
I I 4.2 Managing Corporatc Responsibility with External
Stakeholders
6. t. Managing atrd Balanoing Coryorate
4..1 -do-
(iovcr-nancc, Conrpliancc, and Rcgulation
I

I
4.4 Thc Rolc ol Law and Rcgulatory I

cncics lnd Co oralc Conl Iiancc

I
tt 7
12_

I
4,5 Managing External lssues and Crises: Lcssons fronr thc
I Past (Back to the Future/)
Case Study: Conscious Capitalism:
-<lo-

-clo- I

I I What ls lt? Why Do Wc Need Itl Docs It

Work? I

MID TERM EXAM

8. CORPORATE RESPONSI BI L ITIES. Ch.S Business Fthics 6"' I

CONSTIMER STAKEHOLDERS, AND THE Edition by Joseph W, Weiss

ENVIRONMEN'T I

lq I r. 5.1 Cor?oratc Responsibility toward Consumer Stakcholdcrs -do-

I
5.2 Corporatc Rcsponsibility in Adr ertising
2 5.3 Controvcrsial lssues in Advertising: Thc Internet, -do-
Children, Tobacco. and Alcohol
5.4 Managing Product Saf'ety and I

Liability Responsibly
t0. I 5.4 Managing Product Safcty and Liability ltcsponsiblv -do- I

i I 5.5 Co te I{cs onsibili and the Environment.

2. Real- 'l'inte llthical I)ilenma: -do- l
nable Conllict of lnterest
. TIIE CORPORATIoN AND Ch.6 Busiuess Ethics 6'
I

l2 l.
IN'I'ERNAI, S'I'AKI'HOLDERS
6.1 Leadership and Stakcholder Management
I
Edition
-do-
b Josc h W. Weiss
l
6.2 Organizational Culture, Compliance, and Stakcholdcr I

Managcment
2. 6.3 Leading and Managing Strategy -tlo-
I
and St! uctrrrc'
I
6.4 Leading lnternal Stakcholdcr
Values in rhe Organization
13. I 6.4 Lcading IDtcrnal Stakeholder -do- -l
Values in thc Organization i
I
6.5 Corporatc Self- Regulatiotr and I

Ethics Programs: Challcnge s antl lssues I _l

2. Rcal- 'I'ime Ethical Dilenmas: -do-
I Whose Values? Whose Dccision?
14. EN'IPLOYE|j STAKI,]IIOI,DERS AND 1'HE Ch,6 Business E thics (r'
I
coRPoRAl roN i Ed ition by Joseph W. We iss
l 7.1 Employec Stakeholders in thc Changing Workforcc -do-
7,2 The Changing Social Contract betwecn Corporatiotrs and
I I Eru Io c5

le.q
 I 12 | 7.3 Ernployee and Employcr Righrs and Responsibilities
i

i I
I 7.4 Discnminatron. Equal Employrncnt Opportunil). ar)d
I A I firmat ive Acrr()n
7.5 SexLral I Iarassn':ent ir the Workplacc
l* -do-
's. r

I 7.6 Whistle- Blowirg versus Orga[izational Loyalty

Rcal- Tirnc Ethical Dilenrma: -dtl-
What's Going orr Herc?

-r-
l

Final 'I'crm Eranr

Recommended Books/R€adins Material
l. Joseph W. Weiss "Busincss Ethics. A stakeholders & issues management approach",
6th LditioD.
2. Manual G. Vclasquez, "busincss ethics. conccpts & cascs",6th Edition.
..1. David R. llampton: Contemporary Management.
4. John Fraedrich: busincss ethics, ethical dccision making and cases.

,l3,0
 Course Outline

Program ADP Commerce

Semester 3rd I

Course Title Business Law

Course LAW209
Code

Credit 45 (3 hours per week)

Hours

Course 0bjectives:
ln the present agc ofcomplex and rapidly changing business world, it is imperativc ro understand thc legal
cnvironmcnt prcvailing in a country rclatcd to radc and business, and to maks prompl busincss decisions. Thc study
olrlilfcrcnt business laws is ofgrcat iDlpoltancc for the busincss graduates at all levcls so as to equip them with
ncccssarv skills and aptitude to dcal successfully with the cver changing, complex and challenging situations. The
llclds ol'commcrcc and business maoagement havc their own peculiar legal aspects and issucs. The subject of
Business l,aw therefore, commands a significant role in overall business environment and demands a systematic
aud comprehcnsive study ofthe related laws thereoi The main objectives ofthis course are;
* To inlroduce the students v,ifu the di./ferenl Mercantile Laws dlfecting the bu\iness environment in

r To mqke student.r understand the iuprtrtant elements and aspects oJ busincss and induslrial lau,s.
* cnable the students to grqsp the di/lbrence d ongyqrious impo qnl qspects ctfbusiness and
lit
(.orporqle lqws.
* 7'o etluip the students \i)ith the necessery skills and aptitude to deol tactfully with legal situalions arising
out ofhu-rincss routinc malterlt.
lVeek-wise Plan
l-w""r, Contents/Topics Boo k
I

1 Pakistan Legal System: 1

1

i
Constitution of Pakistan
Definitions of Law, Objectives and 5ources of Law
Sources of Law in Pakistan
Classifications of Pakistan Law
Legislation, its component and forms
Legislation Authorities, interpretation, and rules
1

Statutory Tools and Legal Terminology

I
Court structure and Administration of Justice
Arbitration I

2 Contract Law:
I

- Ussentials ol a valid contract. Kirlds ofContracts

- Otlcr and Acccptancc, I{evocation ofot}-er

l
I
- C'r-rnsirle-rutirrn .rnd 0trjcct

I - Capacit), ol partics. Frec Cionscnt

tll
 Contract Law:

Void Agreements, Contingent and quasi Contracts I

Performa nce of contracts, Discha r of Contract I

4 Contract Law: 1&2
I

Breach of Contract and its rcmedics

lndemnity and Guarantee
Difference between lndemnity and Guarantee
Kinds of Guarantee, Discharge of Surety from Liability
5 Bailment and pledge,Termination of plcdge arrd Bailment ). &2 I

Contract of Agency, Creation of an Agency

I
Rights and duties ofPrincipal and agcnt
Termination of c
Law of Sales of Goods: 1&2

l' ofa sale, Agreement to sell

Essentials
Conditions and Warrantics, Definitions and Differcnce
i
Doctrine of Caveat Emptor, Transfer of Property
Sale by non-owner, Performance ofContract ofSale I

I
Ri hts ofUn aid seller
7 Law of Negotia ble lnstrument: 2

Parties of Negotiable Instruments

Prcsentment of Ncgotiable lnstruments
Ncgotiation of Ncgoriabic lnsftuments I

Dishonor ol' Negotiablc lnstrumcnts

I
Bankc: and customer
Mid Term Exam Marks:3o Time:90 minutes
I

8 Law of Carriage of Goods: 2

- Carriage ofGoods of Land

Documcnts required for Dry port Clearance ofGoods

- Carriage ofGoods by Sea

Documents rcquircd for Sea Port Clearance of Goods

I

- Caniage ofGoods by Air

I
I

Documcnts rcquircd for Airyort Clcarnace ofCoods

9 Labour and lndustrial relation:

I
1&2 I

I
I

Employment Law; Larv of Labor in fackrries I

10 Law of Pa rtnership: 1&2

lntroduction and scope of Pafincrship Act 1932

Formation ot, and relations in , Partncrship

ru).
 Rights , Duties and liabilities of Partncrs
Dissolution of firm antl ershi
11 Corporation and LeBal personality 1

Formation of a Company,
Characteristics of a Company
Advantages & disadvantages of a Company
Documents required for registration of a company
12 Corporate Administration 1

Company Meetings, Auditor of a Company

Ap ointments, powers, and removal of Auditors
I

13 Directors of a company 1

Election of Directors
Qualification of directors
Relevant Sections of The Corporate Act 2017 about
directors
1,4 Case Studies on relevant court decisions

15 Presentations by Students

Text Books:
1. Mirza M. Waheed Baig, Business and Corporate Law, latest edition
2. Khalid Mehmood Cheema, Business Law, Revised Edition, 2015.
Ref erence Books/other sources:
1. Srccd, Khawaja Amjad, Mcrcantile and lndustlial Laws in Pakistan, Instilutc ofBusiness
Mauagemcnt, I-ahore.
2. Luqman , Company Law, latest edition
3. Law ofContract 1872, Panncrship Act 1932, Companics Act, 2017,6. Salcs ofGoods Act 1930,
Thc ncgotiable lnstrumcnt Act 188, Thc Carriers Act 1865, The Railways Act 1890,
The Carriagc ofGoods hy Sca Act 201 l, Cariage by Air Act 2012

l35
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya Universitv, Multan, Pakistan
'ffi
Programe ADP Commcrcer
Semestcr 2"J -rmrDfifir
0urse 'l itle linancial Accou
C oursc Code ACC I 52
Credit llours 45 (3 hour per rveek)

COURSE CONTENTS:

Topic Source
1. lntroduction to Financial Accounting and Reporting Ch 1-4, Book 3
a) The Regu latory Framework
b) The Conceptual Framework
c) Presentation of financial statements
rqL 2.
Accountr licres, accoLr nt rr estimales and errors
Preparation of financial statements Ch,3-5, Book 2
a) Statement of Comprehensive lncome
b) Statement of Fina ncial Position
c) Statement of Changes in Equity
I
d) Statement of Cash flows
3. Accounting for Corporations Ch 13, Boo k 1
I a) Characteristics of Corporations
i b) Corporate organization and management
I
c) Stockholders of Corporations
d) Common Stock and Preferred Stock
I

e) D ivide n ds
1

f) Stock Splits
c) Treasury Stock
h) Reporting of Eq uity
4 Current Liabilities and Payroll Accounting
I
a characteristics of Liabilities Ch 11, Book 1
I

b Accounts Payable
c Sa les taxes Payable

d) Unearned Reven ues

e) Short Term Notes Payable I

f) Payroll Liabilities
Estimated Liabilities
h) Contingent Liabilities

Mid Term Exam: 30 marks Max Time:go Minutes I

5. Long-Term Liabilities Ch 14, tsook 1

a) Bond financing
b) Bond trading

r3q
 Depailrre:"it of Coi"nmerce
-ffi
Bahaudtlir': Zakariya tJniversity, Muhan, Pakistan
I

I
c) lssuance prccedures
d) lssuance of bond at par, premium and discount
e) Bond pricing
I
f) Bond retirement
L- g) Long-ternr notes payable
I

I
6. Accounting for Leases
a) BackgroLrnd to leasing - --l-c'- 8, Book 2
. Book 3
b) Classification of a lease
c) Accounting requirements for operatinB leases i'n'
d) Accounting requirements for finance leases
e) Disclosr"rre requirernents for finance leases l
7. Accounting for Construction Contracts Ch 21, Book 2
a) ldentification of contract revenue
b) ldentification of contract costs
i c) Accounting for a cor)tract
L
8. Accounting for lntangible Assets Ch 10, Book 1
I
a) Types of lntangibles
b) Cost determination and Amortization
I c) Accounting treatment for research and development costs I

9. Analysis of Financial Statements Ch 17, Book 2

I
a) Horizontal Analysis
b) Vertical Ana lysis I

cl Ratio Anal srs

10. Computerized Accounting with quicl<Books Online Ch 1-5, Book 4
a) Moving around in QBO
b) OBO organization
c) Reporting using QBO
d) Customizing settings
e) lmporting data into QBO
0 Sales on account and cash sales
g) Purchases on account and cash purchases
h) Customer collections and vendor payments
i) Bankreconciliations
j) Standard end-of-month adjusting entries l
k) Financial statement reporting

Recommended Text (Latest Editions):

1. Elliot and €lliot (2019) Financial Accounting and Reporting, 19th Edition, Pearson
2. Melville (2017) lnternational Financial Reporting: A Practical Guide, Srh Edition.
3. Johnson (2020) Computerized Accounting with QuickBooks Online, Cambridge Business Publishers
5. Larson, K. D., Wild, J. J., &Chiappetta, B. "Fundamentals of Frnancial Accounting", latest,/l7th ctlition,
McGraw Hill Irwin.
4. Wild and Shaw (2020), "Fundomental Accounting Principles", 25th edition, McGraw Hill lrwin.

s(
 Programe ADP Commcrce
Semester 2nd
Course Title Pakistan Studies

(.ourse
Code PKS 158
. 45 (l houllxr
Crcdir llour-r wrck) I

Course Outlincs:

Irr&' Book
I

l. Historical Perspective
Ideological rational with special reference to Sir Syed
Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam
Muhammad Ali Jinnah.

2. lactors lcading to Muslirn S trsl'r1

3. People and Land
i,Indus Valley Civilizatron
I ii. Muslim Advent
iii. Location and Geo-Physical Features
I

.1. (iovernmerrt and Pulitics in Pakistan

I

\'l icl Tcrm 3(l rnarks Max.

-[ime: 90 Minutes

5. Political and Constitutional Phases in Pakistan

a. 1947-58
b. l9s8-71
c. l97l-77 I

d. r977-88
e. l9tt8-99 I

f. 1999 onward

6. OontemporaryPakistan
Econornic institutions and issues

L
ls
Society and social structure in Pakistan

Ethnicitv in I'akist an

9, Iroreign Policy ol l'akistan and challenges

10. F uturistic outlook ol'Pakistan

Assignm€nl

At lcasl two homc asrignmcnts to bc rubmi(cd by thc srudents and rctum by tcachcr aftcr chccking

Discuss L:asc studics in cach group of four studcn6 and thcn writc a ruTorl bascd on d;scussion.

\Llo
Quizzesr

At lcasl tso quizzcs during a scmcstcr

Recommended Books:

l. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan's Economy. Karachi: Oxford university Press,

2000.
2. S.M. Burk and Lawrance Ziring. Pakistan's Foreign Policy: A Historical Analysis.
Karachi: Oxford university Press, 1993.
3. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots and Development. Lahore, 1994.
4. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakkistan. Iloston: Houghton Mifflin,
t967.

Ret'erencc Books:

t. Burki. Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd. 1980
2. Wilcox, Wayne. The Emergence of Bangladesh. Washington: American
Enterprises, Institute ofPublic Policy Research, 1972.
3. Mahmood, Safder. Pakistan Kyun Toota. Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-eJslamia, Club
Road,2012.
4. Amin, Tahir. Ethno National Movement in Pakistan, lslamabad: lnstitute of
Policy Studies, Islamabad.
5. Ziing, Lawrance. Enigma of Political Development. England: Wrn Dawson &
sons Ltd, 1980.
6. Zahid,, Ansar. History & Culture otSindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980.
7. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan Vol. l. Il, III. Islarnabad: National
Institute of Historical and cultural Rcsearch, 1998,
8. Aziz, K.K. Party Politics in Paakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on
Flistorical Research, 1976.
9. Muhammad Waseem. Pakistan lJnder Manial Law. [.ahore: Vanguard. 1987.
10. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspectivc. Islamabad: National
Commission on Historical Research. 1993.

ItsT
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Nlultan, Pakistan

Program ADP Commerce

C0ursr {)rttlinr
ffi
Scnrester 2ud
(loursc Titlc BUSINESS COMNTUNICATION
('0urse Code BCI\'I154
redit Hours 45 hours week

Course Description
Communication plays a major role in all human activity. lt is part of our culture. Within the business
community, public and private organizations, and the professions communication is associated with the
more specific activities of interacting, informing, instructing and persuading. People who possess
demonstrable skills in these activities are employed, prized and promoted.
Course Objectives
The main objective of business communication is to effectively communicate the information among the
various departments in the organization and among the various levels of employees in the organization.
Develop writing and discussion styles that are distinctive yet encompass the rudiments of precision,
brevity, formality and courtesy. Become comfortable working on assignments that involve planning,
market research, teamwork and multiple lterations.
Learning Outcomes
r Write and reply to enquiries and requests.
. Write a resume and application letter and prepare for job interviews.
. Write letters that create good willto customers and clients.
. Apply persuasive techniques to sales messages.
o Prepare clear and complete lnstructions, descriptions and periodic reports.
. Prepare an analytical report or a proposal.
o Prepare letters and reports that meet professional standards of format, presentation and style.
Weekly Course Content
Wcck I
Topic Source
It lntroduction Book l, chap I
Coursc Ovcrvierv Grading Critcria, contcnts. Books
-
I
What is Cornmunication? Modcl of Communication Cycle
L.lerrcnts of Communication I

Etlcctive Communications in Business Book 2, chap I

Inrpoltuncc and hcncfits ol'effcctivc cornmunication
Compor'rcnts of comnrunicatiol
( orti(pt:' arrd problcttts uf c,rrtrrtrunicitLi.rIr:
3
'l he 7 C's of Effectiye Commrnication Book l, chap 2 I

l- C otrpletcness, Conciseness, Consideration, Concreteness

( lality. (irurtcsy. Correctness
t- -l Ilusincss Communication and the Clobal Context Book l, chap3
Background to intcrculttrral cornmrrnicalion I Book 2, chap 2 I

National cultural variablcs. lnclividual culturirl variablcs l

rLs
 .,+*'i-q^

C 5
Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Business Communication and the lithical Book l. chap 4
{@Jj
Context Influcnce on pcrsonal cthics
1
Communication and ethical issues

Businers Conlmunication and the Technological Contcrt Book I.Chap 5 I

The Appearance and Design of Busincss Messages tlook l. chap 7
Business lcftcr, Stationcry and envelopcs Book -3
1

Srand rd parts uf thc lctter', Optional parts of thc lcttcl l

Letter layout

MID-TERM 30 Marks 90 minute s

8 Good News and Neutral Messag€s

--l
I Organizational Plan Favorable replics, Answering inquiries Book l. chaptcr 8
I

Cranting request for adjustment, Approving credir

I
Acknowledging orders, Granting favors and other rcquests
Job acceptance lctters,Goodwill messages
.) Bad News Messages Book 1, chaptcr 9
The right Aftitude. Plans for bad-news messagcs
I
Typcs of Bad News messages, lndirect Plan, Direct Plan
I
Types of Buffers I

I
10 Interview Skills llirnclouts
Activity: Inten.icw Skills Stratcgies for Effective Intcrri$ving
I ,.1
11-12 Written Communicition: Reports
I
Suggcstions lbr short rcports. Devcloping the main scctions I Book l.chap I 1

Outlining rhe majoI scctions, [:rcluding othcr dcsirable sectior'rs

Lettcr repofts, Informational letter repo s
AnalJ,tical letter rcpolts
CV; :(How to compose and evaluatc a CV/Cover Letter)
Linkedln the value of Linkedln profiles, Tips on Rcsumc Writing
1

13 Strategies for successful speaking and successful listening Book I,chap l4

Strutcgics for irnproving oral prescntations I

Stcps lor prcparing effcctivc oral prescntations

I
Kinds oforal prcsentation, Ways ofdelivcring the oral mcssagc
Stratcgies for an effcctivc oral delivcry I

Strategics for an cff'ective nonverba) dclivery

14 -15 'l eam Presentations of f epOftS

FINAL-TERNI :50 marks Max.'Iime: 2 hours -_l
Recommended Text:
I .Herta A Murphy., Business Communication, Latcst Ed.
2.Bovec & Thills, Business Communication Today, (latest edition)
3.Shirley Taylor: Business communication latest edition
Teaching Methods/Class Activities
Students should actively engage in the learning process and in putting concepts learnt into practice through
action learning, lectures, and readings learning modes.

!3q
 Department of Commei'ce
Bahauddin Zakariya UniversiU, Multan, Pakistan

Course Outline
Program ADP Commerce
Semester 2'd
Course Title PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
Course Code ECO155
Credit Hours 45 {3 hours per week)

Course Contents
The objective of this course is to acquaint the students with the economic principles as they are applied in business

Some Tools of Economic Analysis

Variables, Function, Kinds of function, Graphing data, Graphs used in economic models, Slope of a relationship,
I
Graphing relationships among more than two variables, Elementary differentiation, Finding the maximum or
minimum point of a curve, Second derivative test, Partial differentiation.
ESSENTIALS OF ECONOMICS
Definition of Economics, Two Big Economic Questions: What, How, and For Whom?
Can the pursuit of self-interest promote social interest? The Economic Way of Thinking: A choice is a tradeoff,
making a rational choice, Benefit, Cost, how much? Choosing at the margin, Choices respond to incentives,
Economics as social science and policy tool.
ANALYSIS OF DEMAND AND SUPPLY
Law of Demand, Change in Demand vs. Change in Quantity Demand, Price, lncome and Cross Price Elasticity of
Demand, Point and Arc Elasticity of Demand, Factors affecting elasticity of demand, Elasticity of Demand with
Business relevance, Effects on Market Equilibrium, Disequilibrium Prices.

CONSUMER BEHAVIOR
Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Law of Equi-Marginal Utility, lndifference curve: its slope and properties,
Budget Line: its slope, rotation and shifting, Consumer's equilibrium according to Ordinal approach. Price effect,
lncome effect, and Substitution effect.
PRODUCTION, COST, AND REVENUE
Production, Factors of production, Technology of production, Production with one variable input, Production with
two variable inputs, Economies of scale. Cost: Kinds of Cost, Short run and Long run cost

THEORY OF FIRM
Perfect Competition
Assumptions, Equilibrium of a firm under perfect competition in short-run and long-run
Monopoly
Assumptions, Equilibrium of a firm under Monopoly in short-run and long-run
Monopolistic Competition
Assumptions, Equilibrium of a firm under Monopolistic Competition in short-run and in long-run
Mid-Term Examination
MACROECONOM ICS
MONITORING MACROECONOMIC PERFORMANCE
National income and its aggregates, Measurement of Gross Domestic Product, Nominal and real GDP, GDP
deflator and CPl, Limitations of real GDP
DETERMINANTS OF NATIONAL INCOME

rq4
 Department of Commerce
(:
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Consumption, MPC, APC, Keynesian Psychological Law of Consumption, Savings, MPS, APS Determinants of
consumption and savings, lnvestment and lts types, Marginal Efficiency of Capital (MEC).

PUBTIC FINANCE AND MONEY

Meaning and difference between public and private finance, tax, canons of taxation, Kinds of taxes, Merits, and
demerits of taxes. Tools of Fiscal policy
Meaning, Functions, and Kinds of Money, the Quantity Theory of Money: Fisher and Cambridge approach, Tools
of Moneta ry policy,
MAJOR MACROECONOMIC ISSUES
lnflation: Definition, kinds, causes, and policies to control inflation
Unemployment: meaning, types, causes, and procedures to prevent unemployment
Poverty: definition, types, causes, and methods to control poverty
Budget Deficit: definition, kinds, causes, and policies to control Budget Deficit
Business cycle: definition, categories , causes, and procedures to prevent the Business cycle

RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. John Sloman, Dean Garratt, and Jon Guest (2018). Economics Lo'h edition Seventh Edition, Pearson
Education Limited.
2. N.6regory Mankiw (2020) Principles Of Economics 9'h edition Cengage Learning
3. David Orrell (2014) lntroducing Economics: A Graphic Guide. lcon Books Ltd
4, Muhammad Ramzan Sheikh (latest edition). Economic Analysis, Target Publications Multan.
Further Suggested Readings
1. John Jackson, Ron Mclver (2016). Macroeconomics, McGraw-Hill Education; Latest edition.
2. Dominick Salvatore (2014). Micro Economics Theory and Applications. Latest edition New York Oxford
U niversity Press.

3. Colander C, David (2016). Economics. 6th edition Mc Graw. Hill international Latest edition
4. Hailstone J. Thomas and Mastrianna V. Frank (2014). Basic Economics. Latest edition Thomson

rqi
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya Universit/, Multan, Pakistan
r--_-w,

Co rse ()tltlific
l'rograme ADP Commerce
Scnrester I'd
ourse Title COST ACCOUNTING
Coursc Code ACC207
Credit Hours 45 3 hours
Coursc Colltcnts
l9p!c_ Source
1. lntroduction to Cost Accounting: Ch 1, Book 1
a) Nature of Cost Accounting Ch 1, Book 2
b) Role of Cost Accounting Ch 1 Book 3
c) Users of Cost Accountlng lnformation
d) Relationship of Cost Accounting to Financial and Management
Accounting
e) Job of a Cost Accountant

L- ',2.
Trends in cost accounti thro u hout the value chain
Cost Concepts and Flow of Cost Ch 2, Book 1
a) Definition of Cost Ch 1, Book 2
b) Manufacturing and non-manufacturing cost
c) Product and period cost
I
d) Direct and indirect cost
e) Variable and Fixed Cost
I
f) Flow of manufacturing costs
lgrt of ods manufactured and sold statement
I
-cI
3. Accounting for Materials Ch 7,8, Book 1
a) Materialcontrol Ch 2, Book 2
b) Material control procedures for procurement and use
c) Cost of Acquiring materials
d) Material Costing Methods
e) lnventory Va luation
f) Acco unting for material
g) Scrap, spoiled goods and defective work
h) Plannin mate ria I requirements
4. Accounting for Labor Ch 9,10, Book 1
I
a) Wage plans Ch 3, Book 1
b) Controlling labor cost
c) Accounting for labor costs
d) Learning curve theory
5. Accounting for Overheads Ch 12,13, Book 1
a) The nature of Factory/Manufacturing overheads
b) Procedure of factory overheads including apportionment
c) Distributing Service Department Expenses
d) Accounting for Actual Factory Overhead
e) Accounting for Actualand Applied Factory Overhead
I

Mid -Term Examination: 30 marks Max Time:90 minutes

th>
o 6.
Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Job Order Costing Ch 3, Book 1
t-----er,-e

a) Accounting for materials Ch 5, Book 3

b) Accounting for labor
I

c) Accounting for factory overhead I

d) AccountinB for Jobs completed and Products Sold

e) Flow of costs I

7. Process Costing - General Procedures Ch 4, Book 1

a) Product Cost in a Process Cost System I Ch 5 book 2
b) Work in Process lnve ntories
c) Cost of Production 5ummary-One Department, No Beginning
lnventory
d) Cost of Production Summary-One Department Beginning lnventory
e) Cost of Production Summary-M ultiple Departments, No Beginning
lnventory
f) Cost of Production Summary-Multiple Departments, Beginning
lnventory
Changes in Prior Department's Unit Transfer Cost
8. Process Costing - Additional Procedures; Accounting for Joint ch 4,5,6
Products and By-Products Book 1
a) Equivalent Production-Materia ls Not Uniformly Applied Ch 6 Book 2
b) U nits Lost in Production

c) Units Gained in Production

d) Beginning Work in process
e) Equivalent Production: First-ln, First-Out Method
f) Equivalent Production: AVCO Method
c) Joint Products and By-Products

9. Standard Cost Accounting: Material, labor and Ch 17, Book 1

overheads Ch 8, Book 2

a) Types of 5ta ndards

b) Standard Cost Proced u res
c) Determination of Basic Va riances

10. Cost Accounting for Service Eusiness Ch 9, Book 2

Assignments
At lcast two homc assignments to be submittcd by the students and retum by teacher after checking
Discuss Case studies in each group of lour students and then writ€ a report based on discussion.
Quizzes:
At least two quizzcs during a semester
Recommended Text
1. Usry, Hammer and Matz , latesedition, Cost Accounting South-western Publishinq Co
2. Vonderbeck ond Mitchell (2016) Principles ol Cost Accounting, lotest Edition, CENGAGE
3, Lonen, Anderson ond Moher (2020) Fundomentols of Cost Accounting lotest Edition, Mccrow Hill

t\9
 Uconomic lss ucs of Pakislan

Course Objectives:

L 'fo rnake students understand the key sectors of economy of Pakistan and contemporary issues in
agriculture, industry and financial and social sector.
2. To rrake students understand current policies in trade, commerce, Iiscal/rnonetary policy,
industry and agriculture.
3. To lct the students have a conrprehensive knowledge about the current statistics of the various
aspects of the econonry.

'fopi(s _ Sou rce

I ( I) t-ifty ycars of Developm€rt Bookl, ( h.I
. Structural change
. l.ive dccadcs and tive tspochs
. l-aying the foundation: 194?- 1958

r'l he decadc of Dcvelopment: 1958-1968

r The Batl Lvck yearlgT l-197'1 I

r Thc second Military Govcmment:1977- 1988

r The cra ofstructural adjustmcnt:1988 onwards
(2) Pakistar's Agriculture sector ] Bookl. Ch5
r Significance ofAgriculturc secbr tbr Pakistan I Book2, Ch3
. Agriculture pricing policy, Objcctive I Internct Acccss( Cunenl Dconomic Survcv
. Mechanization of Paklstanl
o Agriculturc crcdit(lbrnral and inlbrmal crcdit " plos I

and cons")
. A8ricullure tilxation ( argLlncnls in fivour ol'and I

againsl thc tlxIltion iu agricultu|c scctor)

. Crccl! rcvolution
. Land Rcfbrns
o Agliculturc policy and pelspcctive ( Measures taken by the
currcnt Govemment, total budgetary allocation,
o Diffcrent crop situation ( currcut economic survey o1'Pakistan)
I

(3) Mtnufacturirg sector of Pakistan Bookl, Ch7

. Mrnu,acluring sector in Zia-ul-Haq era(1977-1988) Book,2 Ch4
. Manufacturing soctor in Zulliqar Ali lJhutto era(1972- lntemet Access( Cunent Economic Survey
1977 ) ofPakistan)
. Nature and extcnt ofgrowtll
r Industrial policy

lc, q
 Public,/ privatc sector
Dercgulation and liberalization
Causes of high growth and the succcss ofZia-ul- Haq I
1

regimc
The agc ofstructural adjustment 1988 ancl onwards I
I

Key issues in industry in Pakistan

Small scalc manufacturing sector, its emergencc and
l
$owth
Textilc industry and its crisis
lssues et'fecting the SSS. measures taken by the govt. in this
regard

I
Perlbrmance ofthc Manufacturing sector in thc context of t"'
Currcnt Economic Survey
Policies of the Government
l
(4)Balance of Paymena and ils components Book I, Ch9
. Pakistan foreign economic relalions Book2. Ch5
. Contribution of the trade in the GDP of Pakistan
lntcrner Access( Clufient Economic Survey
of Pakistan)
Pakistan's imports and exports in lhe context of current I

economic survey.

Book2. Ch6
(5) Money /Capital Market of Pakistan
. lnstrumcnts and Wa s of Worki
(6) Banking Sector of Pakistan Book2. Ch6
o The role of Statc Bank, fi-rnctions pcrformcd
. Role ofcornnlercial banks, challenges faced, ways to
overcome
o Evaluation, nationalizatioll and privatization ofBanks

Irnponant issucs in public ftnance and rcvcnuc Bookf. Ch(r

mobilization,(federal taxes, resourcc mobilization at provincial
lcvel, local govt. revenues.)

Contribution of municipal govt. in the devclopment, potential for

development by local govt, is local govt. tlle aDswer,)
Nature ofpublic debt and fiscal L,udget: a preliminary
introduction

l) Budget Intcrnet Access( Curreot Economic Survey

. Scctor wisc allocation ofl'unds of Pakistan)
. Comparison with that ofprevious budget
(9) Pakisten's Fiscal Deficit Bookl, Ch I I I

. The Fiscal Deficit,(Should the budget always be balanced, the

I
problems of measuring the deficit, fiscal dcficits. inter temporal I

f\g
 cquity, and dis(ribution, rracro cconomic implications
I . (:ritical corrcerns regarding Pakistan's fiscal deficil,(Thc IMI-,
World bank view ofPakistan's fiscal dcficit, re examine the fiscal
c(nlcetn\
(l0) Monetary policy, savings ard inllation tsookl, Chl3
. (introduction, qualitativc and quantitativc tools of MP, to Book2, Chl4
overcoms inflationary and dcflationary gaps, monetary policy and
monctary managcmcnt in Pakistan, Money supply and nronetary
expnDsion. iDflation and its causcs. thc low saving ratcs.)
. lools of i\4 P to ovcrcomc inllaliorrary and dcflationary gap.
PakisteLn C'urrcnl ol lt MP statcrncnt
(l l) Fiscal Policy llook2. Ch l6
. Otljcctives, tools to overcomc inflationary, dcflationary gap I

. Covernmcnt sourccs oilRclcnucs and Dxpcnditurc

o Fiscal Policy of Pakistan the krgs hetwcen the rcvcnucs and
expenditurc
. Public Sector Developmcnt Program
. l-flxatior] system ofPakistaD
Dcllcit l-inanci
( I2) 'l he Socinl Scclor', lnstitutions, and the Covernance Bookl, Ch l6
. Thc international comparisons

t_
| . Planning ftrr the social sector
| .. Thc heakh scctor.(Starislics and Issues)
| l-ducation,( Slatistics and Issuesl

. Population Wclfarc and Iamily Planning,( the evolution ofthc

population welfare programme, knowlcdgc and usage, so:ne
issucs.)
. [-llbanization and Housing.( thc cxtcnt of Urbanization. Housing in
thc sitiqs.. )
I

llecommendod Text:

l. Zaidi, S. Akbar,( 1999)," lssues in Pukistan Econony", OxfordUniversity Press.

2. Saeed, K. Amjad,(2007)" Economy of Paki.t dfl, lnstitute of Business Management, Lahore.
3. Economics Survcy of Pakistan (Latest Issues), Economic Advisor's Wing, Ministry of Finance,
Ciovernrncnt of Pakistan

Further Readings:

l. Mecnai. Asghar, (2002), "Bunking and Finance in Pakistan" OxfordUniversity Press.

2. Wodd Bank Reports on the suggested areas ofstudy.

r&6
3. Quanerly and Annual Reports issued by the State Bank of Pakistan

4. Website sources :

http://www.oaksearch. com

http ://www,statpak. gov.plddepts/

htto://wrvw.sbo.org.ok

httu://kse.ore.pk

h17
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
t--er-*
( oursc Drscription

Program. ADB_qorngglqe _ _
Semester 3'd
Coursc'l itlc PRINCIPLES Oli MANAGEMENT
( orrrsc Cttde II(;1 205
Crrdit Hours 45 hour

This course will enable students to delelop short and long-range plans to ctTectivcly accomplish organizational goals. Through thc use of
tcrminology, exerciscs und case studics, studcnrs will be able to give a critical appraisal ofreal lifc situations involving organizing. stattlng and
rnotiratingothcrs. Thcsrudent will also learnloolstoaid in problcrn solving, valuing divcrsity and coping rvith change.

Coursc ()bjectives
Upon complction ofthis coursc, studcnts are cxpected to be able to:
l. Focus on the foundations olmarBgement, covering the cssential concepts in managcment.
2. Rc{lection ofcontcmporary trends in rnanagement.
L lt offcrs strong practical focus and also covering latest rcsearch studies in the field.
(hursc l-carning Outromes
Thc inlcntion is lbr thc student to be ablc to
L Work as an cffective team mcmber and leader
2. Look for oppol1unities to work with and bctter urdcrsland divurse workforcc
3 Usc problcrn-solving stratcgies lnd critical thinking in real lifc rvorking situations
.1. Apprtrach change wilh enthusiasn
5. Dcnionstratc underslanding of sLrr,ccssful rranagcr
(i)llrse Conlenls
I (,pi(\ [ nit\ B(}oks

l- lnlroduction b N'lrnrgers !nd I\{anxgement tsook I

I
Explair) why managcrs are impoltant to orlianizalions lhLrk l
Tell who rnanagers arc and whcrc they work
Dcscribc the l'unctions, rolcs, and skills ofmanagers
Dcscribe thc lactors that redcfine thc manager's job
I
I: ain the value ofstud ma mcnt
2- 'l he Evolution of Management Thinking Book !

I
- CI.r.sicll rn.rndgclncnl pcrspecrivc tsook 2
- lichrrioral,ranitgerncnt pcrsnccli\c
z Q,rrlllllall\c InJnag.'rncnt pUrspeitiT t
- lr,lodcrn Mana crncnl cllvt
.!- lU anaging Environment .nd Culture Book. I
z External Environmcnl Book 3
. intcrlulEnvironnleDt
- Crrlturc
Challcn
{- }lanageri6l l)ecision Making Ilook I

- Staqcs ol_dccisitrrr urakirrg

z C lassif'v decisrorls and decision-urakirrg conditions
z Dcsoribc dificrent dccision-rnakirtg styles and discuss how biases affect
decision-making
; Recognizing decision-making errors and biascs
. Idcnli cfleclivc dccision-makin tcchni

NIid 'l errD Eranrinstion -10 Marl(s l\.tr!r tinrc 90 Minutes

I t{,
 Departrnent of Commerce
(: r*-_---_t#
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakislan
5- Planning al|d Strategizing Ilook I I

> Nature and purposc ofplanning

> Typcs ol'Boals and goal settirrg process
> Strategic managemont
> Seleoted analysis tools I

i Describe the three typcs ofcorporate strategies.

! Describc competitive advantag€ and the colllpctitive stftrtcgies organizations
Lrsc lo el 11
6- Organizing: Building a Dynamic Organization Book I
Kcy elernents in organizational dcsign. Book l
Contrast mechanistic and organic structure.
Traditional and contcmporary organizational designs
lain flexiblc $,ork lne ls uscd modcrn o izahons
7- Motivrlioni Building Encrgetic Worklorce Book I
i Traditional and conlernporarl molivational lhcories an(l lheir aDplicatioo in work Book 3
8- Leadershipi Dcveloping Effective Workforce Uocrk I

> CoDtingcncy lactors alfecting leader's job Book ?

i> Leadership stylcs
)> Classical and Contcmporary Lcadership cxplatation

q- iUanoging Operstions and Control Book I

> Managerial Control
. Tools lbr ureasuring organizatronal pcrlotrrance
! Contenrporary issucs id contlol spccial reLrcnce to Cor?oratc govcmarce
i
i Managing oper'ations by using Value chain managerncnt
! Current issues in opcrations nranagement and quality control (lSO 9000, Six
S lna Black belt

l0- Manrging Chrnge and Innovation tsook 2 l

> Compare afld contrast views on the organizational change proccss Book 3
> How to rnanagc aesistancc to changc.
> Change readiness and conternporary issues in managing change-
> Describc techniqucs for stimulating innovation

Assignments
At leasl two home assignments to be submitted by the students and retum by teacher after checking
Discuss Case studics in each group of four studeflts and theo write a report bas€d an discussion.
Quizzes:
A.t least two quizzes during a semester
RecommGnded Texa:
l. Robbins, S.P.& Coulter,M. (latcst edition), Malagement, Pearson l\rblisher
2. Batcman, Thomas S. and Snell, Scott A., (latest edition), "Managernenti Leading and Collaboratin8 in a C(nnpcli(i\,e World',
New Delhi. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
3. (ififlin. It.W. 2012, (lalest Edition), Marrtgernent, CEngagc Lcarning Publisher
Relerence book
Drucker, P.F. (2006) The Practice of Management
'f eaching Mcthods/Class Activities
Sludcots shonl(i actively engagc in the lcaming process and in puttirlg conccpts learnt into pructicc through action leaming, lcctutcs. antl
readings leaming modes:
A. l,ectures Class scssions will involve lectures, video shows, case st{dies, assignmcnts, <.luizzes, discussions and debatcs. aod
presentations ofrelated topics and ourrent issucs related to course contcnts.
B. Readidgs This is the responsibility otall students. Students should read the rclevanl ohapters ofthc rextbook, nlaterials, alrd
information on indicated websites before class. They should be prepared to raise questions and arguments in class on rclated topics in the
class schedule.
STUDENT EVATUATIONS & GRAOES
Breal( up of marks and finalgrade is based upon Final Grade Marks
Mid-Term Exam 30% A+ 90-100
Fina I Exam 50% A 80-89
20% B+ 75-79

\qq
 Course Outline
Pro ram ADP Commerce
Semester 3'd _l
Course lslam ic Stud ies
Title
Course ISL 203
Code
Credil llou rs 45 (3 hour week

Course Description:
Islamio Studies course is generally known as an effort to know everything related to the religion
ofIslanr. In other words, we can say that Islamic Studies is a conscious and systematic effon to
understand lslarn comprehensively and discuss lock, stook and barrel about Islamic rcligion and
whatever is relatcd to it such as its teachings, history, daily practice, doctrines etc.

To study a particular religion is not the right of its followers and adherents only but also the
rir-rtsiders. As rnatter of fact, there are some non-religion who devoted his life to study Islam.
lslamic studies to the Muslim people is to understand deeply about his religion, its teachings and
practices so that hc can implenrent it in a correct way. While thc non-Muslim's motivation to
studv Islanr is nrerely lor the sal<e ofknorvledgc and science.
Ob ectives:
This course is aimed at:
l)To provide Basic irrlbnnation about Islamic Studics
2)To enhancc understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization
3 )'l-o irnprove Students skill to perfonn prayers and other worships
4)To cnhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious
lile.
l.lntroduction to Qurnnic Sludies
Basic Conc rs ol Qur,rn
Histo ol Quran
Lloonr-ul -Quran
2. Stud ol Selecterl Tcrl ll llol Quran
Vcrses Lrl'Surah Al-B ra Rclilcd t(' Faith(Velse \o-284-286)
Verses ol'Srrrah Al-Hu rar Rclatcd to Adah AI-Nabi (Velse No-l-18) vcrscs oISurah AI-
\iclscs o l Sulah Morrinoon Rclalcd to Charactcristics of faith ful ( Verse No- I - lI )
Vcrscs ol Suruh al-Fu r llclatcd to St,cial Ethics (Vcrse No-(r-l-77)
Verses ol'SLrrah Al-hram Iiclatcd to Ihkarn(Vcrse No-152-154)
.1. Studv ol S(l(c{cd Terl of lloly (}urrn
Vcrscs ol Surah Al-lhzab Related to.Adab al-Nabi (Vcrsc No.6,2 I .40,56,57,5 8. )
!crscsol Surah Al-Hashnr( I tt,l 9,20) Rclatcd to th inking, Day of J udgrnent
Vcrsrs ol Surah AI-SalRelatctl lo Tal'akrr, Tadabal (Verse No- I. l4)
.1. S(ljr'rrl ol ll(,1 l'ro het (S.4. W) I

l-rlc ol Muharrnrad tsin AbdLrllah ( Ilelbre l'rophethood)

Lilc of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah
lnpo[anr Lessons Derived liorn the lifc of Holy Prophet in Makkah
5. Seeral ot II P het (S.A. W) II

50
 Lile ol llol Prophcl (S.A.W) in Madina
llr) nl Evcnts oILilc Holy Prophct in Madina
lrnporlant Lessons Dcrivcd frorr the [ife ofHoly Prophet in Madina I

6. Inlro.hrction To Srnnah
Basic Conccpts of Hadith
History of Hadith
Kinds ofHadith
LIloom-ul-Hadith
Sunnah & Ilaclith
I PosiLion of SLrnnah
7. Selected Stud)' from I ext of Iladith t
\Iid Tcrm Exum : -10 Ycrrks
tl, lntroduction to Islamic Larv & Ju rudente
Basic Concepts of lslamic Law & Jurisprudence
History & Impo[ance of lslanric Law & Jurisprudence
Sourccs of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
Nature ol'Dilltrences in Islamic Larv
Islanr and Scclarianisrr
9. lslrrric (lullurc & Civilization
Basic Conc of lslarnic Culture & Civilization
Historical I)evel rnent ol'lslamic Culture & Civilization
(lhar clcrislics ol'lslamic Culture & Civilizalion
Islarnic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary lssues
l(1. lslam & Scicnce
Basic Conccpts of Islam & Science
Contributions of Muslirns in the Developrnent ofScience
Quran & Scicncc
I l. lslamic EconoDric St stem
Basic Conccpts of lslamic Economic Systcm
Mcans ol Distlibution of Wcalth in Islamic Economics
Islarnic Concc oI Riba
lslanric Wa ol Trade & Commerc^e l
12. Political Svstcm of Isl0m I

Basic Concc s ol lslarnic Political Systcrn

ls larrr ie ( oncc t ol Sovereignty

llasio lnslit!1ions of(iovt. in [slanl

1-1. Islamic II isl orl-
I'eriod of Khilafat-e-Rashida
I'eriod of lJflrayyads
Pcriod of Abbasids
14. Social Svslem 0f Islam
tsasic Conccpts ofSocial Systern oflslarn
Hemcnts ol'Farrily
lrthical Values ol' Islarn

Assignments. At leastTwo Quizzes: At least two

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOK BOOKS:
o Hamccdullah Muhammad. "Emergence of Islam", IR[. Islaniabad
o Harneedullah Muhammad, "Muslim Clonduct of State"
o Hameedullah Muhammad. 'Introduction to Islam

I .l
Mulana Muhammad Yorrsaf ls lahi. "

I >)
"C Depaftment of Cornrnerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Course Outline
Programe ADP Commerce
Semester 4th
Course Title Financial Management
Course Code FlN252
I

Course Description:
students in this field are prepared to work in various functions in monetary systems, corporation finance and
financial accounting. Course graduates will be equipped to work in various capacities in financial institutions,
especially in banks, insurance companies and trusts, as stockbrokers or private financial investors, in finance and
accounting departments of companies and institutions. They will hold higher managerial positions in financial
divisions of banks, insurance companies or as financialand capital market analysts, controllers, etc.
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are:
l. To equip the students with the latest knowledge of finance helping them to make rational financialdecisions
and thereby to maximize the wealth of the owners.
2, To develop understanding of the students in making decisions relating to special situations such as merger,
acq uisition etc.
3. To equip the students with latest tools and techniques in financial decision-making.
Course Outcome
The graduates will:
. understand and define basic terminology used in finance theory and practice
. be able to calculate yield from financial investments and an impact of inflation on savings and financial
investments
. be able to describe and understand basic trends in financlal markets
. be able to choose suitable bank products for savings and credits
Course Contents:
Lecture Topic Book
1 lntroduction to Financial Management ch 1, Book 1&2
o Financial Management and its Scope
o ObJectives of Financial Management
c Finance management vs, other managerialfunctions
o The finance manager and the financial environment
o The role of the finance manger &Goalsof thefirm
o Agency problems and thelr mitigation
, Financial Markets and lnstitutions Ch 2, Book 2
o Why Study Financial Markets and lnstitutions? And Handout
o Function of Financial Market, Structure of Financial Market
o Securities traded in financial markets
l- c Global financia I markets
3-4 Financial Statements Ch 4, Book 1
o Types of financial statements, their components, advantages and
limitations, financial statements and their analysis
o Classification of ratios, numerical, Du-Pont System of analysis, industry
com parisons,

S2
C Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

o Common-size Analysis of Financial statements

5-6 Time Value of Money Ch 5, Book 1
o The role and perspectives of the TVM concept
o Future values & Present values
o Future and present values of cash flows under high compounding I

frequency
o lmpact of higher compounding frequency
o Selectedapplications
7-9 Bond and Their Valuation Ch 7, Book 1
o Types and features of bonds I

o Valuation of bonds (the basic process)

o Bondholder's expected rate of return
o Risks associated with bond return

l
LO-L2 Stocks and Their Valuation Shares Ch 9, Book 1
o Benefits from a share investments
I
o Behavior of expected dividend growth and share price
o Price of shares based on earnings
o Expected rate of return
o Preferred shares and their characteristics
o Valuing the entire business
13- 14 Risk and Return
o Calculating expected return and risk (variance and standard deviation)
o Portfolio expected returns, variance and standard deviation
o Systematic and unsystematic risk, Diversification and portfolio risk
o Measuring systematic risk; portfolio beta; beta and the risk premium'
o Security market line, Capital asset pricing model
15 The Cost of Capital Ch 9, Book 2
c Overview of the Cost of Capital, Cost of bond and stock I

o Weighted Average Cost of Capital

Midterm Examination: 30 marks Max Time:90 Minutes
76-L7 Capital Budgeting Process, An overview Ch 13, Book 3
o An Overview of Capital Budgeting Ch 11, Book 1
o Generating lnvestment Project Proposals
o Estimating Project "After Tax lncremental Operating Cash Flows"
18- 19 o Project Evaluation & Selection: Alternative Methods (Net Present Value Ch 9, Book 2
(NPV); lnternal Rate of Return (lRR) : Multiple lnternal Rates of Return: Ch 10, Book 2
modifled lnternal Rate of Return (MIRR): NPV Profiles; Profitability lndex (Pl)
& Payback Period )
c Decision Criteria Used in Practice
o Other Issues in Capital Budgeting
o Project Monitoring: Progress Reviews & Post Completion Audits
20-21 o The Problem of Project Risk Ch 5, Book 3
o contribution to Total Firm Risk: Firm Portfolio Approach Ch 14, Book 3
o Managerial Options
Working Capital Management Ch 16, Book 1
'?1.'z4 o Cash Operating Cycle Ch 17, Book 1

I o Alternative Current Asset lnvestment Policies

3
C Depaftmeni of Commerce
Bahauddln Zakariya University, l4ultan, Pakistan

o Cash Management and Cash Budget

o MarketableSecurities
o lnventory and lnventory Costs
o Receivables Management, Credit Policy
o Financing Current Assets, Alternative Current Asset Financing Policies
o sources of Short Term Financing
o Accruals
25-26 The Target Capital Structure Ch 14, Book 1
o Business & Financial Risk Ch 17, Book 3
c Determiningthe Optimal Capital Structure
I o Capital Structure Theory
I o Variations in Capital Structures
Dividend Policy Ch 18, Book 3
o Dividend Policy lssues, Dividend Stability
o Establishing the Dividend Policy in Practice
o Dividend Reinvestment Plans
c Factors affecting Dividend Policy
o Stock Dividends & Stock Splits
29 Lease and lslamic Finance as source of Finance Ch 20, Book 1
. Basic types of leases, Leasing agreements,The lease contract (lAS17) Ch 20, Book 3
I

30 I
Merger and Acquisition Ch 23, Book 3
o Definition of Mergers.Motives for Mergers
o Leveraged Buyouts I

Text Book:
1.
Fundamentals of Financial Management: by Brigham and Houston, Latest Edition
2.
Principles of Managerial Finance by L. J. Gitman, Latest Edition
Additional Readings: {not required for purchase but you may consult them for in-depth knowledge of topics):
3, Fundamentals of Financial Management by James C. Vanhorne, and J. M. Wachowic (Latest edition)
4. Fundamental of Financial Management by Ramesh Rao (Latest edition)
5. Fundamental of Corporate Finance by Brealy and Myers (Latest edition)
Websites and Newspopers: (Keep on eye on corporate onnouncements)
1. Business section of daily 'Dawn' and Dawn Business Review available at (www.dawn.com)
2. Business Recorder (www,br.com.pk)
Colculotors, computers dnd internet access: Alinanclal calculator able to calculate NPV and IRR is needed. You
will need access to word processing, Excel spreadsheets and the internet.
Teaching Methods/Class Activities
Students should actively engage in the learning process and in putting concepts learnt into practice through
action learning, lectures, and readings learning modes:
A. Lectures: Class sessions will involve lectures, video shows, case studies, assignments, quizzes, discussions and
debates, and presentations of related topics and current issues related to course contents.
B. Readlngs: Students should read the relevant chapters of the textbook, materials, and information on
indicated websites before class. They should be prepared to raise questions and arguments in class on related
toprcs in the class schedule. :

' fourse Evaluation : Mid:30 marks Final:50 marks, Report/Presentation:10, As signment:5, Quizz:5

t (r,
C ucpJrtment 0t c0mrrl€i-re
Bahauddin Zakariya University. Multan, Pakistan

Cou rsc Outline

#
Program ADP Commerce
Scmester 4l
t-
Course MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
Title
Clo urseCode ACC 257
Credit 45 (3 hour per week)
hours

Course Contents
tl
u )tc Sourcc
l. lntroduction to Management Accounting: Ch l, Book I
a) 'l'hc work of Management and Nced for Managcment Accounting Ch l, Book 2
Inlormation
b) Rolc of Management Accountants
c) Comparison of Financial and Managemcnt Accounting

) Marginal and Absorption Costing Ch 6, book I

a Rcvision of Costing Basics Ch 2, Book 2 I

b Ovcrvicrv of Marginal and Absorption Costing

I c Rcconciliation of Variablc Costing with Absorption Costing Incomc
d Contrasting Marginal and Absorption Costing
e Ch oosin a Costin :rethod
.l Activity Based Costing Ch 7, Book I
it Rcasons lbr the dcvclopmcntofABC Ch 5, Book 2
I
lr Trcatment ofCosts undeI Activity Based Costing
L. Dcsigning au activity-bas0d costing systcm
ri Thc Mcchanics ol ABC
c) Comparison ofTraditional and ABC Product Costs
I
Lir:ritations of ABC
1. Target Costing and Cost Analysis for Pricing Decisions Ch 15, Book 2
a) Cost Plus Pricing Ch 5, Book 3
b) Targct Costing
5. Activity Anal)'sis, Cost Behavior and Cost Estimation Ch 6. Book l
r) Cost Bchavior' Ch 3, Book 3
b) Analysis of Mixed Costs
c) High and Low Melhod
d) Lcast Square regression mcthod
{.' Cost functioru uatlon
L- Nlitl Terrn Exam: 30 Nlarks Max. Time :90 Minutcs
6. Cost Volume Prolit Analysis Ch -s. Book I
a) Thc basics of CVP Analysis Ch 7. Book 2
b) Target Prot'it and Break-Even Analysis
c) CVP considerations in choosing a cost structure
(l) \lulti-product Blclk-cren rrnalysis
A ss tions of CVP Anal
ttu.t SIS
I 7. Bud etin ch8 book I

's(
o Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
rffi
a) 'fhc Basic I'ramcwork of Budgeting Ch 9, Book 2
b) Approachcs/Styles of Budgeting
c) Prcparing the mastcr budget
8. Flexihle Budgets and Performance Analysis Ch 9. Book I
a) Fixcd and Flexible Budgcts Ch I 1, Book 2
b Variance Anal s usln Flexible Bud ts Ch 8, Book 3
9, Advanced Variance Analysis Ch 10, Uook I
a) Matcrial Price and Quantity Varianccs Ch tl, Book 3
b) Labor Rate and cfficicncy varianccs
c) Variablc overhead expcnditure and volume varianccs
d) Fixcd Overhead variances
c) Mix and Yie ld Variance
f) Planning and operational variances l

g) Operating Statements
10. Differential Analysis: The Key to Decision Making Ch 12. Book l
a) Identifling differential costs and bcncfits Ch 14, Book 2
b) Adding aud Dropping Product Lines and other segmcnts
c) Thc Make or Buy Decision
d) Spccral ordcrs
c) Utilization ofa constrained resource
fl Scllor proccss furlher dccision
Assignment
At least two home assignments to be submitted by the students and return by teacher aftcr checking
Discuss Case studics in each group of four students and thcn write a rcpon based on discussion.

Quizzes:
At least two quizzes during a semester

Recommended Tcxts

L Carrison, Noreen and Brewer (2018) Managerial Accounting, l6'h Edition, McGraw-Hill Education.

2. Hilton and Platt (2019) Managerial Accounting: Creating Value ina Dynamic Business Environment, I2'r'
Edition, McClaw-Hill Ilducation.
3. Horngreen, Littlefield, Sundcm and Schatzberg and Burgstahlu (2014) lntroduction to Management
Accounting, l6'h Edition, Pearson

Rcference Books:
4. Seal, Rohde. Garrison and Noreen (2018) Management Accounting 6'r' Edition, McGraw-Hill Education,

,16
() Depaftment of commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
r_-ffi

Coursc 0utline
ame ADP Commerce
Scmester 4
( ourse Title Principles of N{arketing
( ourse Code Il K] 256
Crcdit Hours 45 L-
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course aims to introduce fundamental concepts related to consumption marketplace (eB. Market types, competitive
landscape) and marketing tools (eg. sTP, marketinB mix). Ihrough this course, students will learn to apply marketing related
theoretical knowledge to analyze existing marketplace problems and propose solutions. This course will enhance students'
problem solving and decision-making abilities towards Marketing related i5sues using customer-centric approach.
The course covers the following modulesr
Module 1i Marketing Fundamentals
Module 2: Markets and Environment
Module 3; Customer-Driven Marketing Strategy and Marketint Mix Decisions
Module 4: Morketing Proctices ond Ethics

Course Obiectives:
The course is designed to give students a broad overview of marketing principles by giving them an opportunity
to think 'marketing' and to critically observe marketing landscape around them. Specifically, it aims to help
students:
1. Understand'why' marketing is important
2. Develop and in depth understanding of fundamental marketing concepts, strategies and tools
3 Develop an 'analytical approach' for marketing issues in the local landscape
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Successful completion of the course meons students ore oble to;
!. Understond the relevance of morketing to procticol situotions
2. Criticolly onolyze msrketing problems ond suggest relevont workoble solutions
3. Develop new morketing ideos relevont to locol culture.
Course Contents:
l,ect u re 'I'opics Chaptcr Book

I : !l'larketing: Creating Customer Value and Engagement

What Is Nlarkcting? Understanding thc Markctplace and Customer Nccds
Dcsigning a ('ustorror Valuc l)rivcn Markcling Strategy and Plarl
Managing Custo[)er Relationships and C'apturirrg Custorner Value
Ihc (lhan illarkct i Land
Compan.v' alld Marketing Strategy: partncring to Build Customer €ngag€ment,
Valuc, and relationships
Cornpan),-Wide Strategic Planningi Delining Markcting's Role
Dcsigning thc Br.rsincss Portfolio
Plarning Marketing: I)a(ncrinr to BLtild Custontcr
RclaLionships. Matketing Stralcgy alld the Marketing Mix
NIln lhc l\{ iLr kerin Elli)rt and Markolil Rctum on Inveslmcnt
J Analyzing the Nlarketing Environment
Thc Microenvironment and Macroenvironment.
The Denrographic and Econolrlic Environmcnts 3
' rc Natulal and l echnolollical Environmenls
I I

t Thc I'olitical Social and CLrltural Environments

Nlanaging ivlarketing lnformation to gain Customer lnsights
lvlarkcting llrlbrmation and CustoDel lisighrs .l
Assessing lnlbnnation Nccds arrd Dcveloping D!ta, Marketil1g Research
Anal and Usin M!rkctirl Intbnration Other Marketi Information Considcralions
6 &1 Consumer Markets and Buyer Behavior
Mtrdel ofCo sumcr lJehavior
(:haracLeristics 5
Alitcting Consumer Behavior
Brr!r Jt Dccision Bchavior anrl rht' Brryer' Dccision Irroccss

(q
(: Department of Commerce -8.#
Sahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Thc tsu r Decision Prrrccss fur Ncu,Ptodtrctr
lt&9 Business Buyer Behavior
I
I
Business Markcts, Br.rsincss Buyer Behavior. The Business Buycr Decision Proccss
6
Engaging Business Buyers with Digital and Social Marketing I
I
lnstitutional and Govemment Markets
l0&ll

t2&13
I
Customer Value-Driven Marketing Strategy: Creating Value for target Customers
Marketing Stratcgy, Markct Segmcntation
Market Targcting 197, Differcntiation and Positioning
Products, Services. and Brands: Building Customcr Value
1
tl
Whal ls a I)roducll I'rorlrrct and Sr:r'vicc Dccisions N

Sctviccs Marketin Brand Slrat Bu ild i Sl Brands

Mid-Term Exanr 30 Marks Time allorved: 90 minutes
t4 & 15, Developirg New products and Managing the product Life Cyclc
New Product Devclopment Stlategy
The New Product DcveJopment Process I 1

I'roduct Life-Cycle Slratcgies

Addrtirrnal Prodrrct and Scrr icc Corrsir.lclutr.rrrs
t6&t7 Pricing: Understanding and Capturing Customer Value
What Is a [)ricc'J Major Pricing Strategies l0
I I Orher Internal and Exlernal Considerations Afftcting lricc, Decisions I I
I

l8 Pricing Strategies: additional Considerations

Ncrv Product Pricing Stratcgies. Producl Mix Pricing Stralcgics I

Price Ad ustrnent slrate Price Chal Pubtic lblic and ['ricin

t9 Marketing Channels: Delivering Customer Value
Channcl Behavior and Organization, Channcl Design Dccisions t2
Channel Management Decisions ,Marketing Logis(ics and Supply Chain Managemctrt
20 Rctailing and Wholesaling
I
Rctailing, Retailer Marketing Decisions l.l I

Ileuiling Trends and Devcloprnenls, Wholesaling

Engaging Consumers and CommunicatinB Customer Value: lntegrated
Marketing Communication Strate8y t4 I

The I)rornotion Mix, Integratcd Marketing Cornrnunications

DereL.r EIlcctivc Markctin Conlrunication Settin the Total Promoliou B and N4ix I

23 Advertising and public relations Advertising

Advertising, Maior Advertising Dccisiorls t5
Public Rclations. Ma or Public Relntions Tools
24 Personal Selling and Sales promotion ]-
Pcrsonal Sclling. Managing lhc Salcs Force l6
Ihc Pcrsonal Scllin Proccss. Salcs Pronrotion
25 Creating Compctitive AdYantage
(-ompctilor Analysis, Competilivc Stratcgics r8 l

Balanuin Custorncr and Cou'r etil(rr Orientalions I

26 Sustainable Marketing: Social r€sponsibility and ethics

Social Criticisms of Marketing I

Consumer Actions to Promote Sustainahle Marketing 20

Elusiness Actions To\rr'ard Sustainable Marketjng
Marketing Ethics and thc Sustainable Company
17 )9. 10 Case studies & Presentations
&30 I

Recommended Text:
Kotler, P., Armstrong, G., Agnihotri, P.Y. and Haque E. (20L0). Principles of Marketing A South Asian Perspective, 13th
edition, ISBN: 97 8-0-13 -607947-5
SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS: Principles and Practice of Marketing by Dalid Jobber
Electronic resources: www.prenhall.com/kotler www-knowthis.com wtyt L4le-r-ke!l0gpqWqlorn

I {8
 Auditing

( ourse Objectiycs:

1. Toequip the students with the lalest knowledge ol'auditing helping them to make rational auditing
(echniques and thereby to n)aximize the wealth of the organization.
2. To dcvelop understanding ofthe studcnts in tcrms ollntenrational Auditing Standards.
J. To equip the students with latest tools and techniques in internal & extemal auditing.
CourseContcnts:

Lecture To pic Book

t3 'fhe Nature. Purposc. Scope and ThcorY of Auditing ch I. book t

j
l he purpose o[ an iLLrdit. 'l'he nature of an audit. Thc scope ol-
-Ihe
external audit. The chronology of an audit, postulates of
I
auditing. How to approach auditing examination. Agency theory

47 'Ihe'I'rue and Fair View and Conrnrunirution: ISA t20 & 320 Ch I, book I

ISA 120 framework of intemational Standards on auditing. The

auditor's report as a means of communication. True and fair view,
Maleriality ISA 320.

[_, Thc lLcsulatorr Fla nren ork of Audilins Ch 3, book I

The slruclure o1'lhe ccounting, and auditing profession and thc

/
I
IFAC. Rcgulation, nronitoringt and supcrvision. lntermtional
Standards on Auditing. lntelmtional Accounling Standard Boar4

l3 - t7 Apnointment. Removal. Duties. and Rishts of Auditors. Ch 4, book I

I
Appointrnent of audilors. Resig[a1ion nnd removal of audilors.
Duties and rights olauditors. Other legal consideraljons, Code of
cor-porale govcrnancc.

t 2l The Audit Aonointmenl Process Ch 8, book I

Appoin{menl Prucedure. Client Sffeening. Thc Engagement

Letter: ISA 210. I

I fq
 l

?2- 26 Audil Plaun ins Ch 9. book I

Aims olplanning ISA 300. Knowledge of the business ISA 3 I0. l

Audil risk ISA 400. Materiality 320. Anal),lical procedures.

Related party lransactions ISA 550. Using the work ofanother
auditor ISA 600. [Jsing thc work ofan expert ISA 620. The overall
audit plan -100. Thc audit progranr ISA 300. I

27 -31 Accounting Systems and Inacrnal Controls: Ch 10, book I

Features ofaccounting and control systems. Assessment ol

accounting and control systems ISA 400. Recording ofaccounting
and corrtrol svsterns.
I

32 35 Audit Evidellc€ and Documentation ('h I I, book l

Audit Evidence ISA 500 & 501. Recording ofaudit work ISA 230
Quality Control ISA 220,
l

Audil SamDlins ISA 5.10. (lh 12. book I

F-r8
Audit sampling ISA 530. Sampling procedure
1

39,40 Tests of Controls: lncome Cvcles Ch 13, book I

The sales system. The purchases and exp€nses $ystems. The wages
system.
I

I
4t 42 Tests of Conlro ls: Assct CYcl€s ch tl. book t
i

The cash system. The inventory systelrr. Long tcrm assets.

investments and general procedures. Revenue and capital
expenditure.

43 -45 Auditors'Reports (lh ll. book 2

Dislinction between reports and certificates. Contents ol audit

report. Modified report. Qualifications in auditor's report. Audit
reports of companies. Signing ofaudit report. Audit reports in the

)6o
I
case of banks and insurance companies. Statutory Report. Reports
I
in company prospectus. Audit repons and cenilicates for special
purposes, Reporl on revicw of accor.rlrls. Certificalc on corporate
governancc. I

Recommended 'l cxts:

L Auditing, CA Exarn sludy text by Professional Business Publicalions, Lahore.

2. Cupla Kanal (6'r'edition). Contemporary A!,/iting,Tata McCraw Hill, Dehli.
,1. Rober-tson. C. Jack, Davis G Frederick (Lalest ed itior.),Auditin E, lrwin Publishers, Illinois

t8 t
 E ntreDrc neu rshiD

( ourse ClJntents:

l. The Nature and importance of Entrepreneurship

a. Nature and Development of Entrepreneurship
b. Entrepreneurial Decision Process
c. Role ol' Entrepreneurs in Economic development
d. Ethics and Social Responsibility of Entrepreneurhip
e. The Future oI Entreprcneurship
2. l he Entrepreneurial and Entrepreneurial Mind
a, The Entrepreneurship process
b, Managerial VS Entrepreneurial Decision Making
c, Entrepreneurial Leadership Characteristics
J. lnternational lrntrepreneurship Opportunities
a. The Nalure of lnlernational Entrepreneurship
b. Importance of International Entrepreneulship
c. Entrepreneurial Entry into Intemational Business
4. The Marketing Plan
a. Understanding ol'Marketing PIan, Characteristics of Marketing Plan
b. Environment Analysis and Steps in preparing the Marketing PIan
5. The Financial Plan
a. Operating and Capital Budgets, Break Even Analysis
b. Cash Flows and Balance Sheets
6. The Organizational Plan
a. Developing the rnanagement team
b. Building the successful Organization, The Role ofBODs
7. Preparing for the new Launch
tl. Managing early growth of thc New Venture
L Conlemporary Options
a. .loinl Venture, Acquisitions
b. Synergy, Mcrgers
c. Hoslile Takeovers Leveraged Buyouts
d. Franchising

Recommended Texts

I . Peters, ( I 998 ) Entrepreneu$hip, McCraw-Hill

llisrich and
2. Pitts R.A. and Snow C.C., Strategies for Competitive Success, Johan Willy
3, tsarlett, Christopher A,, and Sumantracoshal. (1996). Strategy & Leadership.
4. Carricr, Camille. ( 1995). llnlrepreneurship in Large Firms and SMEs. A Comparalive Study
Kagan, Danicl.( 1995), Why Entreprencurs ignore good advice: A study in non-linearity and Ego. Human
System Management Vol l4,no4,pp327-33.

t$z
 lJusiness Taxation
( oursc ()hjcrtivcs:

L To familiarize the students with the lncome and Sales Tax Laws in Pakistan.
2. To introduce to students the important elements and aspects of tax system and authorities and
their limits.
3. To equip the studenls u,ith necessary skills to deal with the situalions concerning the lleld of
taxation.

Cou rse Contents:

Topic Source

Introduclion and scope ol'lnconre Tax Law in Pakistan Bookl+Ch.l

Dctinitions and Tcrminologics llooklr(:h.ll
r Exclusions from total incomc

Rcductiol in tax liability

Book I I Ch.lll

Excmption from spccific provisions ofincome tax ordinance 2001

f)islinction between capital and revenue iterns ofexpcnditures llook l+Clh.vl

Tests for different ofcapital and rcvenue receipts.

Tcsts for diffcrentiating capital and revenue expendilures.

C:apital loss.

Income from Salary, Scope ofsalary incomc. Book I +Ch.lV

Allowanccs and rclicvcs undcr lhc Ordinancc.

Typcs ofprovidcnt fultd, trcatnrcnt ofprovidcnt fund, thc sixth schcdule,
cmploycr's contribution ofapprovcd granlity fund dcduction from incomc,
gratuity fund deduction fronr iIcon]c. gratuily fund and schcmcs.
Computation of incorrre tax payable fiorn salaried persons.

Incorrc llorr Lrrrsincss irn(l lnoli'ssion I clnrs Lrsctl.

( onsiJcrations gor clrring trrxal:on of busincss prolits.

\'laintr'nancc of accounts on nrr'rcantilc {)r' cash hasis.

lnconrc charlcahility undel inconrc tax law on incrrnrc liorn htrsincss.

Pr-inciples of conrputation of til\ihic protits, allorvablc dcdrrctions. Book I+Ch.V1l

Dcdr.rction lbr conrputirlg busiucss inconrc. signillcanl chanScs intrcxluccrl by thc

Non-admissible expense.

t63
Bad-debts

lncome lrom property tax on agriculture income. Ilookl'Ch.V

(lalcr.rlation of ALV.

AlLowablc dcduction liom income frcm propeny

Set-off and carry fonvard of losses. Book l+Ch.\.'lll

Typcs of Losses.

Rules for set-offand carry forward,

Penalties, offenscs, appcals and prosecutions Ilook I +Ch.XIV

lnconre rax authoritics their appointmcnts adducties and the limitatior and powers. Ilook l+ch.xv
lncome from other sources- tsook l+Ch.X
Deduction for computing income from other sources.

Capitalgains.
Excharge gain/losses, inmme deemed to accurc or arise.

Tax accountings and assessmcnt cycle, procedure filling of retum. tlook I +Ch.XI
Powcr to grant extension oftinre for filling the rctum, assessment procedure,
provisional assessment, notes for production of books ofaccounts, evidence, etc.
Assessment on the basis ofreturn, wcalth statement, simplification ofasscssnent
ofprocedure, paymcnt oftax before assessment, changes in tax wirhholding and
collection of tax.

Withholding tax ratcs under section 50(6.) collection ofrax on demand. recovery
oftax-
Recovery ofarrcars/ rcfunds demand, refund and tax crcdit, peBons entilled to
claim refund in certain case, incomc tax refunds. penalties, enhanced tax ratcs for
higher slabs of income, flrst schgdulc rates of ilcome tax for individuals,

rnrcgistered firms, association ofpersons and Hindu individuals.

Deferred taxation and its treatmcnt.

Asscssmcnt ol' indi!,idual salarred and non-salariqd pcrson- Book l-Ch.XI

Self-assessnrcnt schcmc Book l. Ch.XIl

Appeals Book I-C h.XVl

Practical Problenrs Bookl Ch-XVlll

l[troduction and scope ofsales tax Book2'Ch.l
Dcflnitions and ternlinolosies Book2-Ch.l

Sales tax authorilies. Book2 Ch.VI

Registration in Salc Tax Book2-Ch.lll
llook Kecping and invoicing requirenents Book2+Ch.lv

tb L1
 fLrnlishing ol Retunl of Salcs 'l ax Ilook2+C'h.v
Appr'rls. Ilook2-Ch.VIIl
I'rilclicul Problclns Book2+Ch.Xl

llccom mended Te\t: ( Lrtest E(liaions)

I. Muglral. Muhauuud Muazzarn, lncome Tax-Principles and Practice, Syed Mobin &
Co. Lahore
2. Mughal, Muhammad Muazaam, Sales'Iax, Syed Mobin & Co. Lahore.

lrulthcr I{ea(li|lg:

l. Mehboob, Sheikh, Taxation, latsst edilion.

fbs
o Dep,
Bah,ii,i ,,: ;

No. D. Com / 1906/21

Date 09-12-2021

Thc Deputy Reeistrar (Acld )

Bahauddin Zakalil.'a Univcrsitr
Multan

Sub.iect: ADDr(rval of Schcrre ()l stu(li('s for valious Drosrams

Reference on thc snbject abo\ c

This isto infonn you lhat lhe Schcrlcs of StLrdics (SOS) ofthe following programs have been approved
by the BOS in Commerce. BOI' in ('l -&BA and Academic Council at BZU.
l- Scheme of Snrdy for thc A DI' ( Corrrrnerce) prograrn lbr affiliated Colleges at BZU.
2. Scherne of Stud), fbr ftc .,\Dl' iA&F) prollranr lor atliliated Colleges at BZU.

These need to be approved [r1 thc l-lonorahle Vice Chancellor on behalfthe Syndicate so that the

Affiliated Colleges could irnplcrnent lhesc lbr their classes in admissions of202l and onwards.

Thanking loLr

Prof, Dr. Muhammad l-la lihtal l> l>'4

Chairman, Depaftmerlt ot ('orn rre rcc
B. Z. tJnivcrsitl.' Multan

v
Mt*
F uA

). i1'
v
o'
q)

TPhone: -/ Please address any reply to

Direct: +92 6l 92l0ll8
Exchange:+g2 6l 9210071-4. E\l:l l8t) Depanment of Commerce
Fax: +92 6l 9210068: Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan
Email: chainrrancomrrerceiiJjbzu.edrr.pk Postcode.60800.
Website: www.cornmcrcebzu.eclu.pli Puniab, Pakistan

tb6
 Scheme ol Study for ADP (A&F) for Affiliated Colleges
Vi F1 7 .?021 mic C uncil 15 2021
Course Code Semester 1 Credit Hours
ENG- 101 Functional English 3

BUS. 102 lntroduclion to Business I

3

t\,,1TS- 103 Business i,,lathematics 3

tTB-104 lnformation Technology for Business 3

ACC-105 | Fundamentals of Financial Accounli ng 3

ECO-106 lvlicroeconorn cs 3

ARAB.151 Translation of the Holy Quran I 0

Semester 2 Credit Hours

ECO-153 l\4acroeconomics 3

STA-154 Business Stalistics 3

GEN-155 lslamic Studies/ Ethics for Non-Musllms 3

ACC.156 Financial Accounting & Reporting 3

END-157 Business Communication 3

BUS.158 Business Psychology 3

ARAB.152 Translation of the Holy Quran ll 0

Semester 3 Credit Hours

I

ENT.2O,1 Entrepreneurship 3

ACC-202 Cost Accounting I

3

FtN 203 Financial Mafagement 3

I

GEN.204 Pakistan Studies 3

l"4GT-205 Principles of lr4anagement 3

FrN-206 Principles of lslamic Banking 3

ARAB,251 Translation of the Holy Quran lll 0

Semester 4 Credit Hours

ACC-253 Audlt and Assurance 3

TAX.254 Business Taxation 3

ACC-255 l\.4anagement Accounting 3

t\4Kr-256 Principles of [.4arketing 3

LAW-257 Corporate Law 3

ETC.258 Electronic Commerce 3
ARAB-252 Translation of the Holy Qu ran lV 0
-
Passing 0f the Course of Translation of the Holy Quran is non-credil and shall be a degree requirement. Teaching
hours for the course shall not be counted towards the total credil hours allocated for the program.
Notes:
.
'1
During the summer vacations a g-week internship program shall be completed by the studenls having passed at
least fifty percent of the courses/semesters. This shall be equivalent to a course of 03 credit Hours subject to Viva
voce Examination and evaluation of the lnternship report.
2. This Scheme of Study is proposed wilh a totalof 132 Credit hours excluding Translation oflhe Holy Quran.
3. Scheme of Study of the first four semesters will be same for
Associate Degree Program in A&F.

l0'{
 Department of Comnierce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

course Outline
Program BS Accounting & Fina nce
Semester 1't
Course Title Fundamental of Financial AEcounti
Course Code ACC 105
Credit Hours 45 (3 hour per week)
COURSE CONTENTS:
course Objectives:
1. This course is designed to serve the needs of modern accounting principles, procedures and methods that are applied
in preparations of financial starenrents and the proper uses that can be made of financial data.
2. This course will have different relationships with the requirements of the various professional accountancy bodies like
ICAP, ICMAP, PIPFA and other universities in Pakistan.
3. The course requires students to study how the design, operation and validation of accounting systems affects, and is
affected by, individuals, organizations, markets and society. As indicated above, accounting is often studied in
combination with a substantial amount of finance. Under such circumstances, the degree structure should also req uire
the studv of the operation and design of financial systems, risk, financial structures, and financial instruments.

Topic Source
1.lntroduction to Business and Accounting Ch.1, Book 1
a) Business and its types, Purpose of Accounting Ch 1, Book 2
b) Accounting Activities, Types of Accounting Ch 1, book 3
c) Users of Accounting information, Opportunities in Accounting I

2. Transactions: Books of Prime Entry Ch.2, Book 1

a) Source documents, Sales day book, Purchase day book Ch 2, Book 2
I b) Sales return day book, Purchase return day book, cash Book, Petty cash book Ch. 8-12, Book 3
3. Recording Transactions; Double Entry Book-keeping Ch.1, Book 1
a) Difference between Book-keeping and Accounting Ch 2, Book 1
b) Transaction Analysis and Accounting Equation Ch 2, Book 2
c) The Account and its Analysis, Double-Entry Accounting Ch 2, Book 3
d) Journalizing and Posting Transactions (Ledgering)
e) Control and Subsidia ry Accounts

4. Trial Balance and Accounting Errors Ch.2, book L, Ch 4,

a) Preparing Trial Balance, Accounting Errors, Rectification of Errors Book 1, Ch 4, Book 2
b) Adjusting Entries, Ad.iusted Trial Balance, Closing Entries Ch 6, Book 3
c) Post-ClosinB Tria I Ba Ia nce Ch 25 -27, Book 3
5. Adjusting Accounts Ch.3, book I
a) Accrual Vs Cash basis of Accounting Ch 3, Book 2
b) Revenue and Expense Recognition Principle ch 22, Book 3
c) Adjusting entries for Accruals and Deferrals
6. Preparing Financial Statements Ch.3, Book 1
a) lncome Statement (Single, Multiple -Step lncome Statement) Ch 14-16 Book 3
b) Statement of owners' equity
c) Balance Sheet (Horizontal and Report Form)

tbF
C Depadment of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
7. Accounting for Merchandising Concerns Ch.5&6book1
a) Concept of Merchandising, Merchandising activities Ch 5 and 5A, Book 2 I

b) Determining inventory items and costs, lnventory systems (Perpetual and

Periodic System), Accounting & Reporting of inventory
c) lnventory valuation and errors.
Mid-Term Examination
8. Accounting lor Cash Ch.8, book 1
a) Cash, cash equivalents and liquidity, Control of receipts Ch 8, Book 2
b) Control of disbursements, Bank statement, Bank reconciliation Statement Ch 24, book 3
c) Adjusting Entries for Cash Book
9. Accounting for Receivables Ch.9, book 1
a) Recognizing account receivable, Valuing account receivable Ch 9, Book 2
b) Provision/Estimation of Doubtful bad debts Ch 20, book 3
10. Accounting for Property Plant and Equipment (PP & E) Ch.10 book 1
a) Cost determination, Recording PP & E at HistoricalCost Ch 10 Book 2
b) Concept & Determinant's of Depreciation Ch 21, book 3
c) Depreciation Methods (Straight Line Method, Unit of output Method,
Accelerated Depreciation Methods)
d) Repairs and lmprovement of PP & E, Disposals PP & E
11. Amortization and Depletion I Ch.10 book 1
a) Types of lntanBible Assets, Concept of Amortization Ch 10 Book 2
b) Basis of Amortization , What consist of Natural Resources
c) What is Depletion, Basis of Depletion
12. Accounting for Partnerships Ch.12, book 1
a) What is Partnership, Formation of Partnership, Dividing income or loss, Ch 12, Book 2
Accounting for Admission, Withdrawal and Death of partner) Ch 32, Book 3

Recommended Text (Latest Editions):

1. Larson (2020), "Fundamental Accounting Principles", Latest Edition, McGraw Hill lrwin.
2. Wild and Shaw (2020), "Fundomental Accounting Principles", Latest Edition, McGraw Hill lrwin.
3. Weygandt, Kimmel and Kieso (2019), Accounting Principles, 13th edition, Wiley
4. Sangster and Wood (2018) Business Accounting Volume L, 14th edition
5. Kermit D. Larson, Heidi Dieckmann (2020 or lalesll"Fundamentol Accounting Principles" LO Edition, McGraw
Hill lrwin

tbq
 Depa(ment of Lornnr€' [€
(:
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Course Oulline
Program BS Accounting & Finance
Semester 1

course Title Business Mathematics

Course Code MTS 103
Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)

lntroduction
Thc Busincss Mathcmatics course will introduce business students to applying essential mathematical tools to suppofi
thcil busincss decision-rnaking, Thc course will introduce the students to the basics ofdifferentiation and intcgration
and tlrci:' application in tcrms of optimization, basic statistical mcasurcs and probability, linear programming,
introductory differential programming, and controltheory, and thc most commonly used nreasures in dccision rnaking.
Course objectives:
-fhc goals
urain olthis course are to
o hrlroduco rrost uscd quantitativc (mathematical and somc statistical) concepts and their application
. Enable the students to identify significant business problems to be solved using mathematical techniques
. Enablc thcnr to develop a rationale for decision making based on mathematical solutions
. Enablc students to identifo essential statistical data using various sources of secondary and methods of
collcctions primary data
. Enable them to use computer technology proficiently fbr data analysis and decision rnaking
Cou rsc Outcomes
Aftel cornpleting this course, students will be:
. Ablcto undcrstand critical mathematical approachcs and identify major business and management related
areas analyzable using such approaches
r Able kr solve pefiinent business problems using mathematical techniques and the related applicablc computcr
applications
o Able to convert business problems into mathematical models and identify various applications generalizable
lbr business prosperity.
. Ablc to dcvclop a hand on availablc and morc advanccd computcr applications using mathematical techniques
and IT solutions.
Course Contents
5 Course Content I
1 Fundamental Mathematical Concepts and their review
Solution of various business problems
2 Gra s and Tables Ratios and Pro o rtio ns Problems in Partnership
l Linear Equations characteristics of linear equations
o Gra hical Characteristics Calculatingand interpreting slopes.
4-5 o lnterpreting the graphs available from books and examples
r Calculations based on charts.
o Distance formula and its applications
6-7 System of Linear Equations
o One-Variable Equations:Solution of First- and second-Degree Equations in One Variable
o Linear Equations:Algebraic and Graphical Characteristics, Slope-lntercept Form
()Determining the Equation of a Straight Line
o Linear Equations lnvolving More Than Two Variables

!?o
o Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Function Definition and types of functions
c Function Types, Graphing, Reading Graphs
o Developing mathematical functions of various business problems
9 o Linear Fu nctions Application
o Linear Cost, Revenue, and Profit Functions
10 Quadratic; Exponential and logarithmic Functions
Midterm Examination
11 Rules of Differentiation Problems solutions using the defined rules
1,2 Application of Diffe rentiation
Case studies solutions using the above rules and decision making
13 Optimization of functions involving ONE independent variable Case solutions
14 Revision of Mathematical Equations and solutions
Revision of Matrix Algebra Types of Matrices
Application of Matrix
15 introd uction to Mathematical Programming
Limits of Differentiating traditional mathematical function under a single constraint
16 lntrod uction to Linear Programming
GraphicalApproaches
17 lntroduction to Linear Programming Simplex Method
18 Basics of Financial Mathematics, lnterest (Nominal and Effective lnterest) Simple, Compounding,
Present Value, Future value (Concepts and Computation)
19 Annuities and Mortgage Evaluations I

Determinants of Financial Constraints definitions and examples I

20- Differential Equations, lntroduction, and problem statement Problem solution; Techniques
2L
22 Computer Applications to Solve Mathematical problems - Part One
23 Computer Applications to Solve Mathematical problems - Part Two
24 Revision

Reading & learning rcsources:

L Applied Mathematics for busincss, economic and social scienccs by Frank S Budnick, 4'h cdition 201 9
2, Business Mathematics, Selectcd titlcs available fi'om Library latcst editron
3, Mathematics for Economics. Schaum's Outlines Scrics, Iatest edition.
Tcaching Methods/CIass Activitics
Students should activcly cngage in the leaming proccss, and input concepts lcamcd into pmcticc through action
learning, lcctures, and leadings lcaming modes:
A. Lecture$: Class sessions will involve lecturcs, vidco shows, case studics, assignrnents, quizzes, discussions
and debates, and presentations of rclated topics and currcnl issues related to coursc contcnts.
B. Readings: This is the responsibility ofall studcnts. Students should read the relevant chapters ofthc
tcxtbook, materials, and information on indicated wobsites befbre class. They should bc prepared to raisc
questions and arguments on related topics in the class schedule.

l?l
 Depaftment of Comnrerce
(:
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

(loursc (}utlinc
P am BS (Accounting & Finance)
Scm€ster
Course Title Introduction to Business
Cotlc
C'oursc BUS 102
Crcdit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)

Coursc Description
'fhc course rcflccts the foundational areas of business, cntreprencurship, small busincss management, marketing,
accounting, and finance along with the latcst developments in the busincss world---from the recent recession, high
uncrnployrlent rates, and the financial instabitity in the world to the growth ofdigital marketing and social nclworking.
In acidition, global business, cthics and social responsibility, and information technology continue to be related to the
tbundations necessary in an introduction to business coume. Mainly, an understanding of core functional areas of
busincss is prescntcd, so studcnts get a holistic vicw of the world of business. Bcsides, the course carcfully builds jusl
thc right nrix of coverage and applications to give the students an affirmed grounding in business principles, Mainly,
the system will engagc the students to see how the contcnt applies to them, their life, thcir career, and the world around
thcm. Notably. thc course hclps studcnts maximize their leaming cfforts by setting clear objectives, delivcring
cornpclling cascs and cxamplcs, locusing on core issucs, and engaging activitics to apply conccpts, buitd skills and
soJve probJems.
Clourse Objectives
. Explain thc business in changing world. Discuss how to start and grow a busincss.
o Discuss how to crcatc human rcsoLrce advantage. Explain how to market lor developing relationships.
. I)iscuss how to finance thc cnterprise and Self.
Course Contcnt

Chapter I : Thc Dynamics of Busincss and Economics

. Definc basic conccpts such as business, product, profit, and economics
. Identity thc main participants and activities ofthe business.
. Explain why studying busincss is essential.
. C'omparc thc lour typcs of cconomiu systerns.
Dcscribe thc role of su demantl and co ition in a frce-ent ses t{jm,
I
Chaptcr: 2 Organizing Busincss
. Dcscribe thc advantages and disadvantages ofthc sole proprictorship form oforganization
. Describc thc two typcs ofbusincss pafinership and their advantages and disadvantages.
. Dcscribe thc cor?orate fomr ofolganization and its advanta es and disadvanta cs
Chapter 3: Business Ethics and Social Responsibility
. Dctine Ethics, Code olEthics
o Dcscribc the imporlance ofbusincss ethics and social rcsponsibility.
. Dctcct sonrc ofthc cthical issucs that tnay arise in business.
. Spccify how busincsses can prornote ethical behavior,
. Explain the lour dimensions ofsocial responsibility (Canoll Modcl).
. Evaluate an organization's social responsibilities to owners, employees, consumers, the enviroment,
and thc cornmunity. Evaluate thc ethics of a business's dccision.
Chupter 4: Business in a Borderless World
r What is Globalization
. Llxplorc somc of the factors within the intcrnational trade environmcnt that influcnce business.
. Specily somc of the agrccments. alliances, and organizations that may cncourage trade across
international boundarics. How organizations go global in the intcrnational arcna
. C'ontrast two basic strategies uscd in intemational business (Comparativc and Competitive Advantagc).
. Asscss thc opportunitics and problcrns lacing a srnallbusiness considering expanding into intcmational
rna:-kcts.

t\2
 Depariment of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Chapter: 5 Small Business, Entrepreneurship, and Franchising
o Dcfine entreprcncurship and small business.
. Explain the importancc of sr.riall busincsscs and why spccific fields attract small businesscs.
. Specify the pros and cons of small-business owncrship
. Describe how to start a small business and what resourccs are needed.
o Evaluatc the demographic, technological, and economic trends aff'ccting the futurc of small businesscs
Ex lain wh man la businesses are to "think small."
Chapter: 6 The Nature of Management
. Define Management Describe the primary functions ofmanagemcnt.
. Why is management essential for business.
. Distinguish a:rrong thrcc lcvcls ofmanagement and the concems ofmanagels at cach level.
. Spccily the skills managers need to bc successful.
. Explain management's role of Mintzberg in the achievemcnt of organizational performancc

Mid-Term Examination
Chapteri 7 Organization, Teamwork, and Communication
o Describeorganizationalstructures.
o Elcmcnts of organizational design. Why teams are tbrmcd (Synergy)
o Distinguish bctween groups and teams. Identify thc types ofgroups that cxist in organizatior.rs
. Dcscribe conrrrunication Types ofCommunication in an organization
o Flow of communication

Chapter: 8 Managing Operations and Supply Chains

. Define opcrations managemenl. Differentiate bctwcen operations and manufhcturing
. Explain how operations management diffcrs in manufacturing and service firms.
o Detine Supply chain managemcnt (SCM)
o Corlr oDcrts of su chain rlana ct']tct11 1

Chapter: 9 Motivating thc Workforce

o Define motivation. Motivational process I

r Motivating Theories (Abraham Maslow, theory ofX, thcory ofY and Fredcrick Hcrzberg)
Chapter: l0 Managing Human Resources
o Definc human rcsourcc managcment. Explain thc processcs ofhuman rcsource managemcnt.
e Formation ot-human oapital (Ability, Skill, Talent, and Cornpetence)
. Significancc of human tesourccs in the success ollhe business orgattization
Chapter; l1 Marketing and Digital Marketing
. Define marketing. Describe thc cxchange process. Specity the functions ofmarketing. Malkcting rnix
o Markct segmentation, targeting, and positioning Define digital markcting I

o Sourccs ofdigital markcting

Chapter: l2 Accounting and Financial Statements

o Describe the diflcrent uses ofaccounting infonnation. Dcfinc financial statements
Chaptcr: 13 Money and the Financial System
. Define money, its functions, and its characteristics.
. Dcscribe various types of money. What is thc financial system, and htrw it works
o ldentify some sources ofshort-tcrm and long-tcrm linancing.

llecommended Book: Linda Fcrrcll, O. C. Fclretl, and Ccotl'rcy A. Hifl (2020). Busincss tbundations: a changing
world. l2'h Edition. Ncw York, NY: McGraw Hill
tqj
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
t--Lry-

Program BS Accounting & Finance

Senrester ln
Coursc Micro Economics
'l'itlc
(lou rse l,co t 06
Codc
Clredit 45 (3 hours per weck)
Hou rs

COURSE DESCRIPTION
Microe'conomics is one of the fundamental and exciting subjccts of the B.S. Program and has found its way into
many postgraduate standards. Microeconomics is an introductory undergraduate coursc that teaches thc
I'undamentals of microeconomics. It plovides a solid foundation for economic analysis and thinking that can last

throughout their education and subscqucnt professional careers. It may providc a foundation for many years of study

in cconorlics, busincss, or related ficlds for other students.

This course begins with an introduction to basic conccpts of economics, underlying principles, and the cconomic
way of thinking. Ncxt, it introduces a framework for Iearning about consumgr bchavior and analyzing consumer
decisions, supply and demand, and thc fundamental forces determining equilibrium in a market cconomy. We then
(urn our atlention to firms and their decisions about optimal production and the impact of diffcrent market structurcs

on llrms' behavior, Thc coune's final scction introduces some of thc more advanced topics that can be analyzed
using nricrooconornio theory. The conlents includcd in thc syllabus providc a consistent flow of rnorc advanscd
subject tllatter. Thc course will rcly heavily on graphical analysis and simplc numerical calculations.

COURSE OBJECTIVES
Aller oompletirg this course, students should have developed a range of skills enabling them to undcrstand economic conccpts
and usc those concepts to analyze specific questions. By the end of this course, students should be able to:

L Undcrstand and apply the "economic way ofthinking."

2. Understand the basic principles and methodology used in economics
3. Understand and draw graphs and intcrprct data
4. Understand and distinguish bctwecn inversc, direct, and zero relationships
5. Understand and distinguish betwecn constant and variablc relationships
(r. Idcntify thc conditions that givc rise to the cconomic problem ofscarcity
7. Apply thc concept ofopporlullity cost to a production possibilities curvc
tl. Analyzc the significance of different locations on, above, or below a production possibilities curve
9. Understand consumer behavior and healthy behavior.
10. Analyze different typcs ofmarket structures (monopoly. oligopoly, and a competitive market).

tvq
 Department of Commerce
(: t----e,fr
Bahauddln Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
I I . Undcrstand how to apply economic principles to a range ofpolicy qucstions.
12. ldentify the fundamental economic questions every cconomic system must answer

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of this course, and having complcted the essential reading and activities, the students should also havc
thc skills nccdcd to:
. Use supply and demand diagrams to analyze the impact of ovcrall changes in supply and demand on pricc and

quantity.
. Solve a consunrer's utility maximization problcm mathematically and graphically; analyzc tlre inrpact of changcs ilr
price and income on a consumcr's dccision via shifting income and substitution effccts.

. Solve a firm's cost minimization problem mathcmatically and graphically.

o Analyze the behavior ofhrms in a perf-ectly competitiyc market in the shon-run and the long run.

o Calculate producer and consumer surplus.

o Analyze the behavior offirms in a monopoly or oligopoly and calculate the resulting changes in producer or conslrnlcr
surplus.
. Crasp how {irms' behavior differs in differcnt market struchrres and may help to determine those structures
bow firms and households determine factor prices.
. Undclstund thc cffccts ofcxtcrnalitics and public goods on efficicrrcy
. Use economic tools to analyzc economic policies, especially those aimed at improving welfare.
. Take up furthcr courses which rcquirc a knowledge of microcconomics.
This course is best suited to a lecture format, although students are cncouraged to ask qucstions and palticipatc. Evcryonc is

cxpected 10 read about each topic in the text before prcsenting the case in class. Evaluatiol will bc bascd on the tralerial
covercd in the course. Howcver, the students are not expected to rcmember a case or application as it appears in thc tcxt
covered in the coursc. Instead, the reader should be uscd to help you understand the lectures. The students can attempt answers
to understand or from the betrer tcxt availablc. To benefit liom the class lectures ir the best way:

(l) Before class, be preparcd by reading a little bit ahead in the text and looking at the lecture slides if thcy arc postcd. Thc
lectures will be casier to follow ifyou have already seen the material.

(2) After class, reread the text, or get on to more helping material from the rclated internct sources, Sometimes, il]ternet sources
will explain a concept better than thc class lectue or the text.
(3) In strLdying for class tests or exams, use the text to "flag" or highlight the material covered in class that still is not clcar, Thc

students are encouraged to ask qucstions relevant to the topics still not clear or understood wcll.
(4) Thc studcnts can also avail themselves ofconsulting hours for unresolved questions.

COURSE CONTENTS
I
fnemc t: The Ccntral Economic Problem Weoks |ll Rooks

I Plan Recomnrendcd
I

Topic l Exploring the subject matter of Economics: Detllitions and Scopc l-4 tsookl Ch l&2
of Economics, Scarcity, Choice and Resource Allocation. Fundamental I
Book 2 Ch 1& 2
I

l17 )
(: Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
r*w
Questions in economics, Ten major Principles of Economics. Scope and Method Book 3 Ch 2&3
of Economics: Wants. Scarcity, Competing Ends and Choicc - Defining Economics, Notes and
Thinking likc an cconomist: Basic Economics Questions, Microeconomics and Handouts
Mriclocconomics. Nonnativc Economics and Positivc Economics, Concept of Wcalth

and lnvestment. Abraharn Maslow's Hiorarchy is the conccpt of nced, its t1pcs,
I
and den:and.

opic 2. Scarcity as the Central Economic Problem 5-6

I

Scarcity, choice, and resource allocation a. Concept of scarcity and the inevitability of
choices by economic agents (consumers, producers, and govemments) b. Concept of
opportunity cost and thc nature of trade-offs in the allocation of resowces Rational
decision-making process by economic agents, objectives ofeconomic agents
. Consumers - lnaximization of utility
. Producers - maximization ofprofits
. Govcrnments maximization of social wclfare

Rccognizing constraints. Cathcring information and considcring perspectivcs Weighing

crrsts and bcncfits in dccision-making, c. Rccognizing trade-offs- Rccognizing intelded

and unintendcd conscquences, The Margin and Decision making at the Margin,
Producrion Possibility Frontier. Reading ald working with graphs.

Topic 3. Demand/ Supply Analysis 1-8 Book I Ch 3& 4,

Thc Evolution iJf Market Economies, Prjce Systcm and the tnvisiblc Hand. Market 5

tlcrnandi supply curves, Definition, drawing, and interpretation of demand and supply Book 2 Ch 4&5
schcdulcs and cun'es used to establish equi)ibrium pricc and sales in a markct. Book 3 Ch2
Dellnition: drawing and intcryrcting demand and supply schedules and curves used to Notes and
irlentii-v discquilibriurn priccs and shortages (demand exceeding supply) and surpluscs Handouts
(supply cxcceding demand). lactom ctfccting Shift of and the Movement along
dcnrand/ supply curve
f-
'[opic 4, Theory of Consumer Behavior 9- r0 Book I Ch 3, 8, 9
-fhc History of Urility Thcory Cardinal/Utility approach, Law of Book 2 Ch 8

Diminishing/Equi- Marginal utility. Consumer Behavior and Behavioral Notcs and

Econornics, Concept of Elasticity, Pricc elasticity of demand, lncomc elasticity of Handouts

demand - Nonnal and infcrior goods, Cross elasticity of demand - Complements and
subsritutes. Consumcr Surplus I

Fronr Cardinal to Ordinal Approach. Ordinal utility: Assumptions on preference l0-r I

ordering. indifference curve, marginal substitution ratc and convexity of lC, budget
corrstrainl. consumcrs' equilibrium-intcriol and corner, l)erivation of Demand Curves

rrb
 ,*'Ya'h^
Depadment of Commerce {(ffiDF
(:
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan "'*lll..,'
liorn ICs, good composite conventiotr. Application: Cash subsidy vcrsus subsidy irr I
-l

kind, shili, and consumer equifibrium. Price, income, and substitution efl'cct. 1
I

Theme 2: The Markets I

1

Topic 5, Theory of Firm and Production l2-15 Book I Ch 9

Production Function, SR, LR Production Function, Firms and Decisions, Book 2 Ch 4
I

Ob.lcctivcs of tiflns a. profit-rraxinrizing objcctive . Marginalisl priuciple in Book 3.Ch. 6

determining profit-maximizing output and price b. Altcrnative purposes of firms ' Entry Notes a ntl
deterrence, rcvenue maximization, profit satisficing, and market share dominancc. The
Handouts
pricc of diffcrent factors of production, thcir availability, and thcir productivity. The
reasons for adoptiDg the various forms of production and their advantages and

t{isadvantagcs.

i-opic 6. Cost of Production

I
t6-18 Book I (lh l0
I
Different Cost Conccpts, Cost Curves in SR and LR, Profit maxirnization: Marginal Book 2 Ch ll
I
Rsvenue = Marginal Cost. EntIy detcrence, revenue maximization, plofit satisficing, Bor-rk .'| Ch 7
market sharc dominance. Short run vs. Iong run . Fixed cost vs. vari&ble cost. Total t,\otcs irntl
I
cost. average cost. marginal cost . Total revcnuej average revcnue, marginal revcnue .
t9-20 Ilirndouts I

i
lntemal and external economies and discconomies of scalc, Production with one and
I

I
two variable inputs, Isoquant, Retum to Scale and Scope. I

Toeic 7. Market Structures 2t -22 Book I Ch 4. -s

I
Pcrfect Competition, The Meaning of Competition The Rcvenue ofa Book 2 Crh 14
I
Comnctitivc Firm Profit Maximization and the Compctitive Firm's Supply Book 3 Ch 9 &10
I
I Curve A Simplc Examplc of Profit Maximization The Marginal-Cost Curvc and Notes and

I thc Firm's Suppty Decision Thc Firm's Sho(-Run Dccision to Shut Down Handouts
I

Mooopoly. Monopoly Resourccs Covelnment-Crcated MonopoliEs Natural Monopolies 23-24 Book I Ch 13

I
How Monopolies Makc Production aud Pricing Dccisions Mot'topoly vctsus 25-26 Book 3 Ch 9& l0
Competition A MoDopoly's Revenue Prolit Maximization Why a Monopoly Docs Not
Ilave a Supply Cuwe A Monopoly's Profit Pricc discrimination . Shut-down condition I

. Ploduct differentiation

Monopolistrc Competition, Compctition with Diffcrcntiated Products 27-28 Book I Ch 14

Thc Monopolistically Competitivc Firm in the Short Run The Long-Run Book 2 Ch I6

Equilibrium Monopolistic vcrsus Perfect Competition Monopolistic Book 3 Ch 9& l0

Competition and thc Welfarc of Socicty . Compe tition versus collusiorl

Oligopoly, Markcts with Only a Fcw Sellcrs A Duopoly Examplc Cornpctition, 29-30 Book I Ch 15 I

t I
_t

lfl?
 Depa{menl of Cornmerce
t,-___-es
Bahauddin Zakariya Universiw, Multan, Pakistan
Monopolics, and Cartels Thc Equilibrium for an Oligopoly How the Size ofan Book 2 Ch lT
Oligopoly Affccts thc Market Outcornc Book 3 Ch 9& l0
L

RECOMMENDED BOOKS
l. John Sloman, Dcan Garratt, and Jon Guest (2018). Economics 10'h edition Seventh Edition, Pearson
Education Limitcd.
2. N. Gregory Mankiw (2020) Principles Of Economics 9'h edition Ccngage Learning
l. David Orrcll (2014) Introducing Economics: A Graphic Guidc. Icon Books Ltd
4. Muhammad Ramzan Sheikh (latest cdition). Economic Analysis, Targct Publications Multan.

Further Suggested Readings

l, John Jackson, Ron Mclver (2016). Macroeconomics, McGraw-Hill Education; Latest cdition.

2. Donrinick Salvatorc (2014). Micro Economics Thcory and Applications. Latest cdition New York Oxford
Unive rsity Plcss.

3. Colander C. David (2016).Economics. 6th cdition Mc Graw. Hill intemational Latest edition
4. Hailstonc J, Thomas and Mastrianna V. Frank (2014). Basic Economics. Latest edition Thomson
5. Samuelson Nordons -Economics -Latest edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc.
6. McConnell and Bnrce-Principlcs of Economios -Latcst Editiou, McCiraw- Hill.

tla
 Department of Commei-ce
t3ahauddin Zakariya University, N4uitan, Pakistan

Course 0utline I
Program BS Accounting & Finance
Semester 1

Course Title Translation of the Holy Qurzu-r I

Course Code ARAB-151
Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week) I

Translation of the Holy Quran for each BS Program is one credit hour per year. lt may be
started from session 2020 in the light of the notification issued by the Governor of Punjab,
Approved by the Academic council meeting 212020 held on 1810512020.
The detail of the course scheme is as under:

Sr. No Title of Course Card. flours Course Code

0l Translation of the Holy Quran I I QRN1O1, Tajweed,
I Qurani Arabi

Senrcster t dlt#L.jl
J+"i irr"l JJI nJJ"^ alj
L-r-r- Ji JL-,.1
Jf^,l
;cL,,ril. I l0
,84,18 :rtl
'.Ji,257,285-256
,186 ,177 ,136 :';;$l I I I

, .13
i6(r1.99 .19-18 :4+d\.158 '-ilJe!l.115 ,162.1521.1361
' :+.-1t.9-J'rjrJlrl5.drl +Jl.l3:filr,27 _ 20:et,62:Jdl. l4l iU.;r _xJt j,!l
|,$ :_,.jLi-:Jl.lJ l0 :.i -11l,4 .ij.i..ll,22 .;,1.t.J1,21 :+\-llrl9 1
-*s
"'
! t3:J+11.29'.'llJl,ll -g;j)-tll.1l:J+ult.gl

Mid"Term Examination
1,33 2J ,2 ,l .N1.ll ;:c;JlrSl ;pL-, l.?R5.,1 77 .; ,iJl
:L jt.74 7l :ce,4 - | '3liulrl ._,rllr,76 r75 .eJl(20 619
,J I Le; qill(J :cs;dll,38 ldrL--irlf - 30 :,",1 ^4,9 7 :-p,.r;,75 -
:,-..j;r-:Jt, 23 - 26, I 4 - 4 :pJt, 34 - 24, 4 :cilJlJl{, I 8
)l 1j:il!,)$ 26 .,_+11,4 l7
- | 6 : O, 52
15 ;iiHlrS
,l I

- :E_jt-Jl,
.crLcjEll.38
-
:-p oSll, I 6, I I ;s,r.rceJ - I :lCl.6 - I ;ri)-,;r.Jlrl I
5 - I :_,p!11.13 ;.!l,.ll.lf _ 10 .JlJaii)t.zl _ lg
.cLrJl,l 79,144,84,81 -;trJls/JfQ85,213 .177 .136 :Ljill
i-lJl,r---r
,4|i,34 :el-jYl. 109 rlfrlJ .6.:rulrl65 - 1631.152 - 150 ,136 UljS .,rt^.,,.ijJl
38 :r'_!1130 ,90 - 49,83 .',Lo.rl ,.r
!L i - n
g!rrj
S 9u
,9 - 7 :o!+ 1rJ-5 .ol;-,Yl,l6 :el-ll,l0 . FJl.lQ iQ .zf ;p.lAlyl
r-illrYl. l3 '.e; q,j,11,78 ,5 I : 1lV,24 :Jtti,20 ;Lrt!Jill,25 tl
.28 -25 ;qr.sJlrJ I ;.:;:sJlrl J

rqq
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, l.4ultan, Pakistan

. Program BS Accounting & Flnryl_ _ _ I

Semester l't _ ____1
Course Title Functional English
Course Code ENG 101
credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)
Course Description
'l'he purposc ofthis coursc is to develop s(udents' English-language proficiency and help them bccome confident
in rcading, wliting, speaking, and listening to the English language.
lnsrcad ofteaching grammar in isolation and only at the sentence lcvel, this course dcvelops students' Ianguage
abilitics through an inlcgrated approach that providcs opportunitics to dcvelop their listcning, to speak, rcading,
rund writing skills. With a focus olr social intcraction, the course draws specific attention to thc proper use of
strusturcs, improved pronunciation, and developmcnt of active vocabulary in the dcscriptive, narrative, and
instructional tcxts.
Course Otljectives
The command over written and spoken English is now considered necessary for business graduates. lt equips
thcm with the l cquircd skills and aptitude to dea) successfully with complex and challcnging situations arising
tiom intcr?crsonal and organizational dealings. This subject inevitably demands a systematic and comprehensive
study ol the rclatcd topics.
The main objcctives of this course are:
l . To plovide a sound base in English grammar and composition.
2. To make awarc of the fundamental mles and skills tbr effcctive oral and written communication in
Ilnglish.
3. To develop proficiency in thc art ofcfl'ective communication.
( oursc (lontenl

Sectio n 'l'opics So u rce

I'ar1 I (Scmantics): Antonyms, Synonyms, (ihaptcr I (Book 4)

I
Homonyms - one-word substitution
Part 2 (Syntax): Traditional Grammar Chapter I (Book 2)
a) Parts of Specch: Major word classes
b)Furthcr classifications (regular, countable; uncountable; singular; Chapter 2 (Book l)
plural),
c) Pronouns Chaptcr 4 (Book 2)
d)Verbs
I1
e) Adjectivcs
f) Adverbs
I
g) Minor word classes: Preposition,
h)Conjunctions
i) Interjcctions, Auxiliary verbs a Detcrniners

r j) Kinds ofverbs: finite and non-finite

Part 3 (Syntax) Modern Grammar
a) Sentence Slructure:
- Chapter 24,25
(Book 2)
III b) Typcs ofsentcnces based on function
c) Transformation, Invcrsion of sentcnces Chaptcr 26 (Book 3)
d) Subject, Predicate, Complcments, direct & indirect objccts

tfu
 Department of Commerce
(:
Bahauddin Zakariya University, lvlultan, Pakistan

MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Part 4 (syntax): Tense and voice Chapter 17 & l8
a) Structurc of tenses (Book 3)
VI b) Function, Conversion into negative and intcrrogativc. Chapler 30 (Book 3)
c) Active and Passivc voice and usage Unit 42 (Book 6) l

Punctuation
Part 5 (Narration): Direct and Indirect speech Ch 16, (Book 2)

Pan 6 (Structural words) Page 5land 425

VI
-Articles. sitions and tsook 5
Part 7 (Discourse): Composition and comprehension I Chaptcr 27. (Book l) |

VII . Precis Conrprehcnsion I Chrpt"r 37. (Book l)

Essa Writin

Recommended Books:
(l) Eastwood, J (2015) Oxford Practice Grammar. UK: Oxford.
(2) Martin & Wren (2019) High School, English Grammar & Compo.sition. Ncw Delhi: S Chand & Cornpany
Limited.
(3) Martinet & Thomson (latest edition) A practical English Gramtnor. UK: Oxford.
(4) Shah, Sayyid (201 6) Exploring the world of English. Lahore: Ilmi Kitab Khana.
Suggested Books:
(5) Swan, M (2015) Pracrical English Usage. UK: Oxford University Prcss.
(6) Murphy, Rayrnond. Murphy's English Crammar Cambridge. latest edition
Teaching Methods/Class Activities
Students should actively engage in thc learning process, and input concepts leamed into practice through action
le aming, lectures, and rcadings lcaming modes:

A. Lectures Class sessions will involve lectures, vidco shows, case studics. assignments, quizzes, discussions
and debatcs. and prcscntations of lelated topics and currcnt issues related l() course contellts.
B. Readings This is thc rcsponsibility ofall studcnts. Studcnts should lead thc rclevant chaptcrs olthe tcxtbook.
materials, and infonnation on indicated websites beforc class. They should be prcpared to raisc questions and
arguments on related topics in the class schedule.

\EI
 Department of Commer'ce
(:
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Course Outline
Progr am BS Accounting & Finance
Semester 1't
Course Title lnformation Tech for Business
Course Code ITB 104
Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)
Course 0utline
Inlonnation Tcchnology in Business provides an overvicw ofthc integrated software packages most oftcn used in
thc workplace. By the end of this course, you will have a sound undcrstanding of the basic features and business
applications for the word proccssor, spr-cadshcct, database, and presentation software in your choice ofeither
Microsot'l Wolks Suite or Microsoft Oftice Professional packages. This course will teach you how to use computels
to communicatc. ln completing this course, you will also lcarn how to problcm solve and use the Help function and
onlinc tutorial assistance for your software. Finally, as this is an online course, you will leam about using the
Inlcrnct and er]rail
Course Objectives:
L -
Dcvelop awarcrlcss of computcrs' hardware and pcriphcrals; conccpls rcgarding soflwarc its types, basic
opcrations, basic OS concepts, OS installation.
2. Dcvclop advanced user-lcvcl skills in valious Application Packages: MS Word, MS Access, MS Excel, and MS
PowcrPoint.
3. Set up a computer tbr World Widc Web connection; Use c-mail to scnd/reccive messages and file attachmenls;
Couccpts oI online discussion groups.
Lcarning Outcomes:
Upon the succcssful completion ofthis course, thc students should be able to:
o Usc Microsoft Wold cdit, fomat, save, and print business documcnts that contain tcxt, tablcs, and graphics
. Use PowerPoint to creatc nrultimcdia prescntations,
l. Use Microsoft Excel as a business tool to design and dcvelop worksheets for various business
applications, including Recording and storing information; Analyzing and evaluating information for
deoision making, Preparing and presenting reports.
. Use Microsoft Access as a business tool for:
1. Organizing and storing information;
2. Analyzing and retrioving inlonnation;
-1. Prcparing and prcscnting rcports.
o Usc Nlicrosoft Excel and Access ef-fectivel in business lications.
Contents
Sr. Topic
I

What is Cornputer? Computer Types, Computer Usage; Computcr

Introduct ion
a lication in Socict and Business
1 IrtrildrLcl ion Modcrn Personal Communication Softwale
Application Software Introduction to Business Software, Graphics, and Multimedia Softwarc
Word Processing Sprcad Shcct Prcsentation and Design l)atabirsc
l Business Soflware
Mana lrcnt S stem Pro ect N4ana ment
I Multimcdia Personal
Dcsigning Soflwarc lmage Processing crnail Wcb
Communication
() Structurc of a Corlputer Computer Processor Mother Board and RAM
7 , Structulc ofa Colnputcr Powcr Supply Hcat Sink Ports Input & Output Devices oven,iew
lnput Process Output Storage Conmunication Hardware Control Plug n
I
\ Dalu Proccssins Modal
Pla
()
In ut Dcviccs Convcntional Kc board Mouse Mic honc Scanncr Bar Code Readcr
It) Advancc In ut Dcviccs Wireless K board, Mousc DJ tal Carnera Biornctric Deviccs

tfrg
 Depaftment of Commerce
(:
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Mu,tan, Pakistan
Output Dcvices CRT Monitors LCD, TFT HDTV
t2 Output Devices Hard Co Printcrs and thcil t S S akcrs
Il i Storage Devices Purpose of Storagc Hard Disks Floppy Disks
11 Storaqe l)cviccs ZIP. CDs' DVDs' Ta , PC Cards Flas ctc.
t5 Opcrating System Functions Rolc ol O atrn S stem Functions of ctatln S tcllts
Opcrating Systcm and Utilitics
l6 Device Management Plug and Play Devices Drivcrs
Pro
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
What is word Proccssing Terminology, Features/Advantages of Word-
t7 Word Processing
rocessl MS Word
I8 MS Word T tn and Formattin of Document
l9 MS Word Conrmon Tasks Mcnu O ions Co Pastc ctc, l
Advance Tasks Auto Correct Bullets and Numbering Thesaums, Inscrl
20 MS Word
ob ects Book Mark Linkin
2l MS Word Advance Featurcs Tablcs Creati Irnt , Fomattin , Sum ofvalues ofcclls
'')') MS Exccl Introduction ol S rcad Sheet Data T Aulo Calculalion Data Iln
Formula and Functions Common Formulas Copping ol Formula Examplc
23 MS Exccl
Worksheets
Formatting Cells Borders, Contents l)ate, Numbcrs Functions: Round,
24 MS Exccl
Truncate
2-s MS Word Advance Fcatules Nonnal and I leadi s Shorl Cuts
2tj lvl S Word Aclvancc Fcaturcs Mail Mer C
27 MS Wortl Advancc Fcatures Macros
28 MS Word Advance Features Text to S ch lm rt Ex otc
29 MS Excel Advance Fcaturcs Relative and Fixed Addresses Examplcs
30 MS Exccl Advancc Features Linking onc Worksheet rvith othcrs
3l MS Exccl Advancc Fcatures Menu O ions likc tcs cial ctc
MS Exccl Advancc fcaturcs Gra hs in Ilxccl
il MS Exccl Advance Fcatures Printing Pagcs, Work Sltccts Sclccted text
J+ MS Excel Advance Features Data son Au(o Filter Paste S cial etc
35 Prcsentation antl Designing MS PowcrPoint Pre Slide Prescntrn Slide La outs, Desi s
36 MS PowcrPoints Animation Insertin o ects Buttons c(c.
37 Slidc Vicws \Vorki and Diffcrencc
38 Tools Menu S llin o lions
39 lnsert Mcnu Soun d Movic Tablc Charl
40 MS Acccss Introduction to DBMS
4I MS Acccss Tablcs clcsi
42 MS Acccss Forms tlesi lI'l
43 MS Acccss Rc orl Desi
Irl
Communications and
44 Discuss the componcnts required for successltl communications
Networks
45 Scminar for IT Describe uscs of ter communications
Recommended Book(s)
I . Enhanccd Discovering Computers 2017 (Shelly Cashman Series)
by Misty E. Vermaat, Susan L. Scbok, ct al.
2. Shelly Cashman Series Discovering Computcrs & Microsoft Office 365 & Office 2016: A Fundamental
Combincd Approach 1"' Edition by Jennifer T. Campbell, Steven M. Frcund, Mark Frydcnberg, Mary' Z
Last Philip J. Pratt Conputer Tcchnology in Perspective by Larry Long & Nancy Long
J. Ncw Pcrspectives on Computer Conccpts by Parson & OJA

183
t: Depaftment of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, plultan, Pakistan
t"-_--e,ryt

Program ADB Accounting & Finance

Scnrester l"'r
Course Macroeconomics I
Title
Course ECO 153
Code
Credit 45 (3 hour per week)
Hours
Coursr Description:
Economics is much too interesting to bc lefl to professional economists. The course has becn designed to makc
students awale of the macroeconomic aspects and make their approach broader and more analytical towards such
indicators.

Cou rse Objectives

L To dcvclop a clcar understanding of Macro Economics concepts and indicators in students.
2, To ccluip them with adequatc knowlcdge so that they havc an informed and comprehensive understanding of
thc building blocks and drivers of tlre National Economy
Learning ()utcomcs
. [-lsc appropriatc rnacroeconomic too]s to model the marke t, dotcrmine possiblc outcomes of changing economic
bchavior, and aid in the dcveloprncnt and analysis of policy.
o Make dccisions and reach rational conclusions systematically and rationally within an environmcnt ofconstraints.
o Calculatc, analyze, and interpret diffcrent economic and financial data types to cxtract helpful information for
optirnal decision-making.
. Intcrpret and usc the language and terminology ofeconomics.
. Usc the various models, mathematics, and graphical functional forms to provc and tcst decisions/outcomcs.
o Analyzc problems and identify possible altemative outcomcs depending on assumptions made.
. Imagine thc implications oldecisions and actions based on altemative schools ofthought.
o Provide policy altcrnativcs to address various economic outcomes.
o Analyzc actual cconomic events within modcling frameworks.
. Apprcciate lhat economic theory evolves out ofactual economio cvents.
. Inlcrpret lhc work ofothcrs and bc able to evaluate and respond to it.
. Dctcrmine thc cffectivcness and appropriateness ofgovemment policy intcrvention.
C0u rse Content
'l'opic l-cc. Books Recommende d
I
hours
l. f( ational lncome Accounting 02 tlook 2 Ch.5
Concepl oIGNI', GDP circular flou, of National Income, Mcasuring
Total Oulput and Income Mcasures (Value Addition Criteria,
Incomc and Expcnditurc Approach, Prccautions and cares to bc
I
takcn in the calculation.
2. Money 02 Book 2 Ch 12
Functions and Forms of Money, Dcmand lor and Supply ofMoney, Book I Ch 13
liinancral Markcts and the Econom
Quantity Theory of Moncy, Crudc and Sophisticatcd Version, Value 03 Book 2 Ch 12
of Mon , Inflation, Un nt Veloci of Mo How Book 1 Ch 13

tBh
 Department of Commerce
(: t"--_-_-_t-ry
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Banks Clrcate Money its lirnitations, Quantity Theoly of Money and I

AS and AD Modcl

3. Determinants of National lncomc Book 2 Ch8

Consumption, Saving, and Investment. Aggregate Supply and
Agglegate Demand Model, Components of AD, AD and l* Book3Ch20&25
Book I Ch 7 I

National Output, Adjustment to equilibrium, factor shifting

AS and AD, Demand, and Supply Shocks Investment and
Economic Activity, Determination of Equilibrium Level
Income, Consumption and the Aggregate Expenditures
Model Multiplier and Accelerator Effect. Inflationary Gap.
Deflationa Ga
4. Monetary Policy 02 Rook 2 Chl.l
Objectivcs and Tools, Kcynesian and Monetarist Approach to use
N4oneta Polic , Problems in irr lcmcntin thc Mo Polic
5. Fiscal Policv 02 Ilook 2 ( h l0
Govt. lixpcnditrrlc and NNP. Rccession ancl Inl)ationaly Gaps.
Deficit and S lus, ob ectivcs and Tools of Fiscal Polic
6. IS/LM Frame Work 02 Book 3 Ch24
Impact of Fiscal and Monetary Policy on IS/LM curves and two
market cquilibriurn. Fiscal policy in the IS-LM model, Monetary
lic in the IS-LM model I

7. lnflation 0--l Book I Ch 15 I

Significanccs, Inflationary and Anti-Inflationary measurcs along Book 3 Ch 26

with AS/AD model, Demzrnd-Pull and Cost-Push inflation, Phillip
curvc and cost of inflation, Eflccts on Labor and Capital Market
8. Balance of Payment 02 Book I Ch 19
Significanccs, Curcnt, Financial and Capital Account, cquilibrium Book 2 Ch l8
and discquilibrium, Book 4 ch l3
9 Exchange Rate 02 tsookl Ch 19
T and Deterrnination of Ex Rate Book 2 Chl I
The diffcrence amon F Floatin and d Exc c ratcs 02 Book I (lh 28
Dcmand and Supply of Cuncncy in FEM, Variations in ER eq. rn 02 I
FEM.
10. Business Cycles o2 Book I Ch l6
Boom, Reccssion, Rccovery, ways to overcornc, Business Cycles in Book 2 Chl I
I thc view of Keyncs and Monctarisl.
I 1. Unemploymcnt 04 Book I Ch8
Book 2 Ch6
. Issues, dimensions and types, Theories ofunemployment,
Book 3 Ch 27 I

I
Book 4 Ch l5 I

12. Pakistan's Macro-Economic Indicators 04 Intenlet Access

Economic Growth and Development, Rostow's Five stages of
Growth, Incquality, Poverty, and Discrimination, Vicious
Circle of Poverty, Current status ofPak. Economy (Economic
Survey)
I Tradc tsalanccs. Fiscal and Monetary Policy Statemcnl. i 0l I

Contcmporary Sccnario focusing thc China-Pak Economic Corlidor I

rss
 ' ir :1.t ,::t: ri (-i;:l lllt a-:
tC tsahaudijirr Zakariya Universitv, Multan, Pakistan
t----e,-ys
(CPEC) Projccts as a game-changer in the rcgion. Prospects and
(lhallcn

llccommended Texts
l. John Sloman, Dcan Garratt, and Jon Guest (2018). Economics l0th edition Seventh Edition, Pearson
Education Limited.
2. N. Grcgr:ry Mankiw (2020) Principlcs OfEconomics th edition Ccngage Learning
l. David Onell (2014) Introducing Economics: A Graphic Guide, Icon Books Ltd
4. Muhamrnad Ramzan Sheikh (latest edition). Economic Analysis, Targct Publications Multan,

Furl hor Suggested Readings

l. Iohn Jackson, Ron Mclvcr (2016). Macrocconomics, McGraw-Hill Education; Latcst edition.
2. Dominrck Salvatorc (2014). lvl icrr.r Economics Theory and Applications. Latest edition Ncw York Oxford
Ur.rive rsity Prcss.
3. Colandcr C. David (2016).Economics. 6th edition Mc Graw. Hill international Latest edition
4. Hailstone J. Thomas and Mastrianna V. Frank (2014). Basic Economics. Latest edition Thomson
5. Samuelson Nordons -Economics -Latest cdition, McCraw-Hill, Inc.
6. McConnell and Bruce-Principles of Economics -Latest Edition, McGraw- Hill.
7, Ministry of Finance www.finance.org.pk
8. State tsank of Pakistan www,sbp.org.pk

tFb
m Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
t----er.*

Course Outline
Program BS Accounting & Finance
Semester 2"d
Course Title Financial Re ng
course Code ACc 156
Credit Hours 45 {3 hours per week)

Course Description:

This course is intended to help students analyze a company's basic financial statements and annual reports, By the
end of the period, you should be familiar with the four basic financial statements, some of the key accounts on the
balance sheet, and the overall accounting cycle. As a manager, you should effectively analyze a company's
financial statements and annual reports. Additionally, managers should conclude on a company's profitability,
efficiency, liquidity, and solvency.

Course Objectives:

The objectives of financial reporting are to provide

1. lnformation that is useful in investment and credit decisions,

2. lnformation that is useful in assessing cash flow prospe€ts, and
3. lnformation about enterprise resources claims to those resources and their changes

Course Outcome:
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
. Explain what accounting is and why it is important
. ldentify the four financial statements
. Explain the basic information provided by each financial statement
. ldentify the elements of the financial statement
. Understandlnternationalfinancialreportingstandards
. Understand special reporting issues
. Prepare and interpret ratio, trend, and common-sized analysis

Course Contents:

Topic Book, Chapter

f kt- ductory matte rs Book 2,
o Preface of lnternational Accounting Standards (lAS) ch, r, ch
The IASB'S framework and ob ectives of financial statements
lnternational financial reporting standards (IFRS I First-Time Adoption on lnternational Book 2,
Financial Reporting Standa rd) IF RS- 1
First-time adoption of international financial reporting standards
lncome statem€nt and related information Book 1,
. Format of the lncome statement ch.4
RepDrting lrre gular issues

tDq
 Department of Cornmei-ce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
-ffi
5 ecia I Re porting issues
lFRS-5 Non-Current Assets held for sale and discontinued operation Book 2,
rFRS-1
Revenue recognition (lAS-18) Book 1,
. The current environment ch.18
. revenue recognition at point of sale(Delivery)
. Sale with a payback agreement
o the right of return exist
Sales when
. Revenue recognition before delivery
. Percentage of completion method
o Completed contract method
. Long term contract losses
o Disclosure in financial statement
. Completion of production basis
. Revenue recognition before delivery
. lnstallment sales method I

. Cost recovery method

. Deposit Method
Reven ue reco nition for notable sales transactions
Balance sheet issues Book 1,
. Classification in the balance sheet ch.5
. Additional information reported
. Techniques of disclosure
Cash flow statement Book 1,
. Content and format of statement of cash flow ch.5, ch 23
. Preparation and usefulness of the statement of cash flow
. IAS-7 for cash flow statement
Additional valuation issues of lnventory IAS-2 Book 1,
. Lower cost or market ch.8,9
l . Valuation basis
o The gross profit method
Assets Book 1,
Depreciation, ch.10, 11, 12
lmpairments
Depletion
lnta ngibles
IAS-16, Property Plant and Equipment Book 2,
IAS_38, lntangible Assets tAs-04
Long term liabilities Book 1,
. Long term notes payable ch. 14
. Reporting and analysis of long term debt
o Accounting for troubled debt
e IAS-23
I

rha
 Department of Lornmei ce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan L-_--e}
Stockholders'Equity Book 1,
o ldentify the critical components of stockholders' equity. ch. 15
. Describe the accounting for treasury stock.
. Explain the accounting for and reporting of preferred stock
o Describe the policies used in distributing dividends.
. lndicate how to present and analyze stockholders'equity.

Dilutive Securities and Earnings Per Share Book 1,

. Describe the accounting for the issuance, conversion, and retirement of convertible ch. 16
securities.
. Explain the accountinB for convertible preferred stock.
. Contrast the accounting for stock warrants and stock warrants issued with other
i
securities.
. Describe the accounting for stock compensation plans under generally accepted
accounting principles.
. Discuss the controversy involving stock compensation plans.
. Compute earnings per share in a simple capital structure.
Compute earnings per share in a complex ca ital structure
IAS-33 Ea rning Per Share Book 3, IAS-33

lA5-34 lnterim Financial Reporting Book 3, IAS-33

lnvestments Book 1,
. lnvestment in debt securities ch.17
. lnvestment in equity securities
. Other reporting issues
Accou nting for income tax Book 1,
. Fundamentals of accounting for income tax ch.19
. Accounting for net operatin8 losses
. Financialstatementpresentation
Accounting changes and error analysis Book 1,
. Changes in a€counting estimate ch.22
o Changes in accounting principle
. Reporting a change in entity
Error Ana lysis
. lncome statement error
. Balance sheet error
. Preparation of financial statements with error correction
Changes from or to the e UI method
IAS-8 Accou nting Policies, Chan es in accountin estimates and errors Book 2, IAS-8
Full Discloser in financial reporting Book 1,
. Fulldisclosureprinciple ch.24
. Notes to the financialstatements
Disclosu re issues
'
t. Current re porting issues

tPq
 Department of Commerce
(: r--__-try,
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Recommended Texts

1. Kieso, Weygandt, and Warfield lntermediote Accounting, Latest Edition Wiley higher education.
2, Muhammad Maqbool M.Com. FCA, ICAP, (Latest Edition) Accounting Stondards & Finonciol Reporting,
Technical Reference Monuol, Volume-l PBP professional education.
3. Muhammad Maqbool M.Com. FCA, ICAP, (Latest Edition) Accornting Stdndords & Finonciol Reporting,
Technicol Reference Mdnuol, Volume-ll PBP professional education.

Teaching Methods/Class Activities

Students should actively engage in the learning process and inputting concepts learned into practice through
action learning, lectures, and readings learning modes:

A. Lecturesclass sessions will involve lectures, video shows, case studies, assignments, quizzes, discussions
and debates, and presentations of related topics and current issues related to course contents-
B. ReadingsThis is the responsibility of all students. Students should read the relevant chapters ofthe
textbook, materials, and information on indicated websites before class. They should be prepared to raise
questions and arguments on related topics in the class schedule.

STUDENT EVATUATIONS & GRADES

break up of marks and the final grade is based Final G rade Grade Mark
upon:
Mid-Term Exam 30% A+ 90-100
Final Exam 50% A 80-89
Sessionals 20% B+ 75-79
Total LOg% B 70-7 4
B 65-69
C+ 60-64
c 50-59
F Below 50

tqo
 uepartrnent of Cornmerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, 14ultan, Pakistan

Courle 0utline
Program BS (Accounting.& F inancel

Course Title Business Statistics

Course Code STA 154
Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course teaches students to analyze data and solve problems using descriptive statistics and probability theory.
Topics covered include discrete and continuous probability distributions and samplinB distributions. The course will
stress practical business appllcations of statistical theory. Students will be required to obtain and interpret
descriptlve statlstics using Excel and Minitab. lt will teach students to develop testable hypotheses and use
hypothesis testing to analyze data and answer questions. This course also covers confidence intervals, analysis of
variance, simple regression, multiple regression, and correlation. The course will stress practical business
applications of statistical theory. Students will be requlred to perform regression and analysis of variance usin8
Excel and Minitab and interpret the results.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
o Define the role statistics plays in informing business decisions.
. Describe various data collection and presentation methods.
. Describe the role of probability in aid of business decisions
COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, students should:

o have achieved a sound understandinB of the theoretical and practical knowledge covered during the
course, particularly within the fourconceptual themes outlined above,
. have developed a sound understa nding of the value of using com puter technology for statistical purposes,
and to have gained skills, experience, and confidence in using such tools,
r be able to apply independent learning skills to further their statistical knowledge and skills throughout
thelr future studies and careers,
. havedevelopedasoundvocabularyintheareaofstatistics,tocommunicatestatistical information to others
and to understand statistical reports,
. have developed confidence in working on statistical projects collaboratively with others and in presenting
the results of their work, either individually or in groups, and using a range of communication methods, and
. have achieved a rewarding score in the final examination to satisfy university completlon requirements
COURSE CONTENT:
Course Outline
1 lntroduction to Statistical Concepts, Describing Data: Frequency Tables, Frequency Distributions and
I Graphic presentation
2 Describing Data: Measures of Central Tendency, Dispersion (Mean, Median, Mode, G.M, Variance,
I

I Standard Deviation, and Coefficient of Variation. I

3 Describin8 Data: Displaying and Exploring Data (Quartiles, Deciles, Percentiles, and Skewness) I

4 A Survey of Probability Concepts

D iTlglgjlgEllty piq!ulqn s {Binomlal, Poisson, and Hypergeometric Distribution

Continuous Probability Distributions (Normaland Standard Normal Probability Distribution)

-
l6
7 Linear Regression and Correlation

tql
C Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Mid-Term Examination
8 lntroduction to lnferential Statistics: lntroduction to Estimation and Testin of Hypothesis
9 Sampling Methods and Central Limit theorem, choosing an appropriate sample size
10 Estimation and Confidence lnterval for a Population Mean. Proportion
11 One sample Test of Hypothesis about population mean and TO ortion. What is P-value
L2 Two sam le test of Hy othesis about Po ulation Means and Proportions
13 Nonpa rametric Methods: Chi-Square Test l
REQUIRED TEXTS:
1. Statistical Techniques in Business and Economics by Douglas A. Lind, W. G. Marshal,5.A. Wathen (2020) 18tr'
Edition. McGraw Hill.
2. Basic Statistics in Business and Economics (lSE HED IRWIN STATISTICS) Douglas A. Lind, W, G. Marshal, S,A.
Wathen (2021) L8'h Edition. McGraw Hill.
3. Principles of Microeconomics (2017): An lntegrative Approach (Springer Texts in Business and Economics)
Kolmor, Mortin 1st edition.
4. Applied Statistics in Business and Economics by David Doane, Lori Seward (2016) 5th edition Mccraw Hill.
RECOMMENDED TEXTS:
1. Ryan, ioiner, and Ryan, Minitab Handbook,5th. Ed., Duxbury Press, Boston, 2015,
2. Shelly, Cashman, and Vermaat, Office 2003, lntroductory Concepts and Techniques, 2"'J ed.,
Thomson,2006. ISBN:1418853593

tqL
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

(ourse,Outline
Programe B5 (Accounting & Finance)
semester 2nd

Course Title Financial Accounting & Reporting

Course Code ACC 156
Credit Hours 45 (3 hour per week)

COURSE CONTENTS:

Topic Source
1. lntroduction to Financial Accounting and Reporting Ch 1-2, Book 3
a) The Regulatory Framework
b) The Conceptua I Fra mework.
2.Preparation of financial statements Ch,3-5, Book 2
a) Statement of Com prehensive lncome
b) Statement of Financial Position
c) Statement of Changes in Equity
d) Statement of Cash flows
3. AccountinB for Corporations Ch 13, Book 1
a) Characteristics of Corporations
b) Corpo rate organization and management
c) Stockholders of Corporations
d) Common Stock and Preferred Stock
e) Dividends
0 Stock Splits
c) Treasury Stock
h) Re rtin of Equi
4. Current Liabilities and Payroll Accounting
l
a) Characteristics of Liabilities Ch 11, Book 1
b) Accounts Paya ble
c) Sales taxes Payable
d) Unearned Revenues
e) Short Term Notes Payable
f) ContingentLiabilities I

Mid-Term Examination

- 5. Long-Term Liabilities Ch 14, Book 1

a) Bond financinB
b) Bond trading I

c) lssua nce procedures

d) lssuance of bond at par, premium and discount
e) Bond pricing
f) Bond retirement

tq3
C g)
Department of Comrnei'ce
Eahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Long-term notes payable

5. Accounting for Leases Ch 2, Book 4

a) Background to leasing
b) Classification of a lease
c) Accounting requirements for operating leases
d) Accounting requirements for finance leases

7. A€countinB lor Construction Contracts Ch 3, Book 4

a)ldentification of contract reven ue I

b) ldentification of contract costs

c) Accounting for a contract
8. Analysis of Financial Statements Ch 17, Book 2
a) Horizontal Ana lysis
b) Vertical Ana lysis
c) Ratio Analysis

Recommended Text (Latest Editions):

1. Larson (2020), "FundamentalAccounting Principles", Latest Edition, McGraw Hill lrwin.
2. Wild and 5haw (2O2O\, "Fundomental Accounting Principles",2sth edition, McGraw Hill lrwin.
3. Elliot and Elliot (2019) Financial Accounting and Reporting, l.gth Edition, Pearson
4. Melville (2017) lnternational Financial Reporting: A PracticalGuide, 6th Edition.
5. Javed H. zuberi , "Advanced Accounting", 2009, Petiwala Book Depot.

I
qh
 ISLAMIC STUDIES
Islamic studies: 100 marks
Course Desc rintion:

Islanric Studies coursc is gcncrally known as an effofi to know everything rclated to the religion
of Islarr. [:r other words, we can say that lslamic Studies is a conscious and systematic effort to
understand Islam comprchensively and discuss lock, stock, and barrel about lslamic religion and
whatever is related to it such as its teachings, history, daily praotice, doctrines, etc.

Studying a particular religion is not the riglit of its followcrs and adherents only but the
outsidcrs. Thcrc arc some non-religion who devoted his lif'e to studying Islam. lslamic studies to
the Muslirn people is to deeply understand his religion, its teachings, and practices so that hc can
inrplenrent it correctly. At the same time, the non-Muslirrrs ' motivation to study Islam is merely
for the sake of knowledge and science.

Ob iectives:

This course is aimed at:

l)To provide tsasic information about Islamic Studies
2)To enhance undcrstanding ofthe students regarding Islamic Civilization
3)To improvc Studcnts skills to perform prayers and other worships
4)To snhancc thc students' undelstanding of issues related to faith and religious life

DETAILED COURSE OUTLINE

I ntroduction to Quranic Studics

I ) Basic Concepts of the Quran
l; Ilistory of Quralr
-1I Uloont-ul -Qr.rran

Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran

I ) Vcrscs of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286)
2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Rclated to Adah Al-Nabi (Verse No-lJS) verses ol Surah Al-
J) Verses of Surah Mominoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No- I - I I )
.1) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Vcrsc No-63-77)
5 ) Verses of Surah Al-lnarn Related to Ihkanr(Verse No- 152- I 54)

Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran

l)Velses of Surah Al-lhzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58.)

21 Vclscs of Surah Al-Hashar ( I 8, 19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment
-l ) Vcrscs of Surah Al-Saf Relatcd to Tafakar, Tadabar (Verse No- I. l4)

tq(
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A. W) I
I) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophethood)
2) Lif'e of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah
3) Important Lessons Derived from the tifc of the Holy Prophet in Makkah

Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A. W) II

I) Lifc of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina
2) Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina
3) hnportant Lessons Derived from the [fc of thc Hol.v Prophct in Madina

Introduction To Sunnah
I ) Basic Concepts of Hadith
2) History of Hadith
3) Kinds of Hadith
4) UIoom-ul-Hadith
5) Sunnah & Hadith
6)Legal Position of Sunnah

Sclected Study from Text of Hadith I

Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence

I) Basic Concepts of lslamic Law & Jurisprudence
2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
3) Sourccs of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
4) Nature olDiflerences in Islamic Law
5) Islarn and Sectarianism

Islamic Culture & Civilization

l) Basic Concepts of lslar.nic Culture & Civilization
2) HistoncaI Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization
4) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization
5) lslamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues

Islam & Science

l) Basic Concepts oflslam & Science
2) Contributions of Muslims in the Developmcnt of Science
3) Quran & Science

Islamic Economic System

l) Basic Concepts of lslarnic Economic Syster.r.r
2) Means of Distributron of Wealtlr in lslamic [,corrornics
3) Islamic Concept of Riba
4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce

rg6
Political System of lslam
l)llasic Coricepts of lslamic Political Systcm
2) Islarnic Concept of Sovereignty
3 ) Basic Institutions of'Govt. in Islam

lslamic History
I ) Pcriod of Khilal'at-e-Raslrida
2) Pcriod of Urnayyads
3 ) Pcriod of Abbasids

Social System oflslam

I ) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam
2) I:lerncnts of Family
3) Ethical Values of Islarr

RECOMMENDED TEXTBOOK BOOKS:

. I Iamecdullah Muhammad, "Emergcnce of Islam", IRI, Islamabad
o Hameedullah Mulramrnad, "Muslirn Conduct of State."
. I lar:r,-'cdullah Muhamnrad, 'lntroduction to Islam
o Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,"

FIT
rc Departn'ient of Comnrei ce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
t--_--&.fr,

Course Outline
Program ADB BS Accounting & F rnance
Semester
course Title BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Course Code coM203
Credit Hours 45 (3 hour per week)

Course Description
We all communicate. Communication plays a major role in all human activity. lt is part of our culture.
Within the business community, public and private organizations, and the professions communication is
associated with the more specific activities of interacting, informing, instructing and persuading. People
who possess demonstrable skills in these activities are employed, prized and promoted. lf businesses are
to survive in an increasingly competitive and information-oriented environment, they will need trained.
Communicators, who can speak, write and interact with others efficiently, effectively and professionally.

Course Objectives
The main oblective of business communication is to effectively communicate the information among the
various departments in the organization and among the various levels of employees in the organization,
Develop writing and discussion styles that are distinctive yet encompass the rudiments of precision,
brevity, formality and courtesy. Eecome comfortable working on assignments that involve planning,
market research, teamwork and multiple lterations. Become comfortable critiquing the work of self and
others as part of a process of incremental improvement
Learning Outcomes
When you complete this course, you should be able to:
. Write and reply to enquiries and requests.
. Write a resume and application letter and prepare for job interviews.
. Write letters that create good willto customers and clients.
. Apply persuasive techniques to sales messages.
o Gather and organize information for a report.
o Prepare clear and complete instructions, descriptions and periodic reports.
. Prepare an analytical report or a proposal.
. Prepare letters and reports that meet professional standards of format, presentation and style.
STUDENT EVALUATIONS & GRADES
The Break up of marks and final grade is based upon:
Midterm: 30 %
Sessional: 20%
Finals 5

Total L00%

rq8
 Dep.:rtment of Commerce
(: r_@,.*
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Weekly Course Content

Week Topic Source

1 lntroduction Book 1, chap 1
Course Overview - Grading Criteria, contents, Books
What is Communication?
Model of Communication Cycle
Elements of Communication
2 Effective Communications in Business Book 2, cha p 1
lmportance and benefits of effective communication
Components of communication
Concepts and problems of communication:

3 The 7 C's of Effective Communication Book 1, cha p 2

Completeness I

Conciseness
Consideration
Concreteness
Clarity
Courtesy
Correctness
4 Business Communication and the Global Context Book 1, chap3
Background to intercultural communication Book 2, chap 2
National cultural variables
lndividual cultural va riables

l Business Communication and the Ethical Book1, chap 4

Context lnfluence on personal ethics
Communication and ethical issues

6 Business Communication and the Technological Context Book 1,Cha p 5

7 The Appearance and Design of Business Messages Book 1, chap 7

Business letter Book 3
Stationery and envelopes
Standard parts of the letter
Optional parts of the letter
Letter layout
I MID-TERM

\qq
 Depa*ment of Cornnterce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
tffi=
t) Good News and Neutral Messages
Orga nizationa I Pla n Favorable replies Book 1, chapter 8
Answering inqu iries
G ra nting request for adjustme nt

Approving credit
Acknowledging orders
Granting favors and other requests
.lob acceptance letters
Goodwill messages

t0 Bad News Messages Book L, chapter 9

The right Attitude
Plans for bad-news messages
Types of Bad News messages
lndirect Plan, Direct Pla n
Types of Buffers

lt lnterview Skills Ha ndo uts

Activity: lnterview Skills Strategies for Effective lnterviewing
12 Written Communication: Reports
Suggestions for short reports Book ].,cha p 11
Developing the main sections
Outlining the major sections
lncluding other desirable sections
Letter reports
lnformationa I letter reports
Analytical letter reports
CV: :(How to compose and evaluate a CV/Cover Letter)
Linkedln the value of Linkedln profiles
Tips on Resume Writing
13 Strategies for successful speaking and successful listeninB Book 1,chap 14
Strategies for improving oral presentations
I

Steps for preparing effective oral presentations

Kinds of oral presentation
Ways of delivering the orai message
Strategies for an effective oral delivery
Strategies for an effective nonverbal delivery
14 -15 Team Presentations
16 FINAL-TERM
Recommended Text:
L Helta A Murphy., Business Cornmunication, Latest Ed.
2. Bovcc & Thills, Business Communication Today, (latcst edition)
3. Shirlcy Taylor': Busincss comnrunicalion

Z@
(: Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan w

9ot
m Department of Cornmei ce
Sahauddin Zakariya Universlty, Multan, Pakistan
rffi
Course outline
rame ADP Commerce/BS Accounting and Finance
Semester 3'd
course Title cosT AccouNTlNG
Course Code
Credit Hours 45 (3 hour per week)

C 0ursc (lontents
Topic Source
1. lntroduction to Cost AccountinB: ch 1, Book 1
a) Nature of Cost Accounting Ch 1, Book 2
b) Role of Cost Accounting Ch 1 Book 3
c) Users of Cost Accounting lnformation
d) Relationship of Cost Accounting to Financial and Management
Accounting
e) Job of a Cost Accountant
f Tre nds in cost accountin throu hout the value cha in
2. Cost Concepts and Flow of Cost Ch 2, Book 1
a) Definition of Cost Ch 1, Book 2
b) Manufacturing and non-ma nufacturing cost
c) Product and period cost
d) Direct and indirect cost
e) Variable and Fixed Cost
I
f) Flow of manufacturing costs
g) Cost of goods manufactured and sold statement
3. Accountin8 for Materials Ch 7,8, Book 1
a) Material Control Ch 2, Book 2
b) Material control procedures for procurement and use
c) Cost of Acquiring materials
d) Material Costing Methods
e) lnventory Valuation
f) Accounting for material
g) Scrap, spoiled goods and defective work
h) Planning material req uirements
4. AccountinB for Labor Ch 9,10, Book 1
a) Wage plans Ch 3, Book 1
b) Controlling labor cost
c) Accounting for labor costs
d) Learning curve theory
5. Accounting for Overheads Ch 12,13, Book 1
a) The nature of Factory/Ma n ufacturing overheads
b) Procedure of factory overheads including apportionment
c) Distributing Service Departme nt Expenses
d) Accounting for Actual Factory Overhead
L
e) plyinB Facto Overhead to Prod uction

aaL
o f)
Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Accounting for Actualand Applied Factory Overhead

t*-_--_e,fr

6. Job Order Costing Ch 3, Book 1 I

a) Accounting for materials Ch 5, Book 3

b) Accounting for labor
c) Accounting for factory overhead
d) Accounting for Jobs completed and Products Sold
e) Flow of costs
7. Process CostinB - General Procedures Ch 4, Boo k 1
a) Product Cost in a Process Cost System Ch 5 book 2
b) Work in Process Inventories
c) Cost of Production Summary-One Department, No Beginning
lnventory
d) Cost of Production Summary-One Department Beginning lnventory
e) Cost of Production Summary-Multiple Departments, No Beginning
lnventory
f) Cost of Production Summary-M ultiple Departments, Beginning
lnventory
e) Cha es in Prior De a rtment's U nit Transfer Cost
8. Process Costing - Additional Procedures; Accounting for Joint ch 4,5,6
Products and By-Products Book 1
Ch 6 Book 2
a) Equivalent Production-Materials Not Uniformly Applied
b) Units Lost in Production
c) Units Gained in Production
d) Beginning Work in process
e) Equivalent Production: First-ln, First-Out Method
f) Equivalent Production: AVCO Method
Joint Products and By-Products

9. Standard Cost Accounting: Material, labor and Ch 17, Book 1

overheads Ch 8, Book 2

a) Types of Standards
b) Standard Cost Procedures
c) Determination of Basic Varia nces
I

10. Cost Accounting for Service Business Ch 9, Book 2

Recommended Text

1. Usry, Hammer and Matz, 9th edition, Cost Accounting South-western Publishing Co
2. vonderbeck ond Mitchell (2016) Principles of Cost Accounting, 1Vh Edition, CENGAGE
3. Lonen, Anderson ond Moher (2020) Fundomentols of Cost Accounting 6th Edition, Mccraw Hill

2,og
u Department of Comnterce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
rffi
Course Outline
Programe BS Accounti ng & Finan
Semester 3'd
-t
..t
Course Title Entrepreneurship !

Course Code ETP 201

Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)

Course Description:
This is the entrepreneurial age. More than 500 million persons worldwide either were actively involved in starting
a new venture or were owner-managers of a new business in 2010. Entrepreneurs are drlving a revolution that is
transforming and renewing economies worldwide. Entrepreneurship is the essence of free enterprise because the
birth of new enterprises gives a market economy its vitality. New and emerging businesses create a substantial
proportion of the innovative products and services that transform the way we work and live, such as personal
computers (PCs), computer software, the lnternet and the World Wide Web (WWWor Web), biotechnology drugs,
overnight package deliveries, and big-box stores, One of the most common questions that entrepreneu rship
educators are asked is, Can entrepreneurship be taught? We respond that anyone with a desire to become an
entrepreneur will be more successful if they have taken a course on how to start and grow a new venture.
Course Obiectives:

The primary aim of this course is to combine concepts and cases to present the latest theory about
entrepreneurship and relate actual experiences. The images cover what would-be entrepreneurs need to know to
start and grow their businesses, and the cases illustrate how real entrepreneurs have gone out and done it. They
cover all stages of the entrepreneurial process, from searching for an opportunity to shaping it into a commercially
attractive product or service, launching the new venture, building it into a viable business, and eventually
harvesting it.
Course Outcomes:
After completing this course, students will be able to:
. Apply the entrepreneurial process
. Analyze the feasibility of a new venture business concept
. Evaluate their entrepreneurial tendency and ability
. Brainstorm ideas for new and Innovative products or services
. Use a variety of feasibility tests, assess and select prospective new venture concepts for further study
. Conduct focus groups, surveys, and other methods for researching customer reaction to various new venture
concepts
. Conduct a variety of secondary research activities to analyze competition, market trends, industry structures,
and other issues relevant to specific new venture concepts
. Examine and analyze issues related to intellectual property protection for specific new product concepts (e.9.,
patent and trade name searches)
. Create promotional items related to specific new product concepts (e.g., advertising themes, slogans, etc.)

Course Contents:

5r. Topic I neference

No. I

0att
C Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Ivlultan, Pakistan
r&e
), The Power of E ntrepreneu rship cha pter 1
Z The Entrepreneurial Process Cha pter 2
3 Opportunity Recognition, Shaping, and Reshaping cha pter 3
4 Understanding Your Business Model and Developing Your Cha pter 4
Strategy
5 Entrepreneurial Marketing Cha pter 5
6 Building The FoundinB Team
7 The Business Pla n ning Process cha pter 6
8 Building Your Pro-Forma Financial Statements Cha pter 7
9 Financing Entrepreneurial Ventures Worldwide Chapter 8
10 Raising Money for Starting and Growing Businesses Cha ter 9
i.1 . Debt and Other Forms of Financing cha pte r 10
12 ' Legal and Tax lssues Cha pter 11
13 lntellectual P roperty Cha pter 12 I

1,4 Entrepreneurial Growth Chapter 13

15 Socia I Entrepreneursh ip : An Overview Cha pter 14

Recommended Texts:
1.
Donald F. Kuratko, Allan O'Connor, Howard H. Frederick (2017) Entrepreneurship:Theory/Process/Practice
Cengage Learning Australia
2.
William d. Bygrave, Andrew Zacharakis, Entrepreneurship,2nd Edition,2010, John Wiley & sons, lnc.
3.
Jim Collins (2020) Beyond Entrepreneurship BE 2.0: Turning Your Business lnto an Enduring creat Company
Penguin Publishing Group
4.
Robert Hisrich, Michael Peters, Dean Shepherd (2015) Entrepreneurship. McGraw-Hill Education

Teaching Methods/Class Activities

Students should actively engage in the learning process and inputting concepts learned into practice through
action learning, lectures, and readings learning modes:

A. Lecturesclass sessions will involve lectures, video shows, case studies, assignments, quizzes, discussions
and debates, and presentations of related topics and current issues related to course contents.
B. ReadingsThis is the responsibility of all students. Students should read the relevant chapters of the
textbook, materials, and information on indicated websites before class. They should be prepared to raise
questions and arguments on related topics in the class schedule.

STUDENT EVATUATIONS & GRAOES

The theBreak up of marks and the final grade is Final G rade Grade Mark
based upon:
Mid-Term Exam 30% A+ 90-100
Final Exam 50% A 80-89
Sessionals 20% B+ 7 5-79
Total lo0o/o B 70-7 4
B 65-69
C+ 60-64
c s0-59

2G)
C Depar[ment of Ccmmerce
Bahauddin Zakariya Universih. t4ultan, Pakistan
F Below 50
ffi

w()
(: Departmeni of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, N4ultan, Pakistan

Coursc ()utline
Program ADP (Accounti & Finance
Scmester
Course Title Financial Mana gem€nt
Course Code FIN 203
Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)

Cou rse Description:

Studcnts in this held are preparcd to work in monetary systems, corporation finance, and financial accounting. Course
graduates will bc equipped to work in various financial institutions, especially in banks, insurance companies, and
trusts. as stockblokers or private financial investors, in financc and accounting dcpartments of companies and
institutions. Thcy will hold highcr managerial positions in economic divisions of banks, insurancc companies,
tinancral and capital market analysts. controllcrs, etc.
Cou rse Objectives:
Thc oblcctives of this course are:
L To cquip the studcnts with the latest knowlcdge of finance, helping thcm make rational financial decisions
and thclcby maximize the orvncrs'wealth.
2. To develop an understanding of thc students in making decisions relating to special situations such as mergcrs,
acquisitions, etc.
3. To equip the students with the latest tools and techniques in financial decision-making.
Coursc 0utcome
Thc graduates r.l'ill:
. undcrstand and define basic tem.rinology used in finance theory and practice
. bc able to calculatc the yield fiorn tlnancial investrnents and an impact of intlation on savings and financial
investmenls
. bc ablc to describe and undcrstand fundamental trcnds in financial markcts
. bc able to choose suitable bank products for savings and credits
. Class discussions will provide an in-depth analysis ofthe conccpts and clarifu any ambiguities. Participation from
thc studcnts is encouraged.
o Assignments and activities will keep thc students engaged in thc lcarning process and cnhance self-leatning,
. PlqicctrCasc Study will provide thc students with a comprehensive framcwork to apply the conccpts leamed in
thc class to rcal-world situations. lhLrs transforuring thc concepts and idcas into skills.
. Plcscntatious will bulnish students' prcscntation, communication, and public speaking skills and give them self'-
conlldence.
. llxams and Quizzes will stimulate the leaming and provide an objcctive assessment ofthc knowledge gained.
Exams will also help to identify high achievers, thus cnabling thern to rcward their hard work
Coursc Contents:
t 'lo tc Sou rcc
Finlnce as an area of
study Ch l, Book 3
o What is financc Major areas oflinance and opportunitics offinance and its
I rclationship with accounting I

o FtLnctions ofthc llnance rnana cr Goal of thc firms

The business and financial environments Ch 2, Book I
o The business environmcnt (Micro and Macro Perspective)
. The financial cnvironrttent
. Financial Systems, Financial Markcts
. Financial Sccurities (Debt. Equity, and Hybrid Sccuritics)

2dq
 () Drpartment of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakisran

o Financiallntcrmediaries
The time value of money Ch l- Book l
o Why time value of moncy
o Cash Flows: lntlows and outflows, Simple, Annuity, Mixed Cash flows I

r lntercst (Simple interest and Compound intercst)

o Intcrest rate (Simplc and Compound Interest)
o Compounding and Effective Intcrest Rate.
Prcsent Values, Future Values Amortizi a loan
The valuation of long-tcrm securities Ch 4, Book I
o Distinction among valuation concepts
. Bond valuation, Prcferrcd stocks valuation
. Contmon stock valuation
Risk and return (lh 5, tsoi;k I
o Defining risk and retum, Types of Risk
. Attitudes towards risk Security Markct Lines (SML)
r The capital asset pricing model (CAPM)
Mid-'l crm Exa minatior
Funds Analysis, Cash florv analysis Ch 7, Book I

o The tlow of furds (sourccs and uses)

o Accounting statemcnt ofcash Ilows
o Cash flow forecasting
o Ra of cash-fl orv cstirnates
Overvielv of working capital Ch 8" tsook I

. Introduction (Working Capital and Nct Working Capital)

o Financing currcnt assets: Seasonal and Permanent Working Capital
ca ital issucs
Short Term Financing Ch I l. Book I
. Spontaneous financilg I

. Ncgotiated financing
. Factoring accounts receivable
Co sition of short-term iinancin
Requircd Return and Cost of Capital CIr 15. Uook I

. Cost of Debt, Cost of Prclcrrcd Stock

. Cost of Conlmon Stock
Ovelall cost of ca ita I WACC
Introduction to financial analysis Ch 6. Book I
o Financial statements, Balance shcct ratios
I
o Income statemcnt ratios I

Recommended T€xts:
l. James C. Van Home John M. Wachowicz, Jr. Fundamentals of Financial Management. Prentice-Hall. Intemational Inc l0'r' Ed.
2. Eugen F, Brigharn, Joel F. Houston, Fundamentals ofFinancial Management (2020), lOrh Ed. Harcoud Asia PTE. LTD.
3. Gjtman J, Lawrence, Principles ofManagerial Finance (Latest Edition), Harper Collins Collcge Publishers,
liurther Readings
l. Ronald W. Melicher, Edgar A. Nonon, Introduction to Finance (2016) l6'h Edition Wiley Publishcrs.
2. Websitcs and Newspapcrs (Keep an cyc on corporatc announcemcnts)
3. Busincss section ofdaily 'Dawrr' and Dawn Busincss Review available at (www.dawl-com)
4. Busincss Recordcr (www,br.com.pk)

?08
 Pakistan Studics

Coursr Outlinc:
Historical Perspective
a. Ideological rational with particular reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama
Muhammad lqbal, and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad AIi Jinnah.
b. Factors leading to Muslim Separatism
c. People and Land
i, lndus Valley Civilization
ii. Muslim Advent
iii. Location and Geo-Physical Features
2 Government and Politics in Pakistan
Political and Constitutional Phases
a. 1947-58
b. I 958-71
c. l97l -77
d, t977-88
e. 1988-99
f. 1999 onward
3 Contemporary Pakistan
a. Economic institutions and issues
b. Society and sosial structure
c. Ethnicity
d. Foreign Policy of Pakistan and challenges
e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan
Reconrmcnded Books:
l. Burki, Shahid Javed, State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd. I980.
2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. The issuc in Pakistan's Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press.
2000.
3. S.M. Burk and Lawrance Ziring. Pakistan's Foreign Policy: A Historical Analysis.
Karachi: Oxlbrd University Press, 1993.
4. Mehmood, Sattlar. Pakistan Political Roots and Development. Lahore, 1994.
5. Wilcox, Wayne. The Emergence of Bangladesh. Washington: Arnerican Enterprises,
Institute ofPublic Policy Research, 1972.
6. Mahmood, Safder. Pakistan Kyun Toyota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e-lslamia, Club
Road.20l2.
7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy
Studies, lslarnabad.
8. Ziring, Lawrance. Enigma of Political Development. England: Wm Dawson & Sons
Ltd, 1980.
9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture olSindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980.
10. Afzal. M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan Vol. I, Il, IlL lslarnabad: National
Institutc of l'listorical and Cultural Rcsearch, 1998.
I I . Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Bosron: Houghton Mifflin.
1967.

7t9
12. Aziz, K.K. Party Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical
Research, 1976.
13. Muhamrnad Waseem. Pakistan Under Martial Law. Lahore: Vanguard, 1987.
14. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National
Commission on Historical Research. 1993.

Z\O
 Department of Comnrerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Course Outline
Program BS (Accounting & Fi nance
Semester 3'd
COUTSETitIE PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Course Code MGT 205 I

Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)

Course Description
This course will enable students to develop short and long-range plans to accomplish organizational goals
effectively. Using termlnology, exercises, and case studies, students will critically appraise real-life situations
involving organizing, staffing, and motivating others. The student will also learn tools to aid in problem-solving,
valuing diversity, and coping with change.
Course Objectives
Upon completlon of this course, students are expected to be able to:
1. Focus on the foundations of management, covering the essential concepts in management.
2. Reflection of contemporary trends in management.
3. It offers a strong practicalfocus and covers the latest research studies in the field.
Course Learning Outcomes
The intention is for the student to be able to
1. Work as an influential team member and leader
2. Look for opportunities to work with and better understand diverse workforce
3. Use problem-solving strategies and criticalthinking in real-life working situations
4. Approach chanBe with enthusiasm
5- Demonstrate understanding of a successful manager
Course Contents
Topics/Units Books
1- lntroduction to Managers and Management Book 1
- Explain why managers are important to organizations Book 3
- Tellwho managers are and where they work
i Describe the functions, roles, and skills of managers
i> Describe the factors that redefine the manager's job
); Explain the value of studyinS management
2- The Evolution of Management Thinking I Book 1
,- Classicalmanagementperspective J Book 2
r- Behaviora I management perspective
z Qua ntitative management perspective
i Modern Management perspectlve
3- Managing Environment and Culture Book, 1
) External E nviron ment Book 3
; lnternal Environme nt
> Cu lture
i Cha llenges
4- Managerial Decision Making Book 1
,- Stages of decision making
)> Classify decisions and decision-making conditions I

t) I (
(
 Department of Commerce
(:
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
> Describe different decision-making styles and discuss how biases affect decision-making
P Recognizing decision-making errors and biases
) ldentifyeffectivedecision-makingtechniques
5- Planning and Stratetizing Book 1

Nature and purpose of planning

Types of goals and goal setting process
I

Strategic manaBement
Selected analysis tools
Describe the three types of corporate strategies
Describe com etitive advanta e and the competitive strategy organizations use to get it
Mid-Term Examination I

5- Organizing: Building a Dynamic Organization Book 1

Key elements in organizational design. Book 3
Contrast mechanical and organic structure.
Traditional and contemporary corporate desiBns.
Ex la in flexible work arra ements used modern orBanizations
7- Motivation: Building Energetic Workforce Book 1

, Traditionaland contemporary motivationaltheories and their application in work Book 3

8- Leadership: Developing Effective Workforce Book 1

I
) Contingency factors affecting leader's job I
Book 2
> Leadership styles, Classical and Contemporary Leadership explanation
9- ManaginB Operations and Control Book 3
) Managerial Control
) Tools for measuring organizational performance
> Contemporary issues in control particular reference to Corporate governance
> Managing operations by using Value chain management
) Current issues in operations management and quality control (l5O 9000, six 5igma, Black
belt)
10- Managing Change and lnnovation Book 2
Compare and contrast views on the organizational change process Book 3
How to manage resistance to change.
Change readiness and contemporary issues in managing change.
Describe techniques for stimulati innovation
Assitnment
Discuss case studies in each group of four students and then write a report based on discussion.
Recommended Text:
1. Robbins, S.P.& Coulter, M, 2014 (14th Edition), Management, Pearson Publishers.
2, Bateman, Thomas 5., and Snell, Scott A., (10th Edition), "Management: Leading and Collaborating in a
Competitive World," New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
3, Chuck Williams (2017) MGMT 9 Principles of Management, Cengage Learning.
4, Peter Eichhorn, lan Towers (auth. 2018) Principles of Management: Efficiency and Effectiveness in the
Private and Public Sector. Springer lnternational Publishing
5. Griffin, R.W.2018, (11'h Edition), Management, CenBage Learning Publisher
Reference book
Drucker, P.F. (2006)The Practice of Management

h(1
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Pro BS Accoun & Finance

Scmester 4lh
CourscTitle Accountinglnformatio n System (AIS) I

CourseCode ACC 253

Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)
Course Description:
This course acquaints students with the fundamentals of the accounting informatiorl system (AIS) and how it functions and fits
into the orgauization. Using a cycles apploach, the course introduces internal colltrol procedures, covers the essential elements
of the rcvcnuc and expense cycles, and enablcs studcnts to become proficient with documentation tcchniques, such as
ilo$chxrrinll. Ths sourse focuses on the nceds and rcsponsibilities of accountants as users and dcvclopers of information
technology and as auditors. This course introduccs Accounting Information Systerns: their role in organizations, particularly in
sLrpport ol $rat€gic and operational decision-making and problem-solving and operations support and management. Systems
thinking; syrtenrs design & development; management p€rspectives on the IT support role to business (particularly security &
cthics); trcrds, issues, and concems in lS; and end-user application software including accounting packages, reporting, and
dalabasr management.
Course Objectives:
The objectives ofthis course are:
Critical thinking and judgment are the focus of this AIS course. This course aims to provide a solid understanding of AIS
technology & conccpts. This understanding of AIS is a tool to help you with critical thinking and judgment. After taking
this coursc, studcnts will be able to:
. tsxplain an accounting informatioo system's role, purpose, and importance,
r Undcrstand what risk assessments are and how thcy impact accounting roles
. Apply standard intemal col'rtrols to accounting information systems.
. Determino appropriate intemal corrols to reduce thc risk in al organization.
. Use the relationship betwecn cthics and decision-making.
. Modcl and diagram busincss slstcrns ard processes.
. Understand thc dcrails ofauditing and evaluating an AIS system.
r Appl"v specifics in thc abovc outcomes to business problems and processcs, i.e., sales/collection and
acquisitior/paymcut.
. Understand why IT, in general, is essential to accounting and auditing
COURSE CONTENTS:
'lo ic Week
Overvi€lr of accounting information I
Systcms. conceptual foundations of accourting information system
Thc information environment
Acquisition of infonnation systems
Organizational structure
Thc evolution of infonrution system modcls
Thc role ofthe accountant
-)
I Introduction to aransaction processing
I An trr cn ics oftlansilction processing
Accorrnting rccortls
( onrputcr-bascd systems
Docunrcntation techniques
('omputcr-based accounting systems
l)atr codi[g scheines 3

I Nunrelic and alphabetic coding systems, Chan ofaccount

Ethics, fraud, and intcrnal control l
[]thical issues in business
lirud and accoLurtunts
crior controi concc ts and techni ltes
-1,

L\9
 Depaftment of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Transaction cycles and business processes
Thc rcvcnue cycle, The conccptual system, view ofrcvcnue cycle activitics
Salcs return procedures, Cash receipts procedures, Rcvcnue cycle controls
Physical systems, Manual systcms, Sales order proccssing
Sales retum plocedures, Cash receipts procedure I

Mid-Term Examination
Computer-based accounting svstems 6
'l'he expcnditure cycle
Part 1: purchases and cash disbursements procedures
Thc conccptual systcm
Overvicw ofpurchases and cash disbursemeots activitics
Tbe cash disbursements systems, Expcnditure cycle controls
Physical systems, A manual system, The cash disbursemcnts systems
Co tcr-bascd hases and cash, Disbursements lications
The expenditure cycle part ll: payroll I
Proccssing and fixed asset procedures
Hc conceptual payroll systcm. Payroll controls, The physical payroll systerr
Manual payroll systcms, Conrputer-bascd payroll systenrs
Automating the payroll systen using batch processing
Re-engineering thc payroll system, Thc conceptual fixcd asset system
The lo ic ofa fixcd asset Thc ical fixed asset n)
'l'he conversion cycles (_)

The traditional manufacturing Environment I

The batch processing system, Controls in the traditional cnvironment

World-class companies and lean, Manufacturing
What is a world-class company? Principles of lcan manufacturing
Tcchniques and technologies that promotc lcan Manufacturing
Physical reorganization of the production facilities
Autofiration of thc manufacturing process
Accounting in a poor manufacturing Environment
What s wrong with traditional accounting information?
Activily-based costing. Value strearn accounling
lnfonnation s tcms that su lcan
I,'inancial reporting and managem€nt l0
Rcportirg systems the gencral ledger system
1'hc journal vouchcrs
Thc financial reporting syslen')
Sophisticated uscrs with homogencous infonnation nccds
Financial reporting procedures
Enterprise r€source planning systems what is an ERP? n
ERP corc applications
Online analytical processing
ERP system configurations
Electronic commerce systems 12
lotra organizational netwolks and EDI
Intemct commerce
Intemct tcchnologies risks associated with electmnic commerce
Security, assurance, and trust
Irnplications for thc accounting profession
,AccotLnting software: Peachtrce, Quick Book, I.l-t4-t5
Recommended Text (Latest Editions):
I. Marshall B. Romney (2021). Accounting information systcms. Pearson Education Limitcd. I Jth edition.
2. [,es]ic Turner, Andrca B. Weickgenannt. Mary Kay Copeland (2017). Accounting lnformation Systcms: Thc Proccsscs aud
Conirols. John Wilcy & Sons. 3"r cdition.
3. Janres A. Hall, "Acco nting lnformalion System.r. " Latest edition, Cengage Lcarning
4. Romney, M.8., Steinbart. P. J. (2018) Accounting lnformation Systems, Fourteenth Edition, Pcarson. Latest cdition,

zrh
 Department of Commer"ce
Bahauddin Zakariya Universit';, l,lultan, Pakistan

Coursc ()utlinc
Program BS (Accoun ting & Finance)
_-1
Senrester 4'r'
Course Title Audit and assurance
Course Code ACC 253
Credit Hours 45 ( 3 hours pcr week)
I
Course Objectives:

I . To ccluip Illc students rvith the lalcst klow)cdgc of auditing.

2 . To develop an awalcncss oflnternational ALrditing Standards
l To lll thc students with thc latcst tools and techni ucs in intcmal & cxtclnal audili
Clourso Contents Source
'I'hc Nlture, PurDose. ScoDc. and Theory of Auditing Handouts
Dcfinitron and purpose of an audit. The nature of an audit. The scope of
external audit. The chronology ofan audit. The postulates ofauditing. How
to approach auditing cxamination. Agency theory.
I lltroduction to Assurance Services Ch l, book I
Dcflnrtion of Assurancc Scrvices
Origin and Advantages of Assurancc Scrvices
Dcfinition and Elements of Assurance engagemcnt
Level of Assuranco and why Absolute assurance cannot be provided
Basic Co of:\uditin Ch 2, book I
Financial Statcmcnts
Applicable financial rcporting framework (AFRF)
What is mcant by a Tn-re and Fair viewJ
Responsibilities ofparties involved in audit (Management and Auditor)
Essentials for the proper conduct ofthe audit
Thc rc ulato cnvironrnent of auditi
.\udit Flnua cnt [,ettcr Ch 8, book l
Audit cngagemcnt lctter and its contcnts
Managcment requested to change the terms of an audit engagement lcttcr
En rncnl L,n rccurrin aurlil
.{pp0intment of Audit0r (lh 6. book I
Appointment of First Auditor'
Subscrluent Auditor
Work in casc of Casual Vacancy
Appointment in casc of mid-term removal ofauditor
Tenurc/Term of Auditor
Remuneration of Auditor
Proi:edure for rcmoval of the stahltory auditor
Rights and dutics olthe auditor
ua lilication,/Di ualifi cation of Autiitor
Planning of Audit Ch 9. book I

Planning Activitics
Dilfcrence betwccn overall audit stratcgy and audit plan
Difl'ercncc interinr audit arrd llnal audit
ALrdit nratcriali 20

2\(
 Department of Commerce
(:
tsahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Mid-Term Examination
Llnderstandins of Entity and Inhercnt risk Asscssment Ch10, book I
Obtaining an understanding of the cntity.
Audit risk: lnhcrcnt risk, control risk, detcction risk
Audit risk model and its Componenls

Audit Evidence (ISA 500) Ch l. book I

Definc Audit evidence

What is meant by sufficient and appropriatc audit cvidcnce'.'
Procedure/Technique to obtain audit evidcnce
I
Assertions Icsting approach to obtain evidence
Audit samplins Ch 4. hook 2
I
Definc sampling
The naturc of sampling
The rclationship bctween sampling audit risk model
Sample design, sizc, and selcction of item for testing
Internal control Ch 5. book 2
Definc intemal control
Elements of internal control
The auditor assessment of intemal control
How thc auditor uscs an internal control
Audit approach: a test of control and substantive lest

Application of Prolessional Ethics Ch 14, book 2

Fundamental principlcs
Duc skilland carc
Auditors' Rep0rts Ch 15, book 2
The distinction betwcen reports and certificates
Contents of thc audit report.
Unqualifi ed auditor's report.
Modified report.

Recommended Texts:
1. Louwers, Blay, Sinason, Strawser, Thibodeau (2018). Auditing and Assurance Seniccs. (7'r'Edition),
McCraw Hill.
2. Iffet Kesimli (201 9) External Auditing and Quality. I st ed. Springcr Singapore.
3. Auditing, CA Exam Study Tcxt (latest edition), Profcssional Business Publications, Lahorc.
4. Auditing---- An ISA Perspective (Volume l)by Muhammad Asif, FCA, Rise Publications

e16
 Department of Comnrer ce
Bahauddin Zakariya Universit),, Multan, Pakistan
r_w
Course ()u tline
Programe BS Acco Finance
Semester 4,h
Course susinesi Taxaiion
Title
Course TAX-254
Codc
Credit 45 (3 hour per week)
Hours

(iru rse Description:

'l'he course of Business Taxation is designed to prepare the student fbr the practice of tax as a professional
practitioner in pubhc or private sector. This course gives the students a comprehensivc familiarity with the
the f'undarnental aspects of Income tax and sales tax.

(iou rse Objectives:

L To thmiliarize the students with the Income and Sales Tax Laws in Pakistan.
2. To introduce to students the important elements and aspects oftax system and authorities and their
limits.
-[o
3. equip thc students with necessary skills to deal with the situations concerning the practices of
taxation.

('ou rse 0utcorne

l. To leam the various tax entities and the general tax rules that apply to the taxation of each.
2.'foleamtaxrulesthatapplytotheformation,operation,&liquidationofvarioustaxablcentities.
3. To acquire a comprehensive undcrstanding ofvarious tax authorities such as the Internal Revenue Code,
lncorne Tax Regulations, various adrninistrative rulings and court cases.
4. To develop an ability to discover and articulate facts relevant to the taxation of particular transactions
or events.
5. To develop skills needed to disoover the applicable tax authorities relevant to proper tax treatment ofa
tl'ansaction or cvent.

(lou rse Contents:

I
Topic Sou rce

Introduction and scope of Income Tax Law in Pakistan. Bookl & 3 +Ch.l
Detlnitions and Terninoloqies, history of taxation Bookl & 3 +Ch.ll

2FI
(l Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
{--__-@-}*

Exclusions from total income Bookl & 3 +C'h.lll

Reduction in tax liability
Exemption from specifrc provisions of Income Tax Ordinance (ITO)
2001.
. Distinction between capital and revenue items ofexpenditures form Book I & 3 +Ch.VI
Taxation view point.
. Tests for differentiation ofcapital and revenue receipts.
. Tests for differentiating capital and revenue expenditures.
. Capital [oss.
Incomc from Salary, Scope of salary income. Book I & 3 ,Clh.lV
Allowances and relieves under the ITO 2001 .

Types ofprovident fund, treatment ofprovident fund, the sixth schedule,

employer's contribution of approved gratuity fund deduction from

incomc, gratuity fund deduction from income, gratuity fund and schemes
l

Cornputation of income tax payable from salaried persons.

. Income fiom business and profession Terms used.
. Considerations goveming taxation ofbusiness profits.
. Maintenance of accounts on mercantile or cash basis.
. Income chargeability under income tax law on income from business.
. Principles ofcomputation oftaxable profits, allowable deductions. Bookl & 3 +Ch.VII
. Deduction for computing business income, significant changes
introduced by the ITO 2001 .

. Admissible and Non-admissible expense.

. Bad-dcbts.
Income frorn property Book I & 3 +Ch.V
Different concepts of property income, procedure for computing amount
of rent
Adjustable and un adjustable advance
lncome from property not taxable u/s l5
Property income exempt from tax
Taxation of property income

L\B
 Departmenl of Commerce
Bahaudd in Zakariya Universit-v, Multan, PakisLan

Mid-Term Examination
ffi
Set-off and carry forward of Iosses Bookl & 3

Types of Losses. +Ch.VIII

Rules for set-off and carry forward
. Penalties, offcnses, appeals and prosecutions. Bookl & 3

+Ch,XIV
lnconre tax authorities their appointments, powers and functions Bookl & 3 +Ch.XV

Incotne from other sources. Bookl & 3 +Ch.X

I

Deduction for computing incomc from other sources.

Capital gains.
Exchange gain/[osses, income deemed to accrue or arise
Tax accountings and assessment cycle, procedure filling of retum. Bookl & 3 +ch.xl
Power to grant extension ol'tirne for filling the retum, assessment
proccdure, provisional assessment, notes for production ofbooks of
accounts, evidence.

Assessment on the basis of retum, wealth statement, simplification of

assessment of procedure, payment of tax before assessment, changes in
tax withholding and collcction oftax.
Withholding tax rates under section 50(6) collection of tax on demand,
recovery of tax.
Recovery of arrcars/ refunds
E-Fr lrng-lntroduction arrd basic concepts c.fbr.gov.pk
Assessment of individuat salaried and non-salaried persons. Bookl & 3 +ch.xl
Selt'-asscssrnent scheme and inveshnent tax scheme 2008 Bookl & 3 +Ch.XII
Appeals Bookl & 3

+Ch.XVI
Practical Problems of salaried and non-salaried persons. Bookl & 3

+Ch.XVIII
Introduction and scope of sales tax. Book 3 & 2+Ch.l

Dcllnitions and tcrminolosies. Book 3 & 2+Ch.l

?\g
(l Departmenl of Cornmerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
r---@ft
llook I & 2+Ch ta-l
. Registration in Sale Tax. Book 3 & 2-('h.lll
a Book Keeping and invoicing requirenrents. Llook 3 & 2-Ch.lV

Fumishing of the Return of Sales Tax Book 3 & 2+Ch.V

I

Appeals. Book 3 &

2+Ch.VIII
o Practical Problcms. Book 3 & 2-Ch.Xl

Recommended Text: (Latest Tax Year Editions)

I. Mughal, Muhammad Muazz.am,latest editions, lncomc J ax-Principlcs and Practicc, Sycd

Mobin & Co. Lahore.
2. Mughal, Muhammad Muazaarn, Sales Tax, Syed Mobin & Co. Lahore.
3. Waince, Ijaz Ati, A Text Book of Business Taxation. l6tr' Edition, 2021.
4. e. fbr.gov.pk

Further Reading:

Munawer Hussain, Mirza, latest edition, Synopsis of taxes in Pakistan. lqbal brothers
publishers, Lahore.

2?o
 Department of Commeice r--@ft
(:
Eahauddin Zakariya Universiw. Multan, Pakistan

Program BS Accounting & Finance

Semester 4
course Title coRPoRATE LAW
Course Code tAW 251
Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)

course Description
The corporate sector is a potential and purposeful monetary-based media that nourishes and streamlines the socio-
economic growth of a developing country. The role it plays in the sectoral growth in the industries undoubtedly
constitutes a vital organ of the overall development. The corporate sector is apt to have peculiar legal and
operational problems. Thus the subject of corporate Law inevitably demands a systematic and comprehensive study
of the laws and regulations governinB the functions of corporate entities.
course Objectives
ln this course, we seek to:
. develop in students a sound knowledge about the nature and utility of corporate law.
. acquaint students with various regulations and legal practices affecting corporate governance.
. to furnish students with extensive and up-to-date coverage of Pakistan's corporate law and allied practices.
. to enable students to develop necessary lnsight into and identify potential problems relating to the
implementation of the legal framework for the corporate sector
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students are expected to achieve the following intended learning outcomes:
1. Gain the ability to explain leBal theories and concepts related to Company Law, both within Pakistan and
othe rwise.
2. Critically assess the main concepts of Pakistan Company Law within the context of real-life business scenarios.
3. Demonstrate the inter-relationship of members, directors, creditors, the public, and the registered company, and
analyze such persons'roles, powers, and duties.
4, Sharpen critical thinking skills to discern legal issues and create appropriate solutions to legal problems,
5. Demonstrate practical communication skills, both in written and oralformats.

Course Contents
Lecture Topics Source
1,-2 L. Elements of Corporate Law Book1,2&3
o Definitions and concepts, Courts, SECP and Registrar- their powers and
functions
I
. Types of Companies.

Promotion of a company, Book1,2&3

I
Provisions concerning names of companies,
Memorandum and artjcles of associations,
I

The doctrine of Ultra Vires, The doctrine of indoor management,

Companies esta blished outside Pakistan,
I
Association not for rofits, Companies limited by Euarantee,

2?\
(l Depadment of Cornmerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
.
rffi
Provision relating to the conversion of public company into a private
company and vice versa, and other matters,
. Services and authentication of documentation, Promoter's duty to disclose,
Remuneration to promoters,
. Liabilities to promoters, Mode of forming a company,
I l
o The procedure for incorporation, Memorandum of association.

9-12 . Definition of prospectus, Book 1& 2

. Prospectus to be dated,
. Matters to be stated and reports to be set out in the prospectus,
. Matters to be specified in prospectus and reports,
o Legal provision governing prospectus, I

. Statement instead of a prospectus

L3-r7 . Application for and allotment of shares and debentures, Book 1,2 & 3
. Restriction as to allotment, Types of share and share capital,
. Alteration of capital, Effects of irregular allotment, Repayment of money
received for shares not allotted,
. Allotment of shares and debentures to be dealt in on the stock exchange,
Return as to allotments,
o Modes of becoming a shareholder, Who can be a shareholder, How to be ease
to be a member,
. Other provision (punishment for fraudulent entries),
.
I

Annual return of the company having a share capital,

r Transfer and transmission of shares,
e Variation of shareholder ri8hts, Unlimited liability of members
1,8-24 . Registered offices, Publication of names, Book 1, 3
o Commencement of business by a public company directors chief executive,
. Bar on the appointment of managing agents, Sole purchase and sale agents,
Terms of appointment of the managing agent,
o Miscellaneous provision regarding investments, Contracts, Officers, and
sha reholding, Trading, and interests

?5-26 . Types of the meeting of shareholders, Book 1,3

. Company resolutions,
o Procedural matters regarding resolutions,
. Political contributions and distribution of gifts.

21-31- o Books of account to be kept by the company, Book1,2&3

. lnspection of books of accounts by Registrar etc,,
o Annual accounts and balance sheet, Contents of the balance sheet,
. Treatment of surplus arising out of revaluation of fixed assets,
. Directors report, Balance of holding company to include certain particulars
as to its subsidia ries,
. Financial year of holding company and subsidiary,

zzL
C Department of Commei'ce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
. Rights of holding company's representatives and members, the balance
sheet of Modaraba company to include Modaraba accounts, etc.,
l
ffi
I o Penalty for improper issue, circulation or publication of balance sheet or
profit and loss accounts,
. Half-yearly account of listed companies,
. Power of authority to require submission of additional statement of accounts
and reports,
. Rights of debentures-holder etc. as to receipt and inspection of report etc.,

32-35 . Appointment of auditors, qualification of auditors, Disqualification of Book 1,2, & 3

auditors, lndependence of an auditor,
. Power and duties of auditors, Reading, and inspection of auditors
reports,
I . Signatures on the audit report, audit of cost accounts,
r Auditor's lien, Status of auditor, Materlality to accounts and the
auditor,
. Auditor of a company and legal documents, Articles of association and
auditor, Prospectus and auditor, Minutes book and the auditor,
. Statutory books and the auditor, Auditor's report,
I
. Reports for insertion in the prospectus, auditor's form of the report
illustrated, Annual audit,
.
I

Submission of auditor's report to the members, Auditor's definition: a

form of qua lification,
. Audit conclusion and reporting, Report on the affairs of a company in
support of director's declaration of the company's solvency

36-3 7 . lmportance of proper ascertainment of profits, The concept of profit, Bookl&2

I
. Difficulties in the determination of profits, Consequences of incorrect
determination of profits,
o concept of divisible profit, Directors, and payment of dividend,
o Payment of dividend, Payment of interim dividend, Appropriation of
profits,
o
I

Legal cases, Revaluatlon offixed assets and the auditor,

. Secret reserve and auditor, Sinking fund

38-40 . Legal provisions and forms of borrowing, Book1,2&3

. Debentures stock, Status of debentures-holder, debentures trust deed,
. Types of charges and mortgaBes, Registration of charges, lssue of
debentures,
I
. Register of debentures-holder, Procedure on the issue of debentures,
Debentures issued as security for the loan,
. The concept of pari passu,

>a9
 Department of Commerce
(: t_-:---_t6ft
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
. Redemption of debentures, the satisfaction of mortgages and charges, ]

Remedies of debenture-holders, Receiver. I

41-42 . Companies established outside Pakistan, Meaning of foreign companies,

Documents to be delivered to registrar, Book 1,2
. Alteration in documents, Accounts of foreign companies, the specific
obligation of foreign com pa nies,
. Service on foreign companies,
o Other provisions regarding penalties, prospectus, restriction on canvassing
I
for the sale of securities, register of charges, a notice of liquidation

43 45 o Winding up by the court, Book 1,2 & 4

o proceedings for wlnding up order, statement of affairs,
. reports by the official liquidator,
. contributories, voluntary winding up,
. creditors winding up, provisions applicable to every voluntary windlng up,
o winding up subject to the supervision of a court.

Recommended Text:

1. Baig, Luqman, Company Law, Latest Edition.

2. Saeed, Khawaja Amjad, Company law and Practice in Pakistan, Latest Edition, lnstitute of Business
Management, Lahore.
3. Companies Act 2017, Company Law by Shaukat Mehmood
4. Ahmed, lshfaq, FcA, company Law, L2th Edition, lshfaq Publishing Company, (2005), Lahore.
5. Company law by Palmer
6, Company Law in Pakistan by Barrister A.G. Chaudhary
Website references :

7. www.use.org.pk
8. htto://www.pa ksea rch.com
9. www.sbp.org.pk
10 www.secp.gov.pk

LVLt
o Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
tffi-
Course Outline
Program BS Accounting & Fin ance
Semester 4'h
course Title EtEcTRoNlc coMMERcE
course Code ECM 258
Credit Hours 45 (3 hours per week)

Course Description
This course explores how the lnternet has revolutionized the buying and selling of goods and services in the
marketplace. Topics include lnternet business models, electronic commerce infrastructure, designing online
storefronts, payment acceptance security issues, and electronic commerce's legal and ethical challenges. Students
will also gain hands-on experience creating a website using an HTML authoring tool.
Course Oblectives:
r Explore, examine, and apply ecommerce concepts and principles by reading the modules, answering the
self-tests, exercises, and assignments, and participating in online discussions.
r Decide what level of eCommerce activity to pursue, and provide appropriate supporting evidence.
. Determine the means, methods, and strategies appropriate for establishing an ecommerce business.
o Decide whether to in-source or outsource your project design, development, installation, and operation,
based on an increased understanding of ecommerce set-up requirements,
. Write a comprehensive eCommerce Business Plan focused either on adding ecommerce to your existin8
business or on implementing a new eCommerce business.
. Receive feedback from the facilitator and experts on your business plan quality.
Learning Outcomes
As a result of completing this program, students should be able to

demonstrate a grasp of theory, technically based skills, and ethical perspectives relevant to core business
areas, including marketing, statistics, financial accounting, management accounting, finance, economics,
information systems, strategic management, organizational behavior, and commercial law.
demonstrate an understanding of how e-commerce systems and models affect strategic management,
marketing, financial, and other management information systems, organizational design, and supply chain
management considerations.
demonstrate an appropriate knowledge base to help orBanizations integrate online business processes
and practices.

Course Contents

Lecture Topics Book

1 The Revolution is Just Beginning. 1
1. Opening Case:Amazon.com, Before and After.
2. E-commerce: The Revolution ls Just Beginning.

?z\
 +**l*,q^

o
2
Department of Commerce
Sahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
3.
Opening Case:Amazon.com, Before and After 1
i@)i
4.
E-commerce:The Revolution ls Just BeBinning
3 5.
E-commerce land ll. 1"

6.
Understanding E-commerce: Organizing Themes
4 7.
Case Study: Napster Rocked. But Was it Le8al? 1

5 E-commerce Business Models ond Concepts 1

1 o nt Case: Kozmo Finall Crashes.
6 2 E-commerce Business Models. 1,

3 Major Business-to-Consumer (82C) Business Models.

4 Major B us iness-to- Business (B2B) Business Models.
5 Business Models in Emer tn E-commerce Areas
l
7 6 How the lnternet and the Web Change 1
7 Business: Basic Business Concepts
Case 5tud : Priceline. com-Can this Business Model Be Saved? I

8 The lnternet ond Wortd Wide Web: E-Commerte lnfrostructure. 1

1, Opening Case: Akamai Technologies: Speeding lnternet Performance with
Math.
The lnternet: Technolo Background
9 2. The lnternet Today. 1
3. lnternet ll:The Future lnfrastructure.
4. The World Wide Web.
10 5. The lnternet and the Web: Features 1
6. Case Stud :lnto Netwo rks,
11 Building an E-commerce Web 1
1, 'ite. What is 100% Uptime worth?
Opening Case: Loudcloud:
2. Building an E-commerce Web Site: A Systematic Approach

1-2
3.
4,
Choosing Server Software.
Choosing the Hardware for an E-commerce Site. 1,
l
5. Other E-commerce Site Tools. l
13 5. Case Stu : REI: A Home rown Success Story 1

).4 Security ond Encryption

7 Openlng Case: The Merchant Pays.
2 The E-commerce Security Environment.
Security Threats in the E-commerce Environment
l'
4 Technolo Solutions l

15 5 Policies, Procedures, and Laws 1

-l
I

5 Case Study: Verisign-The Web's Security Blanket

6 E- Com merce P dy me nt Syste ms - 1
1. Opening Case: PayPal: The Money's in the E-mail
2. Payment Systems
l
Credit Card E-commerce Transactions.
77 3. E-commerce Digital Payment Systems in the B2C arena 1

4. 82B Payment Systems.

18 5. Case Study: CheckFree-On Top of Electronic Billing, for Now 1,
_l

)a0
 19
Deparlment of Comnrcice
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
E- comme rce M o rketi ng Conce pts.
1.
2.
Opening Case: MyPoints.com: Loyalty and Brands.
consumers Online: The lnternet Audience and Consumer Behavior
1
#
20 3 Basic Marketing Concepts. 1,

4 lnternet Marketing Tech nologles

5 B2C and 82B E-commerce Marketin and Brandin Strate res.
2\ 5. Online Marketing Research: Knowing Your Customer 1
7. Case Study: America Online,
22 E -com me t ce M or keti n g Com m un i cot io n s. 1

1. Opening Case: Nextcard-Effective lmpressions

2. Online Consumer Marketing Communications.
23 3. Understanding theCosts and Benefits of Online Marketing 1

Communications.
4. The Website as a Marketin Com munications Tool
24 5. Case Study: Ad Bombs, Ambush Marketing, and Other lnvasive Marketing. 1
25 Socio l, Legol, ond Ethicol lssues in E-commerce. 1
1 . Opening Case: Hacker to the Slammer-Piracy and Free Speech,
I

2 . Understanding Ethical, Social, and Political lssues in E-commerce

26 3. Privacy and lnformation Rights 1

4. lntellectua I Property RiBhts.
5. Governa nce.
21 5.Public Safety and Welfare. 1
7.Case Study: There's a Hailstorm in Your Future.
Retoiling on the Web. ').

1. Opening Case: Wal-Mart Moves Online.

t 2. The Retail Sector.
1. Analyzing the Viability of Online Firms. 1
2. E-commerce in Action: A Look at Four E-tailing Business Models
30 3. Some Common Themes in E-commerce ll Online Retailing 1
4, Case Study: L. L. Bean-Webward Bound.
I
31 Online Service lndustries. 1
1.Opening Case: One by Net, Two by Land-Netbank Expands.
2,The Service Sector: Offline and Online.
32 3. Online Fina ncial Services 1
4. Online Travel Services.
33 5.Career Services. 1
6.Case Study: Why Webvan Failed (and Britain's Tesco Succeeded).
34 B2B E-commerce Supply Choin Monogement ond Colloborotive Commerce 1
1 Opening Case: Covisint LLC-The Mother of all Net Marketplaces
2 82B E-com me rce and Sup Cha in Mana ement

I" 3
4
Net Marketplaces.
Private I ndustriai Networks
1

5 Case Study: Siemens Clicks with Click2 rocure.

36 EDl, Electronic Commerce, ond the lnternet 2
1.
Traditiona I EDI System
2.Financia I EDI

??. T
 Department of Comrnerce
(: L---_e,,e
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, pakistan
37 3 EDI Systems and the lnternet ?
4 Effect of EDI -lnternet Applications on the Accounting Profession.

tl
l3B

39
I Auctions, Portols, ond Communities,

3
1.
2.
Opening Case: Sam's Club: From BiB Box to Big Auction
Auctions.
E-commerce Portals-
1,

4 Online E-commerce Communities

5 Case Stud : iVilla e Stru les to Find lts Marketspace
40 Online Content Providers: Digitol Medld.
1. Online Content.
41,
2. The Online Publishing lndustry: Newspapers, Books, and Magazines,
3 The Online Entertainment lndustry.
i'
1,

42
4 Case Study: Oligopoly; The Future of the Digital Content lndust ?
Risk of lnsecure Systems
L. lnternet-Associated Rlsks
2 --l
2. lntra et-Associate d Risks
n

3. Risk Associated with Business Transaction Data 2

4. Archival, Master file, and Reference Data
44 45 Risk Monogement 2
1. Control Weakness versus Control Risk
2. Risk Management Paradigm
3. Disaster Recovery Plan
Recommended Text:

1. Kenneth C. Laudon, Carol Guercio Traver (latest edilionl, E-Commerce: Business Technology, society, Pearcon
Education
2. Marilyn Greenstein, Miklos Vasarhelyi (2"d Edition), Electronic Commerce: Security, Risk Monogement, ond
control

zEB
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya Universib/, Multan, Pakistan

Course Outline
Programe ADP (Acc Finance)
Semester 4th
COUTSETitIE MANAGEMENTACCOUNTING
Course Code ACC 255
Credit Hours 45 (3 hour per week)

Cou rsr (10 ntcnts

Topic Source
1. lntroduction to Management Accounting: Ch 1, Book 1
a) The work of Mana8ement and Need for Management Accounting Ch 1, Book 3
lnformation
b) Role of Management Accountants
c) Comparison of Financial and Management Accounting
2. MarBinal and Absorption Costing Ch 6, book 1
a) Revision of Costing Basics Ch 2, Book 3
b) Overview of Marginal and Absorption Costing
c) Reconciliation of Variable Costing with Absorption costing lncome
d) Contrasting Marginal and Absorption Costing
I
e Choosi a Costin method
3. Activity Based CostinB Ch 7, Book 1
a) Reasons for the development of ABC Ch 5, Book 3
b) Treatment of Costs under Activity Based Costing
c) Designing an activity-based costing system
I
d) The Mechanics of ABC
e) comparison of Traditional and ABC Product Costs
0 Limitations of ABC
4. Segment Reporting and Responsibility Accounting Ch 12, Book 1
a) Decentralization in Organizations
b) Advantages and Disadvantages of Decentralization
c) Responsibility Accounting
d) Cost, Profit, and lnvestment Centers
I
e) Cost Ce nter I

f) Profit Center
c) lnvestment Center
5. Actlvity Analysis, Cost Behavior and Cost Estimation I

a) Cost Behavio r
b) Analysis of Mixed Costs
c) High and Low Method
d)
e)
Least Square regression method
Cost function/equation
l:r:;3::r:
T
Mid-Term Examination
6. Cost Volume Profit Analysis Ch 5, Book 1
a) The basics of CVP Anal ts Ch 7, Book 3

?Dq
C b)
Department of Commerce
Eahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
Target Profit and Break-Even Analysis
c) CVP considerations in choosing a cost structure
d) M lti-product Break-even analysis
u

e) Assu mptions of CVP Analysis

7. Budgeting Ch 8, book 1
a) The Basic framework of Budgeting Ch 9, Book 3
b) Approaches/Styles of Budgeting
c) Preparing the master budget
8. Flexible Budgets and Performance Analysis ch 9, Book 1
a) Fixed and Flexible Budgets Ch 11, Book 3
b Variance Analysis using Flexible Budgets Ch 8, Book 4
9. Advanced Variance Analysis
a) Material Price and Quantity Variances
I

b) Labor Rate and efficiency variances

c) Variable overhead expenditure and volume variances
d) Fixed Overhead va riances
e) Mix and Yield Variance l:rr:;:ni' I

10. Differential Analysis: The Key to Decision Making Ch 12, Boo k 1

I a) ldentifying differential costs and benefits Ch 14, Book 3
b) Adding and Dropping Product Lines and other segments
c) The Make or Buy Decision
d) Special orders
e) Utilization of a constrained resource
f) Sell or process further decision

Recommended Texts

1. Garrison, Noreen and Brewer (2019) Managerial Accounting, 16th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Seal, Rohde, Garrison and Noreen (2019) Management Accounting 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Hilton and Platt (2019) Managerial Accounting: Creating Value in a Dynamic Business Environment, 12(h
Edition, McGraw-Hill Education.
4. Horngreen, Littlefield, Sundem and Schatzberg and Burgstahler (2014) lntroduction to Management
Accounting, 16th Edition, Pea rson
5. Stacey M Whitecotton, Robert Libby, Fred Phillips (2019) ManaBerial Accounting. McGraw-Hill Education.

LGo
C Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
x-e,*

Program BS Accounting & Finance

Semester 4th
Course Title Principles of Marketing
course Code !Yl!lT:25-6 *_
credit Hours +! 1a horrr pei week)

Course Objectives:

Marketing is not.iust selling or advertising. lt is a rigorous, disciplined sclence that applies a reasoned framework
to selecting target markets and optlmizing marketing decisions. ln this course, we seek to:
. lntroduce to students the critical marketing ideas and phenomena, especially the core theme of delivering
be nefits to customers.
. Develop students'skills in marketinB analysis and planning.
. Familiarize students with the tactics of the marketing (Product strategy, advertising and communications
IPromotion], and distribution IPlace], and Price - 4P's) and enhance problem-solving and decislon-making
abilities in these areas.
. How to evaluate the attractiveness of different markets.

Course Contents:

Serial No Topics Chapter Book

1,,2 The Field of Marketing, lntroductory Concepts. 1 2
3 AdaptinB Marketing to the New Economy 2 1
4 Positioning Marketing as the Driver in the Digital Economy 1 4
5,6 Marketing- oriented Strategic Pla nning 4 1
7,8 Scanni the Marketing Environment 6 1
9 Ma rketing research process
7 2
10 Marketing information systems.
11 ldentifying Marketing Opportunities 3 4
12 Consumer behavior
, Consumer purchase decision process.
lnfluences on consumer behavior:
. Social influences
l 13 . Thaler, R. "Mental Accounting and Consumer
4 2
Choice." Mdrketing Science 4 (1985): 199-214

Simonson, l. "Get CIoser To Your Customers By

t4
Understanding How They Make Choices." California
Monogement Review 35, no. 4 (Summer 1993).

15,16 ldentifying Marketing Segments and Selecting Target

Markets 10 1
I Case study assignment
L7 ,t8 Product positionin and Differentiating the Marketin n 1

"'$
 r-+i$i'/4$^

C Depa(ment of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan

Offering The Product Life Cycle

i(#$
L9,20 The marketing mix: Product.
.

l'l
Meaning and classification of product
. Development of new product
. I
"Jager's Gamble." Economist 37, no.3 (Oct9, 1999).
. Staff. "Know Thyself." Economist 76, no. 75 (1999).
i

2L,22 .
.
.
Determinants of product mix
Productadoption-diffusionprocess
I

tt
tl
Productportfolioclassification a 2
. Product deletion strategy.
Case study assignment
23,24 The marketing mix: Price.
I
. Nature and importance of pricing.
I

I . Pricing objectives
. Factors influencing pricing decision

Anderson, E., and Duncan Simester."Mind Your

25 T2 2
Pricing Cues." Horvord Business Review 87, no.9
(Sep 2003).

26 l. "How Do You Know When the Price

Dolan, Robert
ls Right?" Horvotd Business fievlew (September
1995). Reprint No. 95501.
27 ,28 Developing Price Strategies and Programs 16 1

2 9,30 The marketing mix: Promotion strategy.

. Role of promotion in business marketing 19 1
Develo tn and implementing the promotional mix.
31,,32 Advertising, sales promotion, and public relations.
33 Dye, Renee. "The Buzz on Buzz." Hdrvord Business Review
20 1,
(November 2000). Reprint No. R00606.

34,35 Managing The Sales Force

2T 1
Case study assignment I

36 The marketing mix: Distribution

. DesigninB distribution cha nnel

l,l
. Selecting the type of channel.

Staff. "Republic lndustries, Toyota Settle Dispute

37 1,4
over Dealerships." The woll Street Journol, Jan 2,
L997 .

Staff. "Categorical lmperatives." Economist, )an 2, 1-997 .

38 1

39,40,41- Managing Retailing, Wholesaling, and Market Logistics 18 1

42,43 Managing The Total Marketing Effort 22 1

44,45 Ma rk pLa n development analysis

"!!€

z3z
 Department of Commerce
Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan, Pakistan
rtffi
Recommended Text:

L. Lloyd C Harris, Philip Kotler, Gary Armstrong, Hongwei He (2020) Principles of Marketing. Pearson
2. Kevin Lane Keller & Ann Lewne (2019) 10 Principles of Modern Marketing MIT Sloan Management
Review.
3. Kotler, Philip. (2020) "Morketing Monogement." Zl't Edition, Prentice-Hall.
4. S C Johnson, Philip Kotler. (20171, Principles of Morketing, Tth edition, Pearson

Further ReadinBs,

1. Krishnamacharyulu, Ramakrishan. (2015), Rurol Morketing Text ond Coses, Pearson Education,
2. Kotler, Philip, Jain C Dipak, Morketing Moves ( A New Approach to Profits, Growth, and Renewol),
Ha rva rd Business School Press.

Teaching Methods/CIass Activities

Students should actively engage in the learning process, and input concepts learned into practice through
action learning, lectures, and readings learning modes:

A. Lecturesclass sessions will involve lectures, video shows, case studies, assignments, quizzes, discussions
and debates, and presentations of related topics and current issues related to course contents.
B. ReadingsThis is the responsibility of all students. Students should read the relevant chapters of the
textbook, materials, and information on indicated websites before class. They should be prepared to raise
questions and arguments on related topics in the class schedule.

STUDENT EVALUATIONS & GRADES

The break up of marks and the final grades is Final G rade G rade Mark
based upon:
Mid-Term Exam 30% A+ 90-100
Fina I Exam 50% A 80-89
Sessionals 20o/o B+ 75-79
Total ro0% B 70-7 4
B 55-69
C+ 50-64
c 50-59
F Below 50

Dat)
u-J i